initial commit of ebook 15530HEADmain

1 files changed, 9301 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/15530.txt b/15530.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12980a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/15530.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9301 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898: Volume
+XVII, 1609-1616, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898: Volume XVII, 1609-1616
+       Explorations By Early Navigators, Descriptions Of The
+       Islands And Their Peoples, Their History And Records Of
+       The Catholic Missions, As Related In Contemporaneous Books
+       And Manuscripts, Showing The Political, Economic, Commercial
+       And Religious Conditions Of Those Islands From Their
+       Earliest Relations With European Nations To The Close Of
+       The Nineteenth Century
+
+Author: Various
+
+Editor: E. H. Blair
+
+Release Date: April 3, 2005 [EBook #15530]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the PG Distributed Proofreaders Team
+
+
+
+
+
+                   The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+
+   Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and
+   their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions,
+    as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the
+   political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those
+   islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the
+                    close of the nineteenth century,
+
+                         Volume XVII, 1609-1616
+
+
+
+ Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson
+  with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord
+                                Bourne.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS OF VOLUME XVII
+
+
+    Preface                                                           9
+    Documents of 1609
+
+            Laws regarding navigation and commerce. Felipe II and
+            Felipe III; 1583-1609                                    27
+            Jesuit missions, 1608-09. (From _Annuae litterae;_ Dilingae,
+            1610.)                                                   53
+            Decree regulating services of Filipinos. Felipe III;
+            Aranjuez, May 26                                         79
+
+    Documents of 1610
+
+            Petition of the Recollects. Dionisio de la Anunciacion,
+            and others; Manila, June 30                              85
+            Dominicans request suppression of the Audiencia. Baltasar
+            Fort, O.P., and others; Manila, June 30                  89
+            Relation of 1609-1610. Gregorio Lopez, S.J.,; Manila,
+            July 1                                                  100
+            Letter to Felipe III. Juan de Silva; Cavite, September
+            5                                                       144
+            Letter to Silva. Felipe III; Madrid, December 7         151
+
+    Documents of 1611
+
+            Foundation of the college of Santo Tomas of
+            Manila. Bernardo de Santa Catalina, O.P., and others;
+            Manila, April 28                                        155
+            Hospital at Nueva Caceres. Pedro Arce, O.S.A.; Manila,
+            July 20                                                 172
+            Letters to Juan de Silva. Felipe III; Guadarrama and
+            Madrid, November-December                               174
+            Letters to the Dominican provincial. Felipe III; Madrid,
+            December 31                                             183
+
+    Documents of 1612-1613
+
+            Status of missions in the Philippines. Gregorio
+            Lopez, S.J., and others; [Manila, _ca._ 1612]           189
+            Trade of the Philippines. Juan, marques
+            de Montesclaros; Los Reyes, April 12, 1612              213
+            Letter from the bishop of Nueva Segovia [Domingo
+            de Soria, O.P.]; Manila, August 15, 1613                233
+            Letter to Silva. Felipe III; Pardo, December 2,
+            1613                                                    237
+
+    Documents of 1616
+
+            Recommendations regarding the archbishopric of
+            Manila. [Council of the Indias?]; Madrid, 1613-16       245
+            Letter to Felipe III. Valerio de Ledesma, S.J.; Manila,
+            August 20                                               249
+            Portuguese and Spanish expedition against the Dutch,
+            1615. Juan de Rivera and Valerio de Ledesma, S.J.;
+            [Manila, 1616?]                                         251
+
+    Bibliographical Data                                            281
+    Appendix: Chronological list of the governors of the Philippines,
+    1565-1899, and the administration of the islands at different
+    periods                                                         283
+
+
+
+
+Illustrations
+
+
+
+    Title-page of _Annuae litterae Societatis Iesv_ (Dilingae, M. DC. X);
+    photographic facsimile,   from copy in Library of Congress       51
+    Title-page of _Documentos, datos, y relaciones para la historia
+    de Filipinas_--MS. collection of transcripts from documents in
+    Spanish archives, for the period 1586-1792, by Ventura del Arco
+    (Madrid, 1859-1865), possession of Edward E. Ayer, Chicago;
+    photographic facsimile                                          101
+    Autograph signature of Gregorio Lopez, S.J.; facsimile from tracing
+    of original, in Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library)            141
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+The present volume covers the seven years from 1609 to 1616,
+the leading subjects in the documents therein being commerce and
+navigation, missions, and ecclesiastical affairs. The commercial
+and navigation laws covering a quarter of a century previous to
+this period give incidentally much curious information on social and
+economic conditions in the islands. The outflow of silver from Nueva
+Espana to China via Manila still causes alarm; but it is evident
+that the suppression of the trade between Acapulco and Manila is
+not an infallible remedy for this difficulty. As it is, the islands
+are suffering from the injuries to their trade that the Dutch have
+inflicted, and from the ruinous expenses caused by their wars with
+these persistent enemies. No less do the Indians suffer from the
+exactions levied upon them for the public works and defense; but the
+home government attempts to lessen these burdens, and protect the
+natives from oppression. The missions of the Jesuits are reported
+as making rapid progress; and statistics of the work conducted by
+them and by the other religious orders give a view of the general
+missionary field. The Dominicans begin their college of Santo Tomas
+at Manila; and their officials urge upon the king the suppression of
+the Audiencia. The relations between the various orders appear to be
+not strictly harmonious. The power of the Spaniards in the Orient,
+and the future of the Philippine colony, are seriously menaced by
+the increasing gains of the Dutch in the Moluccas.
+
+Various laws regarding the navigation and commerce of the Philippines
+are presented, in chronological order, dated 1583-1609. The sale of
+merchandise by _pancada_ is to be retained, and regulations are made
+therefor. Trade between the American colonies with China or Filipinas
+is prohibited; and the citizens of Filipinas are granted a monopoly of
+the trade to Nueva Espana. But this is limited to a specified amount
+and only two ships may be sent annually. The goods thus sent to Nueva
+Espana must be consumed there. Copies of the merchandise registers of
+these vessels must be sent to the Council of the Indias. Persons who
+have been exiled to Filipinas must be compelled to reside there. No
+slaves may be taken thence to Nueva Espana, except a small and
+specified number allowed as servants of royal officials. The number of
+officers and men allowed to each ship is limited and specified. The
+soldiers sent must be effective and suitably equipped. The ships
+must not be stripped of their defenses by Filipinas officials. Pilots
+must undergo examination for this voyage. Information regarding the
+money and goods carried on these vessels must be exchanged by the
+officials at Manila and Acapulco. Ships must not be overladen. No
+person may go from Nueva Espana to the islands unless he give bonds
+for becoming a permanent resident of them, or is sent thither as a
+soldier. Officials of the trading vessels may not engage in trade in
+any form. The fares paid by passengers thereon shall be regulated,
+and so adjusted that they shall pay their share toward the expenses
+of carrying on this commerce. Due inspection of merchandise shall
+be made at Acapulco and in Mexico. No Chinese goods may be traded
+or conveyed, in any way, between Nueva Espana and Peru. The dues
+collected at Acapulco on Filipinas merchandise shall be spent for the
+needs of the islands. The amount of money which may be carried back
+from Mexico is strictly limited to five hundred thousand pesos; and in
+this amount must be included, to avoid frauds, all amounts of legacies,
+and gifts for benevolent works, sent to Filipinas. No wrought silver
+may be carried thither, except under close restrictions. The governor
+of Filipinas and the viceroy of Nueva Espana shall exchange reports
+of the business carried on by these ships. A trustworthy person must
+be appointed at Manila to regulate the migration of Chinese and other
+foreigners to the islands. Directions are given for the placing of
+cargoes, marine stores, etc., on the ships; and their rigging must be
+obtained at Manila instead of Acapulco. The ships and their crews must
+be suitably armed for defense; and the men may not carry any baggage
+save what they actually need for the voyage. No slave women shall be
+allowed on the ships, nor any married woman who is not obliged to
+make the voyage. The citizens of the islands may trade with Japan;
+but the Japanese shall not be allowed to go to the Filipinas.
+
+In _Annuae litterae_ for 1610 is a report of the Jesuit missions in
+the Philippines. Beginning with some tabulated statistics, there are
+presented separate accounts of the college at Manila and the various
+mission stations. Two lay brethren in that college have died, whose
+lives and virtues are briefly reviewed. Religious zeal is growing
+among the people of Manila. The Jesuit church has been greatly adorned
+and improved, and their Indian disciples have erected in a new church
+several handsome statues. One of the Jesuit fathers devoted himself
+to the care of the heretics captured in the battle with the Dutch,
+and secured recantations from twenty of these. The new governor, Juan
+de Silva, has given to the Jesuits not only favor but substantial
+aid. In Antipolo and Taitai are many zealous and devout converts,
+of whom various incidents are related. The church at Antipolo has
+been often burned, but again rebuilt. Several miraculous cures are
+related. At Zebu the Jesuits have done much to cultivate religion
+among the Spanish residents, and to promote the peace and welfare of
+the community. In Bohol many conversions have taken place, and the
+headmen have become most helpful to the missionaries. Even some of the
+priests of the heathen are zealous converts to the true faith. The
+Indian converts are displaying true faith and charity, and support
+a hospital. No longer consulting their idols, they now invoke the
+Virgin Mary, an act which brings them great success in hunting. At
+Dulac much success has been obtained--sometimes impeded, however, by
+the plots of the Evil One. Palapag has suffered from scarcity of food,
+but the Jesuits have from their own stores cared for the poor. A new
+church has been erected there, and many conversions are reported. The
+expedition to the Molucca Islands was accompanied by the Jesuits;
+there are many Christians there, who are oppressed by the Dutch
+heretics. Many of the reports in this document mention miraculous
+cures, and deliverances from danger; and state that in many cases
+the Indian converts practice scourging as a token of devotion.
+
+A law dated May 26, 1609, regulates the services of the Indians. When
+possible, the men needed for public works shall be hired from among
+the Chinese and Japanese; and the Filipino natives shall be expected
+to work voluntarily. If these measures shall not provide sufficient
+laborers, the natives may be forced to work, but only under certain
+conditions. Such work must be of absolute necessity; no one shall be
+forced when there are enough voluntary laborers; the conscription must
+be made as considerate and equitable as possible; the governor shall
+assign their hours of labor, and their wages shall be paid fairly
+and promptly. Such requisitions shall be made at seasons when they
+do not interfere with the agricultural labors of the natives. The
+vessels shall be provided with shelter for the rowers against rain and
+storm. Any ill-treatment received by the Indians shall be vigorously
+punished, especially when the offender is a royal official.
+
+The Augustinian Recollects write to the king (June 30, 1610) asking to
+be released from the restrictions imposed upon them by the visitor of
+that order, claiming that otherwise their work will be ruined. They
+also ask for royal bounty in its aid. The Dominicans at Manila, on
+the same day, memorialize the home government for the suppression
+of the Audiencia in the islands. They claim that the royal decrees
+are not obeyed as they should be. The royal fiscal is accused of
+illegal traffic, and the opportunities and means of profit are given
+to relatives or friends of the auditors. The Dominicans suggest that
+the archbishop and the religious orders be authorized to serve as a
+check on the governors, the only real use of the Audiencia. They ask
+the king to increase the income of the archbishop, and take occasion to
+commend the honor and integrity of the royal officials at Manila. Their
+letter is accompanied by a list of the reasons why the Audiencia
+should be suppressed in the islands. The number of lawsuits is much
+greater since the reestablishment of that court, and the prisons are
+crowded; while many persons are neglected and languish in prison for
+many years. Justice is not done in the Indian lawsuits, the Spanish
+procedure being entirely unsuitable for these cases; and the innocent
+suffer the penalties, while the guilty escape. Dignities and offices
+are given to the unworthy and incompetent, and to relatives of the
+auditors. Criminals connected with the auditors go unpunished. The
+auditors engage openly in trade, by which they have gained enormous
+wealth. The royal intention that they should advise the king regarding
+the governor's conduct is frustrated, since they are in such relations
+with the governor that they will not oppose him.
+
+The Jesuit Gregorio Lopez relates (July 1, 1610) events in the islands
+for the past year. Rumors of an invasion by the Dutch cause Silva to
+fortify Cavite, hitherto unprotected. Several disasters befall the
+Spaniards--among them the treacherous murder of a large number of
+Spaniards by their Chinese and Japanese rowers; and the Chinese need
+to be pacified. During the latter part of 1609 and the early months
+of 1610 the Dutch squadron commanded by Francis de Wittert remains
+near Manila, capturing the Chinese and other vessels that trade with
+Luzon. Meanwhile, the Spaniards collect military supplies and make
+all other preparations for defense. On April 24 the Spanish squadron
+encounters that of the Dutch at Playa Honda, outside Manila Bay;
+after a hot contest in which Wittert is killed, the Dutch flagship
+surrenders, as does their almiranta; another ship is destroyed by
+fire, and the rest take to flight. Many ceremonies, both religious and
+secular, signalize the rejoicings in Manila over the victory of the
+Spaniards, as well at their mourning for the slain. Then the spoils
+of the conquered are distributed, amounting to nearly four hundred
+thousand pesos. Many of the Dutch heretic captives are reconciled to
+the Church through the ministrations of a Jesuit priest. Lopez relates
+various incidents connected with this war, and gives a vivid account of
+the perils and hardships of the ocean voyages, especially in relating
+the shipwreck on the Japan coast of the galleon "San Francisco." A
+boat carrying supplies to the Jesuit mission at Maluco is captured
+by the Dutch and with it Father Masonio; but he escapes their hands,
+after many dangers. His companion, Father Gabriel de la Cruz, dies
+after a long sickness; and Antonio Pereira, sent to take his place,
+dies on the voyage. The Dutch pay a heavy ransom for their captive
+commander van Caerden.
+
+Governor Silva advises the king (September 5, 1610) of affairs in the
+islands, especially of those in the Moluccas. The Dutch have regained
+everything there except the fort at Ternate; they have also secured
+a foothold in Japan, and are striving to do the same in China. If
+they obtain control of the trade from those countries, the Spanish
+colonies in India and the Philippines will be ruined. Accordingly,
+Silva is preparing to go, in conjunction with the Portuguese troops
+from India, against the Dutch, to recover the Moluccas. He will
+also take the captive Ternatan king back to his own country, as he
+promises to become a vassal of Spain and to refuse intercourse with
+the Dutch. Silva has, however, but little money for this expedition,
+for the royal treasury is heavily in debt. The king writes to Silva
+(December 7, 1610) ordering him to investigate the complaint of the
+Indians of Quiapo against the Jesuits.
+
+The establishment of the college of Santo Tomas at Manila is begun
+in 1611 by the Dominicans, its foundation being a bequest left for
+this purpose by the late Archbishop Benavides, and certain other
+legacies. The articles of establishment and the endowment are
+presented, showing the funds, location, management, and character
+of the institution. It is provided, among other things, that if any
+ecclesiastical or secular power should claim jurisdiction over the
+conduct or property of the college, all the possessions of the college
+shall become the absolute property of the Dominican order and province.
+
+The bishop of Nueva Caceres asks the king (July 20, 1611) for aid for
+the hospital there. In the same year, the king writes several letters
+to Silva. He orders the governor (November 12) to restrain, but with
+prudence, the arrogance of the religious; to check evasions of the
+laws regarding commerce, and to make certain regulations regarding the
+Mexican trade; to continue the prohibition of Japanese from residing in
+the islands; and to cease the military training hitherto given to the
+natives. On November 20 he sends an order to Silva to set at liberty
+van Caerden and other Dutchmen held captive in Manila, provided they
+shall not have given any cause for being recaptured. On December
+19 he commands Silva to keep a squadron of ships on guard near the
+Luzon coast, to prevent the Dutch from plundering the vessels that
+go to the islands for trade. Letters from the king to the Dominican
+provincial at Manila (December 31) warn him to correct the lawless
+and disobedient proceedings of certain of his friars; to maintain
+amicable relations with the governor; and not to allow his friars to
+go to Japan without the governor's permission (commands of like import
+with this last being sent also to the provincials of the other orders).
+
+Interesting statistics of the houses and missions of the various
+religious orders in the islands are furnished (_ca_. 1612), at
+the royal command, by their superiors. The Augustinians enumerate
+fifty-six houses with one hundred and fifty-five priests and thirteen
+lay brethren. The Jesuits maintain two colleges (Manila and Cebu),
+six residences and two missions; in these are forty-five priests,
+twenty-eight lay brethren, eight novices, and eleven scholastics--in
+all ninty-two religious. Each "residence" is a center of missionary
+activity for all the Indian villages around it, in some of which are
+churches, and to others visits are paid more or less frequently by the
+fathers who live at the residence. The Franciscans have forty-eight
+houses in their missions to the Indians, and four in the Spanish
+towns; they also maintain six hospitals. They have one hundred and one
+priests and thirty-eight lay brethren, besides twenty-one religious
+in Japan. The Dominicans have eighteen houses, and one hospital, with
+sixty-two friars; besides these, they have three houses in Japan, with
+nine religious. The field occupied by the Augustinians is in Western
+Luzon, Panay, and Cebu; and the villages in which they minister
+number 58,800 tributes--which, at three persons to each tribute,
+means a population of 176,400 souls. The Jesuits conduct missions in
+Luzon, Panay, Leyte, Samar, Bohol, and adjacent islands; they have
+sixty-eight churches, besides those in Manila and Cebu, and are in
+charge of about 50,000 souls. The Franciscans have missions in Luzon,
+with 80,000 souls; also some in Maluco and Japan. The Dominicans also
+work in Luzon, ministering to somewhat more than 16,000 souls.
+
+The viceroy of Peru writes to Felipe III (April 12, 1612) in regard
+to the Philippine-Mexican trade, giving his report and opinion, at
+the king's command, regarding the request of the Sevilla merchants
+that the Philippine trade be taken from Mexico and transferred to
+Spain and Portugal. This letter is an interesting exposition of
+the theories regarding colonial administration then held by certain
+Spanish statesmen--and, more or less, of the policy then pursued by
+the Spanish government: for Montesclaros had already been a viceroy
+of Spanish colonies in America for nine years, at the time of this
+report, and was highly regarded by his home government. He describes
+the progress of commerce since the colonization of the New World
+began, and shows that the markets of the latter are overstocked with
+European merchandise, and thus the profits of the trade are greatly
+decreased. The viceroy carefully analyzes the proposal to transfer
+the Philippine trade to Spain, and shows its probable results. The
+Manila merchandise is almost entirely silk; this could be replaced in
+Mexico with the cotton fabrics made by the Indians in that country,
+and the silk industry might be introduced into Mexico and made a
+success there. Nevertheless, the Philippines would be injured by
+the suppression of their Mexican trade, and there would not even
+be a corresponding benefit to Spain. He has not much confidence in
+the disinterestedness of the Sevilla merchants, and refutes some
+of their arguments. The Spanish goods sent to Manila via Acapulco
+are mainly articles of luxury, and in small quantity; and the cloth
+stuffs of Spain are not desired in Japan or Luzon. He disapproves any
+course which would bring the Chinese silks into Spain, for thus the
+silk industry of that country would be ruined; moreover, the Chinese
+goods are poor and have little durability. Montesclaros emphatically
+denies that the stoppage of Philippine trade will materially affect
+the outflow of silver from Nueva Espana, or benefit Spain; and advises
+the king not to favor the Seville merchants or the Portuguese of India
+to the neglect of his Castilian subjects. He compares the advantages
+of the two routes between Manila and Spain, and considers that by
+the Pacific Ocean the better. The viceroy discusses the matter of
+sending reenforcements to the Philippines, and suggests that it
+might be advantageous to send troops to Acapulco via the Isthmus of
+Panama. He points out various dangers from the proposed suppression
+of he Philippine-Mexican trade.
+
+The bishop of Nueva Segovia writes (August 15, 1613), apparently
+to some high official at the Spanish court, asking that aid may be
+furnished to the recently founded college of Santo Tomas. Soria
+complains of the Jesuits and the governor, who are opposing the
+Dominicans. More priests of that order (to which the writer belongs)
+are needed in the islands. Soria makes various accusations against
+the Augustinians and their leading officials, and recommends Aduarte
+and his mission to his correspondent's favor.
+
+Felipe III writes to Silva (December 2, 1613), directing him to send
+to Mexico all the quicksilver that he can procure in China. The
+king approves Silva's acts in regard to Chinese immigration, and
+investigation of corrupt officials. He asks for further information
+as to Japanese trade, the treatment of the Indians by the religious,
+etc. One of the royal councils makes recommendations to the king--by
+communications dated respectively June 28, 1613, and July 1, 1616--that
+for the aged archbishop of Manila shall be appointed a coadjutor, who
+shall receive one-third of the former's stipend, with certain fees. An
+abstract of a letter from the Jesuit Ledesma to Felipe III (August 20,
+1616) presents a gloomy view of the condition of the islands. Their
+trade has greatly decreased; the expeditions against the Dutch have
+nearly ruined the citizens; the Indians are exhausted by the burdens
+and taxes levied upon them; and the islands are in constant peril
+and are frequently harassed by their numerous enemies. The king is
+asked to send aid for the colony without delay.
+
+A prominent Jesuit in Manila, Juan de Ribera, writes (probably in 1616)
+an account of an expedition sent from India in 1615 for the aid of
+the Philippines. The Dutch are obtaining so firm a foothold in the
+Orient that the Spanish commerce is not only much decreased, but is
+in constant danger from the attacks of the "Dutch pirates." Silva
+despatches Ribera to India, to ask from the viceroy aid for the
+Philippines; he sends with the envoy four galleons, which, after
+a voyage of many delays and hardships, reach Malacca. There they
+encounter a large Malay fleet, which they defeat, with great loss
+on both sides. A few weeks later a Dutch fleet arrives at Malacca,
+intending to unite with these very Malays; a fierce battle ensues,
+in which the Portuguese galleons are destroyed. In February 1616,
+Silva arives at Malacca with his fleet; but soon afterward he is
+attacked by a fever which causes his death (April 19). To this is
+added another version of Ribera's letter, and a letter by Valerio de
+Ledesma--both obtained from Colin's _Labor evangelica_. These cover
+the same ground as the preceding letter, but contain some matter not
+found therein, including an account of the battle at Playa Honda.
+
+A biographical and chronological list of all the Spanish governors
+of the Philippines, from 1565 to 1898, is here presented. It is
+prepared by a careful collation, sifting, and verification of data
+obtained from the best authorities extant; and will be found useful for
+reference by general readers, as well as by students of history. This
+is followed by a law of 1664, providing for the government of the
+islands ad interim; and an extract from the _Historia_ of the Jesuit
+Delgado (1751), "Some things worth knowing about the governors of
+the Filipinas Islands." He says: "In no kingdom or province of the
+Spanish crown do the viceroys or governors enjoy greater privileges,
+superiority, and grandeur than in Filipinas." Delgado moralizes
+on the qualifications necessary for such a post, illustrating
+his remarks by historical examples. He outlines the intercourse
+and relations of the Philippines with the peoples about them,
+and the conquests made by the Spanish colonial governors. Next is
+given a chapter from the _Estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1842_ of
+Sinibaldo de Mas--a Spanish diplomat who visited the islands--on "the
+administration of government and the captaincy-general" therein. He,
+too, describes the great authority and privilege of the governor of
+the Philippines; and outlines the plan of the general, provincial,
+and local governments. The mestizos, when numerous in any community,
+have their own separate government. As the cabezas de barangay and
+some members of their families are exempted from paying tributes,
+they form a privileged class which is a burden on the taxpayers--a
+serious defect in the system of government. A special arrangement
+is made for the Chinese residing in Manila, and they are enrolled
+and classified for the payment of taxes. Finally, a chapter on "the
+political and administrative organization of Filipinas" is presented,
+from Montero y Vidal's _Archipielago filipino_ (1886). He devotes
+special attention to the subject of local government in the native
+towns; and explains why the Filipino natives are so anxious to obtain
+the post of gobernadorcillo. The writer describes the mode of dress and
+the customs in vogue among these local dignitaries, as well as their
+methods of administration. There are certain other petty officials,
+whose functions are described; and he ends by stating the powers
+and functions of the provincial rulers and those of the governor and
+captain-general of the islands, and sharply criticising "the vicious,
+anomalous, and unsuitable organization of the provinces of Filipinas."
+
+_The Editors_
+
+July, 1904.
+
+
+
+
+
+DOCUMENTS OF 1609
+
+
+    Laws regarding navigation and commerce. Felipe II and Felipe III;
+    1583-1609.
+    Jesuit missions, 1608-09. (From _Annuae litterae_; Dilingae, 1610.)
+    Decree regulating services of Filipinos. Felipe III; May 26.
+
+
+_Sources_: Two of these documents are taken from _Recopilacion de
+leyes_--the first from lib. ix, tit. xlv; the third, from lib. vi.,
+tit. xii (ley xl). The second is obtained from _Annuae litterae_
+(Dilingae, 1610), pp. 507-532.
+
+_Translations_: The first and third of these documents are translated
+by James A. Robertson; the second, by Henry B. Lathrop, of the
+University of Wisconsin.
+
+
+
+
+LAWS REGARDING NAVIGATION AND COMMERCE
+
+
+[The following laws are translated from _Recopilacion de leyes_,
+lib. ix, tit. xxxxv, "Concerning the navigation and commerce of the
+Filipinas Islands, China, Nueva Espana, and Peru." [1] The various laws
+of the _Recopilacion_ are not arranged chronologically, but they are
+here thus given--retaining, however, the number of each law. Those laws
+given in the present installment range in date between 1583 and 1609,
+those beyond the latter date being reserved for a future volume. Some
+of the laws, as shown by various dates, were promulgated more than
+once, either in the original form, or possibly amended. When there
+is more than one date, the chronological order follows the earliest
+of these.]
+
+
+Law LVIII
+
+The appraisements and registers that shall be made of the merchandise
+shipped in the vessels despatched from Filipinas to Nueva Espana
+and other places, shall be made solely by the officials of our
+royal exchequer. The distribution [of cargo] that shall be made
+in the vessels of the said islands, and of the merchandise shipped
+on our account, and the appointment and examination of the pilots,
+masters, and other officials, shall be made in the presence of the
+aforesaid persons; and the laws ordained by this titulo shall be
+observed. [Felipe II--San Lorenzo, June 14, 1583.]
+
+
+Law XXXV
+
+It having been committed to, and charged upon, the governor
+and captain-general of the Filipinas that he should endeavor to
+introduce, in the exchange and barter for the merchandise of China,
+trade in other products of those islands, in order to avoid, when
+possible, the withdrawal of the great sums of reals which are taken
+to foreign kingdoms, the governor executed it in the form and manner
+that he considered most fitting; and a method called _pancada_ [2]
+was introduced, which has been observed and executed until now. It is
+our will that that method be observed and kept, without any change,
+until we order otherwise. [Felipe II--Anover, August 9, 1589; Toledo,
+January 25, 1596.]
+
+
+Law LXVI
+
+We order that a duty be collected on the first and subsequent sales
+or all the merchandise shipped from Filipinas to Acapulco, and the
+pesos per tonelada on freight according to custom; for this sum and
+much more is needed to pay the troops, and equip the vessels that
+engage in commerce. In this there shall be no innovation. [Felipe
+II--Anover, August 9, 1589.]
+
+
+Law V
+
+We ordain and order that there shall be no permission to trade or
+traffic between Peru, Tierra-Firme, Guatemala, or any other parts of
+the Indias, and China or the Filipinas Islands, even though it be by
+license of the viceroys, audiencias, governors, or magistrates, under
+penalty of confiscation of the merchandise that shall be shipped. The
+masters and pilots shall also incur the confiscation of all their
+property and ten years in the galleys. [Felipe II--San Lorenzo,
+December 18, and February 6, 1591.]
+
+
+Law I
+
+Inasmuch as it is advisable to avoid trade between the West Indias
+and China, and regulate that of Filipinas, as it has increased
+considerably, thus causing the decrease of that of these kingdoms:
+therefore, we prohibit, forbid, and order, that no person of the
+natives or residents of Nueva Espana, or any other part of the Indias
+trade or be allowed to trade in the Filipinas Islands. Should anyone
+do so, he shall lose the merchandise with which he shall trade,
+and it shall be applied, one-third each, to our royal exchequer,
+the denouncer, and the judge who shall sentence him. In order to
+show favor to the citizens and inhabitants [of Filipinas] and that
+that trade may be preserved to sufficient extent, we consider it best
+that they alone may trade with Nueva Espana, in the manner ordained
+by the other laws, with this provision, that they convey their goods,
+or send them with persons who shall come from the said islands. They
+cannot send them by way of commission or in any other form to those
+who actually reside in Nueva Espana, in order to avoid the frauds of
+consigning them to other persons--unless it be because of the death
+of those who should come with the goods from the said islands; for in
+such case it can be done. And we also order that the inhabitants of
+Filipinas cannot consign their merchandise to generals, commanders,
+captains, officials, soldiers, or sailors of the vessels of that
+commerce, or of any other vessels, even though these be inhabitants of
+the said islands as well as the persons above mentioned. [3] [Felipe
+II--Madrid, January 11, 1593. Felipe IV--Madrid, February 10, 1635.]
+
+
+Law VI
+
+It is our will that the trade and commerce of the Filipinas Islands
+with Nueva Espana be carried on for the present as ordained. Under no
+consideration shall the amount of merchandise shipped annually from
+those islands to Nueva Espana exceed two hundred and fifty thousand
+eight-real pieces, nor the return of principal and profits in money,
+the five hundred thousand pesos which are permitted--under no pretext,
+cause, or argument that can be advanced, which is not expressed by a
+law of this titulo; and the traders shall necessarily be citizens of
+the Filipinas, as is also ordained. [Felipe II--Madrid, January 11,
+1593. Felipe III--December 31, 1604; Madrid, May 4, 1619; Lisboa,
+September 14, 1619.]
+
+
+Law XV
+
+From Nueva Espana to Filipinas only two vessels can sail annually,
+up to three hundred toneladas' burden. In them shall be carried the
+reenforcements of men and supplies, and they shall bear a permit. For
+this purpose there shall be three ships, one of which shall remain
+in readiness at the port of Acapulco, while the other two make the
+voyage. For the security of the voyage, those who go on account of
+our royal treasury shall endeavor to see that the cost be drawn from
+the freights. From Nueva Espana not more than two hundred and fifty
+thousand pesos de tipusque shall be taken in the vessels during any
+one year. Whatever above that amount is taken shall be confiscated
+and applied in three equal parts to the exchequer, the judge, and the
+denouncer. We order the governor of Filipinas to inspect the ships
+when they reach port, and execute the penalty. [Felipe II--Madrid,
+January 11, 1593. Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.]
+
+
+Law XXXIV
+
+We order and command that no person trade or traffic in the kingdoms
+or in any part of China, and that no goods be shipped from that
+kingdom to the Filipinas Islands on the account of the merchants of
+those islands. The Chinese themselves shall convey their goods at
+their own account and risk, and sell them there by wholesale. The
+governor and captain-general with the council of the city of Manila
+shall annually appoint two or three persons, whom they shall deem best
+fitted, to appraise the value and worth of the merchandise, and shall
+take the goods at wholesale from the Chinese, to whom they shall pay
+the price. Then they shall distribute it among all the citizens and
+natives of those islands, in accordance with their capital, so that
+they may all share in the interest and profit that arises from this
+traffic and trade. The persons thus appointed shall keep a book,
+in which they shall enter the amount of money invested each time,
+the price at which each class of merchandise is valued, among what
+persons the merchandise is divided, and the amount that falls to the
+share of each. The governor shall take particular pains to ascertain
+and discover how the said deputies make use of their commission. He
+shall not allow them to be rechosen the following year. He shall
+send annually a report, signed by them, of all the aforesaid to
+our council, and another to the viceroy of Nueva Espana. [Felipe
+II--Madrid, January 11, 1593.]
+
+
+
+Law XLIV
+
+The apportionment of the permitted amount of two hundred and fifty
+thousand pesos, conceded to the inhabitants of the Filipinas
+Islands, must be made among them, and the whole amount must be
+registered. Endeavor shall be made to have less than one third part
+return in gold; and the governor shall prevent and take precautions
+against any fraud or deceit, and shall take what measures he deems
+expedient. This also we charge upon the viceroy of Nueva Espana in
+whatever pertains to him. [Felipe II--Madrid, January 11, 1593.]
+
+
+Law LXVIII
+
+We declare and order that the Chinese merchandise and articles which
+have been and shall be shipped from Filipinas to Nueva Espana, can
+and shall be consumed there only, or shipped to these kingdoms after
+paying the duties. They cannot be taken to Peru, Tierra-Firme, or any
+other part of the Indias, under penalty of confiscation of all those
+found and apprehended in the possession of any person whatever, and
+shall be applied to our exchequer, the judge, and the denouncer. [4]
+[Felipe II--Madrid, January 11, 1593; Felipe IV--Madrid, February
+10, 1635.]
+
+
+Law LXXI
+
+We order and command, that under no consideration in any manner can
+any ship go from the provinces of Peru, Tierra-Firme, Guatemala,
+Nueva Espana, or any other part of our Western Indias, to China to
+trade or traffic, or for any other purpose; nor can any ship go to
+the Filipinas Islands, except from Nueva Espana, in accordance with
+the laws of this titulo: under penalty of the confiscation of the
+ship; and its value, money, merchandise, and other things of its
+cargo shall be sent to these kingdoms in accordance with law 67 [5]
+of this titulo, and thus it shall be executed. We prohibit and forbid
+any merchandise being taken from Nueva Espana to the provinces of Peru
+and Tierra-Firme, that shall have been taken there from Filipinas, even
+if the duties should be paid according to the rules and ordinances;
+for it is our purpose and will that no goods shipped from China and
+the Filipinas Islands be consumed in the said provinces of Peru and
+Tierra-Firme. Whatever shall be found in the possession of any person,
+we order to be confiscated, applied, and regulated, as contained
+in this law. [Felipe II--Madrid, January 11, 1593, and July 5,
+1595. Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.]
+
+
+Law LXIV
+
+It is advisable for our service to have constant reports on what passes
+in the trade and commerce between the Filipinas and Nueva Espana,
+in order to ascertain and discover whether it continues to increase,
+and what kinds of merchandise are traded, their prices, and in what
+money or material. Accordingly we order the viceroys of Nueva Espana
+to send to our royal Council of the Indias in each trading fleet,
+a copy of the registers that the ships brought from those islands,
+and also of those of the ships sent thither; and all shall be made
+with great distinctness and clearness. [Felipe II--Madrid, January 17,
+1593; and Toledo, June 9, 1596.]
+
+
+Law XXVIII
+
+The viceroys, presidents, and auditors, and all other officers of
+justice shall make efforts to find all those who shall have been sent
+to Filipinas to reside during the time of their obligation, who have
+remained in Nueva Espana and other parts of their jurisdiction, and
+shall force them with all rigor to go to reside in those islands,
+proceeding against their persons and properties and executing
+the penalties that they shall have incurred. The fiscals of our
+Audiencia in Manila shall plead what is advisable in regard to the
+aforesaid. [Felipe II--Madrid, February 20, 1596.]
+
+
+Law LIV
+
+We order that the governors of Filipinas shall not allow slaves to
+be sent to Nueva Espana as a business transaction or for any other
+reason--except that, when the governor goes there, his successor may
+give him permission to take as many as six slaves with him; to each of
+the auditors who shall make the voyage, four; and to other respected
+persons, merchants with capital, and officials of our royal treasury
+who go and do not return, two. We order the viceroy, alcalde-mayor and
+officials of Acapulco, to see to the fulfilment and execution of this
+law, and to confiscate the slaves in excess of this number. [Felipe
+II--Madrid, April 10, 1597]
+
+
+Law XL
+
+We order that there be but one commander and one lieutenant (who
+shall be admiral) for the two ships from Filipinas to Nueva Espana;
+that each ship shall take no more than one military captain, besides
+the ship master and as many as fifty effective and useful soldiers
+in each ship with pay, and the sailors necessary to make the voyage
+properly each way--who shall be efficient and examined--and one pilot
+and assistant to each ship; for both ships one purser [_veedor_]
+and accountant. All appointments to the said posts shall be made by
+the governor and captain-general alone, without the intervention of
+the archbishop, or of any other person, notwithstanding what shall
+have been provided to the contrary. We order that choice be made from
+among the most respected and influential inhabitants of those islands,
+and of those most suitable for the said offices and the duties that
+the appointees must exercise. If they shall not be such, the matter
+shall be made an article in the governor's residencia. [Felipe
+III--Barcelona, June 15, 1599; Valladolid, December 31, 1604; San
+Lorenzo, April 22, 1608; Madrid, May 23, 1620.]
+
+
+
+Law XXVII
+
+We charge and order the viceroys of Nueva Espanna that the troops
+that they send to Filipinas be useful, and that they go armed; and
+that the men go to the governor of the islands to ask for the pay that
+the captains take from their soldiers. In regard to this the governor
+shall take legal action and punish those whom it touches. [Felipe
+III--Denia, August 16, 1599.]
+
+
+Law XXIII
+
+The governors of Filipinas are wont to take the artillery and arms
+from the ships that sail from Nueva Espana. Inasmuch as the vessels
+return unarmed and without the necessary defense, we order the said
+governors not to take, or allow to be taken, from the said ships the
+artillery, arms, supplies, or war-materials that those ships carry
+for their defense on the return voyage, for it is not advisable to
+risk what is so important. [Felipe III--Valladolid, July 15, 1601.]
+
+
+Law XXXIX
+
+Since there are skilled and examined pilots for the Filipinas line,
+those who are not such shall not be admitted in our ships and other
+craft. [Felipe III--Valencia, December 31, 1603.]
+
+
+Law XVI
+
+The utmost diligence shall be taken in the port of Acapulco to
+ascertain and discover the reals, silver, and other things taken to
+the Filipinas, and our officials of the said port shall take account
+of it all. They shall advise the governor and royal officials of the
+islands of it, sending them the registers, and notifying them of what
+is advisable. The royal officials of Filipinas shall do the same with
+those of Acapulco. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.]
+
+
+Law XVII
+
+Inasmuch as the ships of the Filipinas line have been overladen,
+many have been wrecked and their crews and cargoes lost; and,
+inasmuch as it is advisable to provide beforehand the remedy,
+therefore we order that great care be taken so that the toneladas
+[assigned] be those that the ships can carry, in accordance with
+their capacity. The things conveniently necessary for the crew, and
+the necessary food, with a reserve in case the voyage be prolonged,
+shall be left in them. Especial care is to be taken that the ships
+do not sail overladen, or embarrassed, because of the danger of
+being wrecked in any misfortune. They shall make the voyage each
+way as lightly laden as is necessary for the chance of storms and
+enemies. Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.]
+
+
+Law XXI
+
+Illegal acts have been committed in taking more artillerymen and
+sailors than were necessary, and some of them useless, in the trading
+ships from Filipinas to Nueva Espana. We order that this be avoided and
+remedied. For each piece of artillery, only one artilleryman, and no
+more, shall be taken and superfluous pay shall not be given. [Felipe
+III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.]
+
+
+
+Law XXIX
+
+Inasmuch as the majority of those going annually from Nueva Espana to
+Filipinas do not stop there, but return immediately, after investing
+their money: therefore, we order the viceroy of Nueva Espana to permit
+no one to go to Filipinas, unless he give bonds that he will become
+a citizen and live there for more than eight years, or unless he be
+sent as a soldier to the governor. [6] On those who violate this,
+and their bondsmen, shall be executed the penalties that they incur,
+without pardon. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.]
+
+
+Law XLII
+
+We order and command that the generals, captains, agents, and officials
+of the Filipinas ships give bonds, to what sum the governor and
+captain-general shall deem best, for the greater security of what shall
+be in their charge. They shall give their residencia of each voyage
+before the auditors of our royal Audiencia of Manila and shall render
+satisfaction in the aforesaid. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31,
+1604; Madrid, May 23, 1620. Carlos II (in this _Recopilacion_)--1681,
+the date of first edition of _Recopilacion de leyes_.]
+
+
+Law XLVIII
+
+We prohibit and forbid, under any circumstance, commanders, admirals,
+and officials of the commerce between Filipinas and Nueva Espana from
+trading or trafficking, seizing, or lading anything, in any quantity
+in the ships during the voyage under their command, under their own
+name or another's. Neither shall toneladas be apportioned to them
+as to the other citizens, nor can they take or buy them from others,
+under penalty of perpetual deprivation of the said posts of the said
+line and the confiscation of what goods they lade, carry, or take,
+which shall be found to be theirs. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December
+31, 1604. Carlos II (in this _Recopilacion_)--1681; see preceding law.]
+
+
+Law LIX
+
+We order the viceroy of Nueva Espana and the governor of Filipinas,
+each one as it pertains to him, to adjust and regulate the fares to
+be paid by passengers, according to the place that each shall occupy,
+in the ship on which he sails, with men and goods; and what is to be
+paid on the trips going and coming, according to the expense incurred
+by the ships, in accordance with their burden and crew. They shall
+apportion it in such manner that superfluous and useless expenses shall
+not be caused. And unless it lacks what is necessary and requisite,
+it shall be unnecessary to supply anything from our treasury toward
+the expenses of that fleet. We order that the advisable care and
+effort be given to this by the overseer [_veedor_], accountant, and
+royal officials of the Filipinas Islands. [Felipe III--Valladolid,
+December 31, 1604; San Lorenzo, April 22, 1608.]
+
+
+
+Law LX
+
+The registers of all shipments from Filipinas shall be opened in
+the port of Acapulco, by the person to whom the viceroy of Nueva
+Espana entrusts it, and the officials of our royal treasury of the
+said port. They together shall examine and investigate the bales
+and boxes, and shall make as close and careful an examination as
+shall be necessary to discover what may have come outside of the
+register and permission. They shall send the registers to Mejico,
+as has been the custom, with all investigations made at the port of
+Acapulco, by a sufficiently trustworthy person, or by one of our
+said officials. In Mejico everything shall be again investigated,
+and the duties appertaining to us shall be appraised and collected;
+and all other investigations requisite to ascertain and discover
+what has come unregistered shall be made. All that shall have been
+sent without register and in violation of the prohibition shall be
+confiscated. No permission shall be given by this means, pretext,
+and occasion, to cause any unreasonable injury to the owners of
+the goods. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604; San Lorenzo,
+April 22, 1608; clause xi.]
+
+
+Law LXIX
+
+In the vessels that we shall permit to sail from Peru to Nueva Espana
+and the port of Acapulco or from Nueva Espana to Peru and its ports,
+no quantity of Chinese stuffs can be laden, sold, bought, or exchanged,
+even though it may be reported to be gratuitously as a gift or charity,
+or for the service of divine worship, or in any other quality or form,
+in order that the prohibition may not be evaded by such pretexts
+and frauds. In case that any shall be convicted of the above as
+chief factors, associates, or participants, or of aiding or giving
+advice, they shall, besides the confiscation of their goods and boat,
+incur on their persons the civil and criminal penalties imposed
+on those who handle contraband goods, and of perpetual banishment,
+and deprivation of the post that they shall have obtained from us
+in the Indias. In regard to the above we charge the conscience and
+care of our servants. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604 (?);
+San Lorenzo, April 22, 1608 (?); clauses 16 and 17.] [7]
+
+
+Law LXX
+
+If any quantity whatever of Chinese stuffs be found in any boat sailing
+from Nueva Espana to Peru or in the opposite direction, the inspector,
+royal officials, and the other persons who take part in the register
+and inspection shall be considered as perpetrators and offenders in
+this crime; so that, taking example from them, others may abstain from
+similar transgressions. The captains, masters, boatswains, and other
+officers whose duties extend to the management of vessels, shall also
+be considered as offenders and accomplices. [Felipe III--Valladolid,
+December 31, 1604 (?); San Lorenzo, April 22, 1608 (?); clause 18.]
+
+
+Law LXXIV
+
+We order the viceroys of Nueva Espana to maintain very special care
+of the observance and execution of the ordinances for the commerce
+of the Filipinas line, established by the laws of this titulo; and
+to keep at the port of Acapulco, in addition to the royal officials
+who shall be there, a person of great honesty and trustworthiness,
+with the title of alcalde-mayor, so that everything be done with very
+great caution, and justice be observed. He shall not permit more
+silver to be taken to Filipinas than that conceded by these laws,
+with or without license. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.]
+
+
+Law LXXV
+
+The viceroy of Nueva Espana, and the governor and captain-general
+of Filipinas, all other of our judges and magistrates, and private
+individuals, each one in what pertains to him, shall observe, and cause
+to be observed and fulfilled, the ordinances regarding this traffic
+and commerce, and shall execute them exactly without remission or
+dispensation. In their residencias, especial attention shall be paid
+to their omission and neglect. We charge the archbishop of Manila to
+exercise the same care in what shall be specially entrusted to him,
+which is not repealed or altered by these laws. Of all, advice shall
+be given us. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.]
+
+
+Law LXXVI
+
+We charge and order the viceroys of Peru to see that all the
+ordinances in regard to the prohibition of Chinese stuffs be
+fulfilled and executed exactly. For their execution and fulfilment,
+they shall appoint an auditor of our royal Audiencia of Los Reyes,
+in whom they can place entire confidence. They shall see that he
+proceeds thoroughly and executes the penalties with the required rigor,
+without any dispensation. The auditor shall privately try these cases
+in the said city and its districts in so far as he shall have cause
+to invoke the law; and all other justices in their territories shall
+do the same. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.]
+
+
+Law LXXVIII
+
+Permission was given for two ships to go to Nueva Espana annually
+from Peru for commerce and trade to the value of two hundred
+thousand ducados; which was afterward reduced to one ship, with
+certain conditions. And inasmuch as the trade in Chinese stuffs
+has increased to excessive proportions in Peru, notwithstanding so
+many prohibitions expedient to our royal service, the welfare and
+utility of the public cause, and the commerce of these and those
+kingdoms; and a final decision of the viceroy, Conde de Chinchon, [8]
+having preceded, and a vote of the treasury to suppress absolutely any
+opportunity for this trade: therefore we order and command the viceroys
+of Peru and Nueva Espana to prohibit and suppress, without fail, this
+commerce and trade between both kingdoms, [9] by all the ways and
+means possible; and that it be not carried on by any other regions,
+for we by this present prohibit it. This prohibition shall be kept
+strictly and shall continue to be so kept. [Felipe III--Valladolid,
+December 31, 1604; San Lorenzo, June 20, 1609; Madrid, March 28, 1620,
+clause 1. Felipe IV--Madrid, November 25, 1634; Madrid, March 29,
+1636, a clause of a letter to the Conde de Chinchon.]
+
+
+Law XXIV
+
+The inspection of ships sailing from Nueva Espana to Filipinas shall
+be made by our royal officials, according to custom. They shall
+examine in great detail the lists of soldiers and sailors of the
+ships, in order to abolish the places that shall be found without
+justification; and they may proceed by law, when they discover any
+infraction or fraud in this. Such shall be visited on the person
+causing it, with the greatest severity. [Felipe III--Valladolid,
+January 25, 1605. Felipe IV--Madrid, October 16, 1626.]
+
+
+Law LXV
+
+We order that the duties and freight customs collected in the port
+of Acapulco on the Filipinas merchandise, shall not be placed in the
+royal treasury of Mejico, but shall be expended in things necessary
+to those islands; and the sum lacking [for those necessities] shall
+be sent from the treasury of Mejico. The viceroy and the governor of
+Filipinas shall send us a particular report for each voyage of the
+amount of the duties and freight customs and what must be sent. [Felipe
+III--Valladolid, February 19, 1606.]
+
+
+Law IX
+
+We declare that in the five hundred thousand pesos granted by
+permission [to be sent] from Nueva Espana to Filipinas, must and
+shall be entered the amounts of legacies, bequests, and charities
+[_obras pias_], with the wrought silver and all other things carried
+thither; and nothing shall be reserved, except the pay of the sailors,
+as is ordered by the following law. [10] [Felipe III--San Lorenzo,
+August 19, 1606.]
+
+
+Law X
+
+We grant permission to the sailors serving on the trading ships
+between Nueva Espana and Filipinas to carry in money the actual and
+exact sum of their pay, in addition to the general permission. Thus
+shall the viceroys of Nueva Espana provide, unless they perceive some
+considerable objection. They shall see to it that the said sailors
+or other persons shall not be allowed to exceed the amount permitted
+by this law. [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, August 19, 1606.]
+
+
+Law XI
+
+No wrought silver can be taken to Filipinas, even when for the service
+of those who shall go thither, or for any other purpose, unless bonds
+are first given to return it, or unless it shall have been included
+in the permission. [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, August 19, 1606.]
+
+
+Law XLVII
+
+The governor of Filipinas shall send the viceroy of Nueva Espana a
+report of the apportionment of toneladas that he shall make, and what
+is to be laden in the ships of that commerce. The viceroy shall send
+the former a report of the money that shall be sent in accordance with
+the ordinance. The latter shall pay consideration and attention to
+the reports sent him by the said governor, so that he may adjust more
+equitably and circumspectly the licenses of this kind that he shall
+give. [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, August 19, 1606; Madrid, June 4, 1620.]
+
+
+Law IV
+
+Inasmuch as it is advisable for the security and conservation of
+the Filipinas Islands that great care and vigilance be taken there
+regarding the foreign nations and Sangleys who live in Manila;
+and inasmuch as there should be a trustworthy, influential, and
+disinterested person in the said city, who should have charge
+of purifying the country and giving license to those who must
+remain there: therefore we order the governor to take charge of
+his appointment and to appoint for the said commission the person
+most suitable for it in that community, of whose zeal for our royal
+service and the common welfare, and of whose trustworthiness and care,
+he has the greatest assurance. The governor shall not appoint for this
+office and employment any of his servants, inasmuch as we expressly
+prohibit that. [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, March 6, 1608.]
+
+
+Law XVIII
+
+The cargo of the ships of the line, on both outward and return
+trips between Nueva Espana and Filipinas, shall be stowed in the
+fore-hold; and only the sea stores, the sailors' and mess chests,
+the rigging, sails, and all the necessities, between decks. Likewise
+rigging shall be taken to the port of Acapulco, in consideration of
+the fact that the city of Manila has it at cheaper rates than the
+port of Acapulco--whither it is carried from San Juan de Ulua [11]
+at very great cost and expense. We order this to be so executed,
+providing there is no inconvenience; and if there should be any, we
+shall be advised in order to provide the advisable measures. [Felipe
+III--San Lorenzo, April 22, 1608.]
+
+
+Law XX
+
+The governor and captain-general of Filipinas shall furnish the ships
+of that commerce from Nueva Espana with the arms needed for their
+defense, and shall see that the soldiers, sailors, and passengers
+go well armed. He shall order each ship to carry a person to whose
+care the arms shall be confided, and who shall have charge of them,
+and shall make efforts to preserve them, as is advisable. [Felipe
+III--San Lorenzo, April 22, 1608.]
+
+
+Law LII
+
+Great disorder has occurred in the Filipinas ships, and the sailors
+have been permitted to take two or three very large boxes, under
+pretext that these contain wearing apparel, and thus cumber the
+ships. We order that no irregularity be permitted in this, and that
+the utmost circumspection be exercised; and that the sailors be not
+allowed to carry more boxes or clothing on the said ships than that
+indispensably needed for the voyage. [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, April
+22, 1608.]
+
+
+Law LVI
+
+It has been reported that the passengers and sailors of the trading
+ships of Filipinas transport and carry slave-women, who are the cause
+of very great offenses to God, and other troubles; this should be
+prohibited and reformed (and more reasonably so in a navigation so long
+and dangerous), and all occasions for offending God suppressed. For
+the remedy of this, we order and command the president and auditors
+of our royal Audiencia of Manila not to permit any slave-women to
+be transported or carried on those ships. They shall pay particular
+attention to the correction of the aforesaid evil, so that those
+difficulties may cease and be avoided. We also order and command the
+fiscal of the Audiencia to see to its execution. The senior auditor
+shall inspect the ships at the time of their sailing, and see if
+any married woman is aboard, who has no necessity for making the
+voyage. The trying of any cause shall be before the said president
+and auditors, who shall provide justice, and this shall be made a
+clause of their residencias. [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, April 22, 1608.]
+
+
+
+Law XII
+
+After those who wish to go to the Filipinas have bound themselves
+and given bonds to live in the islands for at least eight years, the
+viceroy of Nueva Espana shall permit them to take thence their own
+property in money, outside of the general permission. He shall take
+precautions and ordain that there shall be no fraud; and that such
+persons shall not carry more than the value of their own property,
+under any consideration. In case of a violation of this, the penalties
+imposed shall be executed. [Felipe III--El Pardo, November 20, 1608.]
+
+
+Law II
+
+The trade, commerce, and navigation from the Filipinas to Japon shall
+be made by the citizens of the former islands, and the Japanese shall
+not be allowed to go to the islands. On the merchandise carried
+in the ships despatched on the account of our royal treasury, no
+less freight charges shall be collected than those caused in the
+ships of private persons, so that the cost of the merchandise may
+be assured. If there should be any inclination or substance in this
+trade, so that the duties may be paid and our treasury relieved of
+a portion of its costs and expenses that be paid from them, we order
+that they be collected and paid. [Felipe III--Segovia, July 25, 1609.]
+
+
+
+JESUIT MISSIONS, 1608-09
+
+
+Province of the Philippine Islands
+
+These islands have ninety-one [_sic_] members of the Order. Four have
+passed away; and the same number have been received into the Order.
+
+
+                            Total Priests Preceptors Scholastics Lay
+                                                                 Brethren
+
+Manila College              XXXII     XII                     XI       IX
+Seminary of St. Joseph        III       I                     II
+Elementary School              XI                             IX       II
+Establishment at Silang        II       I                               I
+Establishment at Antipolo     VII      IV                             III
+Cebu College                 VIII      IV                              IV
+Bohol Residence                 V      IV                               I
+Carigara Residence             VI      IV                              II
+Dulac Residence                VI      IV                              II
+Tinagon Residence               V      IV                               I
+Palapag Residence               V      IV                               I
+Arevalo Mission                II      I                                I
+
+
+Adults cleansed by holy baptism, two thousand three hundred and
+eight-three. Heretics condemned, twenty-three.
+
+Chastity protected against suitors or immodest women, fifteen times.
+
+Heretics reconciled, seven times.
+
+The sacred commentaries have been used by eleven.
+
+The Holy Cross and the recitation of the Gospel of St. John has
+rescued thirteen persons from various dangers; the Blessed Virgin,
+two; the Blessed Ignatius and Xavier, five.
+
+
+The College at Manila
+
+I. Since last year's letters regarding this college were very full,
+we shall deal with it now very briefly; we will begin with two brethren
+who have finished their course of life: Luis a Figueroa and Didacus de
+Zarcuela. Luis was of noble birth, but of nobler nature. When he had
+studied the humanities, he could not be persuaded that he might be
+admitted to sacred orders; and when the fathers hesitated to admit
+him into the Society because of a lack of strength in his feet,
+"Receive me," he said, "I beg you, as a servant, to set fire to the
+wood others have cut; and, when the work is done, to cover the fire
+with ashes or put it out." Being admitted in so humble a frame of
+mind, he took care for the most part of the wardrobe, being best
+satisfied with the lot of Martha, which he praised wherever he had
+the opportunity. So powerful and effective was he in persuasion and
+dissuasion that one of his associates declared that he went to his work
+more readily on account of Luis's words in conversation than through
+the formal speech of any orator whatsoever. He exhibited the virtue
+of charity in the highest degree; and although unable to tolerate the
+slightest deficiency in himself, he strove with love and prudence to
+effect the same perfection in others. Receiving from Rome at the end
+of his illness letters by which he was formally enrolled among the
+lay brethren, he was so penetrated with joy that he had strength to
+offer his vows in the church--after which, his illness increasing
+again, he soon died. Didacus also attained the same vows, having
+been two and twenty years a servant of the Society; of this number
+he devoted not a few to the seminary of St. Joseph. He was a man who
+set a good example, and was of extraordinary diligence. So desirous
+was he of the salvation of the Indian races that he said: "If Spain
+were only two leguas away, I should not care to go thither. Nothing
+would induce me to exchange my lot with any brother in Europe"--which
+saying he repeated oftener as death approached. He died of a fever,
+contrary to the expectation of the physicians, but not to his own;
+for he declared that he should die when his illness attacked him,
+and so he passed away. Some persons who took refuge from external
+danger, under the protection of the Blessed, our fathers Ignatius
+and Xavier, were preserved alive. To three women Ignatius granted
+easy childbirth; and one Basque they relieved of toothache, when he
+prayed to them. Xavier came to the aid of a Spanish commander of a
+battalion of soldiers, who was near to death; and prolonged his life
+in return for two wax candles promised him.
+
+II. As for the rest. Among those of all ages, Christianity
+advances daily throughout the population of Manila, so that the
+devotion of youths cannot be affected by entreaties or overcome
+by reward--especially among those who glory in the name of members
+of sodalities; while women do not at all fall behind men in fervor
+and piety. Although on account of their sex they cannot join men's
+associations, they think that they have the right to perform the same
+acts which would be praised in the members of sodalities. There are
+some of the Spanish women who fast three times a week; they sleep
+on the ground; in their private chambers, among their intimate
+friends, they scourge themselves until they draw blood. One woman
+who was delivered by the Virgin from a grievous illness vowed that
+everything she and her women could make with the needle should be
+wrought to adorn our church. She has already finished many articles;
+and, because she seemed to have vowed beyond her strength, she was
+directed to cease. Her answer was that she had taken her vow to do
+this, so that if Ours refused the work she would bestow it on some
+other church. Other decorations have been added to this church, so that
+it is almost unique in the islands; and, as a result, the religious
+services which are wont to be held on the three days of the Carnival
+[12] have been attended by much larger congregations. For, before,
+bare tiles scarcely covered it; and the dripping water penetrating
+when it rained, the church was defiled by a multitude of bats. By the
+contributions of very many pious men a new ceiling has been added to
+the roof, adorned and wrought with various decorations, so that it
+gives dignity and splendor to the place--a work worth many a piece
+of gold, because it seems very great, considering the poverty of the
+city. Those Indians, too, whom many years ago the Society supported
+near this city, have now set up in a newly-built church a statue of
+their patron Saint Michael, together with a new and beautiful image
+of the Virgin Mother of God, and other statues--marks of no small
+piety in a small town.
+
+III. The heretics among the prisoners taken in the Dutch fleet last
+year (they were over ninety) [13] have been visited and assisted by
+Father Andrea de la Camara very often, both those in prison and the
+wounded in hospitals. Of the Lutherans and Calvinists in both those
+places he taught over twenty to recant their heresies--and those
+generally of the higher rank among them, masters, superintendents,
+surgeons, etc., and (if he ought to be named in the same class) a
+minister of the Word. This man, ashamed of his ignorance, readily
+gave us his hand, and the letters which he had received from his
+anti-bishop in testimony of his authority, having been in a manner
+dragged from pitch and shoemaking to the ministry of the Word. These
+all are now as true lovers of our Society as before they were bitter
+adversaries of it. When on account of the scarcity of workers Father
+Camara was sent to the Pintados Islands, these men went to the vicar
+of the Holy Inquisition, and asked him that he would not suffer them
+to be without some Jesuit, whose ministry they might enjoy--even
+through an interpreter, if need be. For, they declared, they were
+persuaded that Ours might differ in language, but not in character.
+
+In fact, many others have been reconciled to us, or at least, if
+friends have been made, more friendly. Distinguished among them is
+he who governs these islands in the royal name, Don Juan de Silva;
+for he has showed forth his love toward God and us in many ways. He
+has especially done so by the restoration, at no small expense, of
+the chapel in which the relics of the saints are kept, for which he
+also provided that a lamp should be kept constantly burning. He has
+also liberally assisted us with money and other things in a sickness
+which afflicted us all for a short time. We have restored to not a
+few persons their friends, from whom they had been torn by covert
+grudges; but I wish to avoid unpleasant allusions; and I only praise
+the greatness of soul of one woman in forgiving injuries. She sailed
+all the way from Europe, first to Mexico, then to these Philippine
+Islands, and finally to the Malucas, in search of her absent son. She
+found him at last in the island of Ternate, where he held an official
+position; but while she was rejoicing at finding her son, she was
+deprived of this brief joy also. For soon after her coming her son,
+pierced with many wounds, was slain in a quarrel; and she had again
+lost him whom she had found with so great efforts and after so many
+journeys. This misfortune the woman has borne in such a spirit that she
+has not only freely forgiven the slayer, but, turning this grief to a
+good use, has begun to give herself wholly to the praises of God and to
+heavenly actions. Every day she devotes four hours to prayers; thrice
+in the week she fasts; thrice she mortifies herself with a hair-shirt,
+thrice with scourging; and partaking on the Lord's Day of the divine
+feast, she continues to this day in this most beautiful mode of life.
+
+
+Establishments at Silan and Antipolo, With the College of Cebu
+
+IV. The town of Silan is accessibly and commodiously situated. Hence it
+is easily and frequently visited by sojourners, the more so because
+the inhabitants themselves are uncommonly humane and devoted to
+Christian piety. It happened that some Indians turned aside from their
+journey to visit one of the inhabitants; and as they were taking out
+of a little chest some clothes that they were carrying with them,
+packed up, it happened that they took out along with them a tiny
+idol formed of a twisted mass of hair. The people of Silan who were
+present were frightened when they saw this, and told one of Ours,
+who was stationed there, of it. He went to the house as if on another
+errand, and uncovered the deceit together with the idol. Then taking
+advantage of the occasion, he made a serious address to the Indians,
+warning them against such wickedness; and he inspired in the owner
+of the idol (who was a woman) a better mind. With the help of God she
+abjured the impious worship of hair, which she had before pursued, and
+also abandoned and corrected another sin of no small heinousness. The
+delights of a festival which had been announced were almost destroyed
+by a great misfortune which accidentally befell this place. For while
+all were looking forward to the day sacred to All Saints, when all
+the inhabitants had prepared themselves for the proper reception of
+the feast, behold, at the oncoming of night the fury of all the winds
+arose. The rain and storm which followed did not cease to rage until
+they had overthrown more than two hundred houses, to the incredible
+alarm of the Indians, who left their own houses to take refuge as
+quickly as possible in our church, where nearly the whole night was
+spent in hearing their confessions. But not even here were they safe
+enough, for the wind blew the boards off the walls and whirled them
+away; so that the whole body of people took refuge in the sanctuary,
+where they waited for death and the last hour.
+
+V. At the proclamation of the same feast in the village of Antipolo
+ninety persons received communion--sixty more than in that of
+Taitai--which is a large number for new Christians. And among these
+tribes, as has been elsewhere said, that cross is still much visited
+to which in this year a woman brought a public attestation of the
+recovery, on two occasions, of her health. The inhabitants of the
+village have given a silver cup and other ornaments to the church.
+
+VI. The women of Taitai, who formerly surpassed all other Indians in
+their worship of idols, are now as completely devoted to the pursuit
+of Christian rites and customs. Even those of high rank among them are
+not ashamed to sweep the floor of our church, and to appear in public
+with broom and water, in order that they may be able to command their
+servants to do the like. This is the praise due to the women; the
+men deserve another. A very old man dropped from his hands the slip
+of paper given to him monthly, on which was written the name of the
+saint whom he had received by lot. Grieved at his loss, the good old
+man ran back to the village of Taitai, which is about a mile from his
+own; and thence (as he did not find the father who used to distribute
+that kind of slips of paper) he went on to Antipolo, over a rough and
+hilly road. When he reached there, after going four miles, he first
+asked the father's pardon for his carelessness; and then begged him
+not to refuse to give him another in place of his lost patron. This
+fact shows plainly enough with what zeal these tribes strive after
+the greater matters of salvation. In another place an Indian was
+lying sick, and had received communion and been anointed with the
+holy oil. Early in the evening he began to be in such agony that
+the people in the house took him for dead, and, after laying out the
+body, put him on his ancestral bier. After they had watched the whole
+night about his body, when dawn returned he returned also, stammered
+something, and about noon uttered his words articulately. Then he
+said first that he seemed to have been dead three years, because of
+the cruel torments which he had himself suffered in hell, and which
+he had seen an infinite number of Indians suffer. There demons--as it
+were, smiths--kindled forges with bellows, poured melted iron over the
+wretched souls, and in the midst of their pitiful howlings burnt them
+forever with never-ceasing tortures. After he had seen these things,
+he said, he had been led by a venerable old man away to a higher place,
+by reaching which (for he thought it was heaven) he was filled so full
+of bliss that he was unwilling to leave it. But when he was commanded,
+he returned to life, to inform the living about each place to which
+men are consigned, that of the blessed and that of the damned; and
+this command, he affirmed, was laid upon him under a heavy penalty;
+for there are among mortals not a few who by the pretense of virtue
+deceive themselves and others, and although they are looked upon as
+good, yet are very far from the service of God. Then he added that
+his conductor told him to bid his fellow-townsmen be of good courage,
+for the church they were then engaged in building would be better and
+stronger than the others. The Indian, after he had said these things,
+recovered, and a general confession was appointed. He continues to
+this day to show by his life and example that those things which he
+reported were no dreams. The improvement of morals which has followed
+in many others who heard of these things has almost entirely put an
+end to pretexts for doubt and suspicions of deceit.
+
+The prophecy, moreover, with regard to the church--that it should be
+stronger than the others--has been fulfilled. A few months before, the
+church of these Indians had burned down for the second time, together
+with our house. The fire broke out in the following manner. Some of
+the townspeople were out hunting, and, a dispute arising among the
+barbarians about the hunt, they came to blows. Soon after the quarrel,
+fire was thrown on our house, and destroyed the new church with almost
+all the furniture. The relics of the saints and the images were in
+part saved from the fire by the dexterity of the Christians. But Ours
+after no long delay bent themselves to the work again, and erected
+another church for themselves, at no trifling expense, and with no
+small labor on the part of the Indians. This is the seventh church
+erected in the ten years since the founding of the town. A further
+fortune which befell an Indian woman confirmed many in the Christian
+faith. She had ventured, without confessing her sins after the manner
+of Christians, to receive Christ in the communion; after she went home,
+she began to suffer from such agony in her throat that she thought
+she should choke to death. Thus she suffered, complained, an wailed
+until, having recognized the cause of her suffering, she went to the
+church that very evening. She prayed and besought the father to hold
+back her soul, already departing; and to succor an unhappy woman,
+whose throat was burned by the host as if by a flaming torch. When
+the father heard this, he instantly besought God, and God instantly
+showed mercy. She declared her sins, and thereupon all her torment
+ceased; and by this salutary remedy of confession the maladies of
+many Indians have been suddenly dispelled by Ours, the name of God
+or of some saint being invoked.
+
+At the college of Zebu one of the Society, when in the town one day,
+heard weeping not far away; and when he followed it he discovered a
+mother bitterly lamenting the death of her new-born infant. Touched
+by her grief, the father went a short distance away, and entreated
+God, in the name of the Virgin Mother, to help this afflicted
+woman. Instantly the child revived, without a trace of sickness left
+upon him. Whether it was his senses or his soul that had left him,
+it is surely to the divine goodness that his sudden revival is to be
+attributed. The recitation of the Gospel of St. John has also benefited
+many sick persons; but Ours have found nothing so fit for removing
+the sicknesses of souls as the salutary Exercises of our blessed
+Father [_i.e._, Loyola], which the very heads of each magistracy,
+the sacred and the civil, have employed--not alone to private but
+also to public advantage. Their example, imitated by some of those
+in the higher ranks, has been followed by the same results. The rest
+of the people have been marvelously stirred up by the renewed fervor
+of the members of the sodalities, among other things; and by the new
+confidence given them by letters from Rome received this year, to the
+great delight and approval of all; which letters have much promoted
+the worship of the most blessed Virgin, and have also kindled those
+who are reckoned among the first in the city to accept the advice
+to join a sodality. By these means cares have been turned aside,
+and four bitter family quarrels, in which the very heart of life and
+salvation was attacted, not without public scandal, were brought to
+an end with the desired success.
+
+
+Bohol Establishment
+
+VII. The harvest of souls at Bohol has increased with the decrease
+of the audacity of the enemy, and of the almost annual invasion by
+the people of Mindanao. As many as a thousand have been baptized, if
+children and adults are reckoned. In this number are several _bailans_,
+or priests of idols; and one there was who, before his baptism, did
+nothing but rage, and attack with teeth and nails those who passed by,
+who came forth from the waters of the sacred font, gentle and in his
+right mind. And when some Indians saw this, snatching the cause from
+the fact, they went to the father and begged him to sprinkle a dying
+Indian woman with the same healing waters. Our father, suspecting that
+they made this request with the the purpose of enabling the woman
+to avoid the trouble of learning the catechism refused, unless she
+would first learn what Christians know. "Father," said they, "that
+ought not to be the way in which you act; we want her baptized to
+keep her alive." "And I," said one, "when I was lying near to death,
+was by the command of another father sprinkled by an Indian cantor,
+and as soon as I was sprinkled immediately I began to recover. Then
+that madman, as you know, washed away his madness in the same font; and
+this companion of mine, who was already despaired of, when he received
+baptism was restored to himself and his kinsfolk." The father yielded
+to all these arguments, ordered the sick woman to be carried into the
+church, and after putting the questions demanded by the occasion and
+the need, cleansed her with that purifying sacrament: she immediately
+began to improve, and soon recovered all her former strength. Every
+day several feel the healing power of this font. An equally great
+miracle is that the chiefs of this tribe, who have been very ill
+disposed towards us, and from whom not even the lives of Ours were
+safe, have been so suddenly changed at the sight of one of our fathers
+that they not only--themselves, without being urged--have submitted
+to the Christian ordinances, but also seek out the barbarians,
+even in the mountains, where they wander and are dispersed like
+wild beasts; and partly by the exercise of their authority, partly
+by persuasion, bring them down to the villages, and offer them to
+the fathers for instruction and baptism. Together with these there
+were once offered more than seventy idols, the spoils of the bailans,
+which were publicly burnt by Ours before the uplifted cross. The same
+thing has been done again and again elsewhere, especially at Jalibon,
+Ingaon, Orion, and Canliron, where the joyful Indians in this manner
+took vengeance upon the evil demon who had so often deceived them by
+the delusions of idols. The bailans are conspicuous in this zealous
+attack upon the enemy. They go so far as to scourge themselves [14]
+until they draw blood, in order to atone for their sins; and thus they
+who formerly opened the door to all kinds of impiety are now the means
+above all others by which the rest of the bailans who still work their
+impious sacrifices are led to the faith, for the art of these latter
+loses its power when the others reveal the deceit. Indeed the deceit
+not seldom reveals itself by their predicting that which never comes
+to pass, or threatening terrors which injure no one.
+
+VIII. The members of the Sodality of the Blessed Virgin are devoting
+their attention to themselves, and striving to root out from their
+souls those sins which have grown old there. There was an Indian
+woman who was seized by a suitor in her bed, and who, to protect her
+chastity, threw herself out of the window; there was a youth who,
+being unable to keep a crowd of wanton girls out of his cottage,
+so savagely scourged his own back with cords that they, alarmed at
+the fierceness of the sounds, at last dispersed. There were some who,
+to avoid the sin of drunkenness, entirely denied themselves the use
+of wine.
+
+Of old there were among these Indians no bowels of compassion, no
+signs of family affection. Nay, parents sold their very children
+for food; children did the same by their parents; and this sort of
+avarice (or rather of cruelty) was still more common among kinsmen
+by marriage or blood, so that they did no kindness without doing
+an injury. Now, by the grace of God, all these things are reversed,
+and these people delight in doing to others as they would be done by;
+and on that account the hospital which has been built never wants for
+necessaries, and always has some, even of high rank, who rejoice in
+giving themselves to the service of the poor.
+
+Moreover, this hospital is supported thus: during the week a basket
+is placed before the doors of the church, in which every one puts
+what he pleases, according to his ability, either of food or herbs,
+to be carried to the hospital. On Sundays, besides, each village in
+turn serves the sick, after the following manner. Those whose turn it
+is go hunting boars or stags, and on the appointed day bring flesh,
+boiled or roasted, with rice, or bring some equivalent food, for the
+sick. Now this tribe, which is at this time so Christian, formerly
+observed the custom of never going hunting without consulting their
+idols. When they perceived that the fathers of Ours detested this
+custom, and indeed wholly annulled it, some of them asked them what
+they ought to do then when they went out on such enterprises. When they
+were told that they should go to some church and beseech God through
+the Virgin Mother of God to give them success in their hunting, they
+did so; and at noon of that very day they killed twenty-two boars
+and stags not far from the village. When they came home loaded with
+their game, every one marveled greatly; and they said: "Ah, Father,
+how good is the God of the Christians! The gods that we used to worship
+would scarcely grant us, in return for long continued implorations,
+at last two boars or stags, and most often nothing; but now the true
+God after having been barely prayed to has freely given us all these
+beasts in a short time." The pious example of these people having
+been followed by others in another village, they too had slain five
+and twenty of this kind of game within three or four hours; and they
+went about shouting: "Away with you, lying bailans, who were about
+to destroy us and all that we had! For us there will be henceforth
+no God but Jesus Christ, who has displayed so great liberality to us
+who have recently turned to Him." I might say more as to the Gospel
+of St. John, the saving sign of the cross, and other mysteries of the
+Christians, whose marvelous efficacy these tribes have experienced;
+but I would not be prolix. Let it be enough to state that seven or
+eight sick persons at least have been cured by amulets of this sort.
+
+
+
+Establishment at Dulac, Carigara, Tinagon, and Palapag
+
+IX. At the establishment at Dulac Ours have often had the better of
+the devil, and the devil of them. They certainly believe that what has
+happened can have had no other author. They had appointed the festival
+of which we have spoken above; and when they were all assembled in
+the church and were waiting for divine service, a messenger suddenly
+appeared and announced that the Mindanaos, their ancient enemies, were
+at Carigara. As soon as the Indians heard that, they poured out of the
+church all together in consternation, each trying to pass the other;
+and leaving the priest, for the mass was not yet finished, they fled
+from the village and took refuge in the mountains. The priest, when he
+had finished the divine office, and arranged his affairs as well as
+time permitted, began himself to think of flight, that the shepherd
+might be with his flock. However, being detained by an Indian chief,
+whose wife he had been about to bury, he remained, and performed the
+rites for the woman--one who had deserved well of the Christians,
+and who, as her husband testified, had been visited by the Blessed
+Virgin, In the mean time a messenger brought a more certain report,
+to the effect that a few small villages on the island had been visited
+by some five or six ships at Caragara; and that they had captured
+only twenty Indians, the rest having taken refuge in flight.
+
+They all came back then from the mountains, and in a few days the
+work of many was accomplished. The number of those who confessed the
+faith increased so rapidly that the long days seemed short. This, I
+am sure, grieved the devil not a little; and no less did what Father
+Christoforo Ximenez effected after he returned to Manila where he put
+into print the catechism of Cardinal Roberto Bellarmino, translated
+into the Bisayan language. [15] He went by the order of his superiors
+to Alongala, then without a priest. When he had remained there up to
+the beginning of Holy Week, and had made the people ready and active
+in all works of piety, it happened that a certain idol-worshiper of
+that island, a man of very high rank, Malacaia by name--who owned over
+sixty slaves, and who was reverenced by all the Indians most highly,
+even as a father--was once looking on, and wondering to see many of the
+natives busied in pious works, and so seriously engaged in scourging
+themselves. In amazement he said, "Shall I do that, Father?" "Do,"
+replied Ximenez, "what they are doing, and scourge thyself." "Will
+that scourging do me any good?" asked Malacaia. "It will do thee no
+little good," answered the father. The other instantly took off his
+tunic and girded himself for the work, and walking upon the stage
+with the others, the Christians, he so tragically worked upon himself
+that, not content with one scourge, although it was rough with little
+sharp studs, he also snatched the scourge from one standing near,
+and, as with a two-edged sword, fearfully smote himself upon the back
+as if with thunderbolts. These scourgings reached even to the man's
+soul, although at the time he knew not what he was doing; for this
+noble deed was an example of great profit to others, and he himself,
+moreover, received at this time the desire for baptism, for which he
+is now being prepared as a catechumen.
+
+X. The Christians taught by the fathers at the establishment at Cangara
+have this in common with those at Dulac, that they receive a mighty
+protection from the services of the church when duly celebrated. For
+as the former, by setting up a cross in the fields and by the use
+of holy water, drive the swarms of locusts from their grain, so
+the latter by bearing palm-branches and seeds to the church effect
+the same result. An old custom of theirs has been condemned--namely
+setting up in the fields great beams, which they call _Omalagars_,
+upon which they believe the souls of the dead to sit. Here fifty have
+been initiated in the Christian mysteries, and more would have been
+if ministers had not been wanting. Forty couples have been joined
+with a more holy bond. Several persons were found by the marvelous
+providence of God (for it would be impious to regard that as a chance
+which was wrought for Ours, kept safe in so many perils), who, being
+scattered over the mountains, so that they could have no one else,
+begged for a father to whom they might confess their sins. There were
+also found in a little island forty lepers loathsome with filth and
+stench, unclothed, and without food, lacking everything. To all of
+them first the teaching of Christ, then baptism, and finally food
+and clothes were given. But one man found God sterner, who, though
+warned by Ours to desist from his impious habit of swearing, yet never
+obeyed. He was often wont to use an expression by which he devoted
+himself to the crocodile; and not long after, being made the prey of
+one, he taught others by his evil fate to do that which he had refused
+to do before. As compared with his death all the more happy was that
+by which Father Alfonso Roderico was taken from us. He had professed
+the four vows, and was dear alike to Spaniards and to Bisayans. He
+was so devoted to the good of both that he was not satisfied with the
+narrow space of twenty-two years, during which he was permitted to
+live among us, but at his death used the very words of St. Martin:
+"Lord, if I am still needed by thy people, I do not refuse to labor."
+
+XI. The attention of Ours at Tinagon has wisely been given to the
+women, since they are more ready to take an interest in sacred things,
+and are more seldom absent from the village--except when one or another
+makes her escape from the hands of some procurer, preferring to pass
+the nights in the forests and mountains in the midst of serpents,
+rather than at home to suffer danger to her chastity among men that are
+as deadly. As for the other affairs of this establishment, they may
+nearly all be included under two examples, one of divine compassion,
+the other of divine justice. An Indian woman was carelessly crossing
+a stream, and was carried off by a ferocious crocodile. She screamed,
+she cried, she prayed to God for pardon, and for only so much time
+as should serve her to make her confession. Her husband, who was
+not far away, ran up quickly, threw himself into the water to attack
+the monster, struck it, and at last dragged his wife from its claws;
+but she was so mangled and lacerated that there was no hope for her
+life. What were the good people to do in a village without a priest,
+and far distant from the residence where the fathers lived? The woman
+was in such a condition that it was impossible to take her there before
+her death. Yet a way out of all these difficulties was easily found by
+the wise God of mercy, for by His guidance there came into the village,
+while they were still doubting what to do, a priest of our Order, quite
+unaware of what had happened. As soon as the matter was reported to
+him, he went to the dying woman, consoled her in her affliction, and
+sent her to Heaven, confessing and sorrowing for her sins. The other
+case differs little from that which we recorded earlier as occurring
+at the Carigara establishment. A fellow whom no fear or warning could
+improve, and who would not control his wicked habit of swearing and
+blaspheming, was one day testifying in a legal case. He devoted his
+head to the crocodile, if the matter were other than as he testified,
+adding that he could confirm his testimony by calling in others as
+witnesses. As he was crossing a stream to summon them in behalf of
+his case, he was carried off by a crocodile; and--a certain proof of
+the damnation of the man--it was later discovered by the testimony
+of others that he had borne false witness.
+
+XII. At the settlement at Palapag there has been a conflict with hunger
+and disease; yet the Indians have so conducted themselves that the
+sick have not lacked the necessary services. Likewise Ours have made
+such provision that the poor were cared for from the harvest; for at
+their gate they daily served food to more than seventy persons. Their
+newly-built church and their sodality make them hopeful of great
+good, for their beginnings are such that six hundred of full age
+have presented themselves at the sacred font for purification;
+while I should reckon the number of children at eight hundred,
+the greater part of whom have gone the straight way to heaven. One
+of Ours was called to a little infant which was said to be sick,
+to baptize it; and he refused, partly because he thought the matter
+was not so pressing, partly because he wished to teach the Indians
+the custom of bringing their little ones to the churches. At last,
+overcome by the importunities of those who asked him, he went thither;
+but when he could perceive in the child not the least sign of illness,
+he was about to return without baptizing it. But when he looked at
+the boy again he seemed to be silently warned by it not to deny it
+that benefit. At last, when he had complied, and when everything
+had been performed duly and in order, the child expired in the very
+arms of its sponsor. By this event the father was rendered joyful,
+but still more cautious not to think that time should be allowed any
+advantage in matters of this kind; for, as he said, he would rather
+suffer all the ills of sea and land if he might open heaven to this
+single little boy. There have been seen other signs (not a few) of
+the singular care extended by divine providence to this tribe and
+Ours. Such a one was this. An Indian was wrapped in the folds of a
+serpent eight feet long, but, groaning forth the saving name of Jesus,
+he was released. Again: when there was a deficiency of that kind of
+food which it is lawful to eat in the days of Lent, a boat on the
+beach, brought by I know not whom, freely supplied fishes of a kind
+not usual there. Again, when a church was on the point of falling,
+the Indians were frightened out from it by a tremendous roar; and,
+because the mass had not been finished, it did not fall before the
+father had taken refuge in the sacristy, the chalice being safe, with
+the sacred images on the abandoned altar. These things we mention,
+passing over those persons to whom God has been pleased to grant good
+of soul or body through Ours. To this establishment there was sent ten
+years ago Francisco Simon, a lay brother; he died on the day on which
+twenty years before he had entered the Society. And although through
+all this interval of time he had neglected none of the things for
+which a good religious may be praised, yet the nearer he approached
+to death, the more content he seemed in doing them. The garden, the
+kitchen, the dining-room, the sacristy, the workshops, the other places
+in which he labored, he regarded somehow as sanctuaries--sometimes
+saying his beads, sometimes holding colloquies with the Holy Trinity,
+Christ, and our Lady the Virgin. A naturally irritable temper he
+had so completely overcome by virtue and diligence that the fathers
+whom he accompanied on their missions wished for no one more kindly;
+they could hardly have had anyone more diligent and more ready to do
+anything. But as witnesses of his virtue Francisco had not only the
+priests of his home but also those of other places; for when he died
+he was away among them, attending to the preparation of rice--offering
+to all a good example, as he first sent to his superiors a report
+of his business by letter; and, as he was to return no more, he sent
+his last farewell to his companions. A place of burial was given to
+him by the priest who has in charge the village of Abla in Luzon,
+by whom the funeral rites also were performed most honorably, a great
+multitude of Indians attending them.
+
+
+
+The Missions at Octon and to the Malucas
+
+XIII. In addition to our accustomed labors with the Spaniards and
+Indians of Arevalo, there has been another of no small importance
+with a large force of troops, who undertook an expedition to the
+Malucas. No trifling benefit was carried to the foreigners by Father
+Francisco Gonzalez, who had been called back thence to the town of
+Zebu to take the four vows. On his journey he brought back into the
+way the Indians everywhere, who were turning aside to their madness
+and their idols. He reestablished Christian customs, baptized children
+and adults, made stable their fickle and inconstant marriages, and
+did many more things of the same kind--which, though unwritten, are
+understood. The following event should not lack a pen. A man entangled
+by lewd delights, but moved by the fact that he had no example among
+the repentant people, or by the influence of a festival just then
+announced, had settled himself to a proper life; but rising in the
+middle of the night he went out from his house, and was longing for
+his accustomed delights. While he was doing so, behold two specters,
+very large and horribly black, wrapped in hanging cloaks, appeared to
+him. The unhappy man dared to annoy them by approaching and speaking
+to them. Without answering, they snatched him up and carried him high
+in air, filling everything with his screams and cries, and struggling
+in vain. His neighbors, awakened and following the sound of the voice,
+went round the whole village without finding anything. At last at dawn
+they found the man among the thick bramble-bushes on the mountains,
+his body all bruised, and himself half-dead and speechless. When they
+found him, they took him to our church, and the prayers of many were
+offered for him, and remedies were applied. At last he recovered his
+senses and his speech, and cried aloud that he had been punished by
+the just judgment of God, since he had for a long time neglected
+the precepts that he had received at confession, and had not done
+the things becoming a Christian. He then went on to say that when
+the demons carried him off, they took him to a deep black cave; and
+just as they were about to hurl him down into it, he was delivered
+by the intervention of God, to whom he had commended himself. Thus,
+having confessed his sins, he put on a better way of living.
+
+XIV. The member of the Society who accompanied the general of the
+Philippines on the expedition to the Malucas, Father Angelo Armano,
+[16] did his duty during the whole time of the voyage and the war,
+not without peril on land and sea. He did with energy what could
+be done in the midst of arms, the noise of artillery, the ambushes
+of the enemy, and the slaughter. And surely there was great hope of
+extending religion by this expedition, for the native king himself,
+when detained at Manila with his son and other chiefs for five years
+often used to promise the governor that if he would send a fleet to the
+Malucas again, he himself would give into subjection and obedience to
+his Catholic Majesty all his vassals, who are estimated at about two
+hundred thousand souls. This has seemed the quickest way to liberate
+the Malucan Christians from the new yoke of the Dutch heretics, by
+which they are oppressed. The multitude of those who have thus far
+professed the Christian faith there can be estimated only from the
+Amboynans, of whom the number reaches above twenty thousand. Therefore,
+although the general came back, home in glory from this expedition,
+after winning a victory, yet he has expressed his grief more than once
+that the welfare and salvation of all this great number of islands
+and tribes should be insufficiently provided for on account of the
+lack of priests; and he has affirmed that he wishes more earnestly
+for nothing than that he might have the opportunity of sending forth
+many of the Society of Jesus on this divine work.
+
+
+
+
+DECREE REGULATING SERVICES OF FILIPINOS
+
+
+We order that, in the Filipinas Islands, no Indians be distributed in
+repartimiento, in any number, for private or public means of gain;
+since for the cutting of wood, navigation of caracoas, and other
+works of this sort, in which our royal treasury is interested,
+and for the public convenience, the Chinese and Japanese found on
+any desired occasion in the city of Manila must be (as they are)
+hired; and, as is understood, there will be a sufficient number of
+workmen among them, who will engage in these services for the just
+price of their toil. From them shall be employed those who wish to
+hire themselves out, in order to avoid the concourse of Indians [at
+Manila]. In case that the repartimiento cannot be entirely avoided,
+as will be provided, and if the Chinese and Japanese are either
+unwilling or unable to satisfy the actual need of those public works,
+the governor and captain-general shall take measures with the Indians
+so that they may aid in the works freely and voluntarily, making use of
+the means that seem advisable to him to effect it. But, granted that
+there be a lack of voluntary workers, we permit that some Indians be
+forced to work in these occupations, under the following conditions,
+but in no other manner.
+
+That this repartimiento shall be made only for necessary and
+unavoidable affairs; for in so odious a matter, the greater benefit to
+our royal treasury, or the greater convenience of the community, cannot
+suffice; and all that which is not necessary for their preservation,
+weighs less than the liberty of the Indians.
+
+That the Indians in the repartimiento shall be lessened in number
+as the voluntary workers shall be introduced, whether the latter be
+Indians or those of other nations.
+
+That they shall not be taken from distant districts, and from climates
+notably different from that of their own villages. The choice of all
+shall proceed without any partiality, and so that both the hardship
+of distances, the burden of the occupations, and compensation for the
+other circumstances in which there will be more or less grievance,
+shall be shared and distributed equally, so that all may share the
+greater and less toilsome services, so that the benefit and alleviation
+shown to some may not be changed into injury toward others.
+
+That the governor assign the number of hours that they shall work
+each day, taking into consideration the lack of strength and weak
+physical constitutions.
+
+That they be given in full the wages that they earn for their work. And
+they shall be paid personally each day, or at the end of the week,
+as they may choose.
+
+That the repartimientos be made at a time that does not embarrass
+or hinder the sowing and harvesting of land products, or the other
+occasions and periods upon which the Indians have to attend to the
+profit and management of their property; for our intention is that
+they be not deprived of it, and that they may be able to attend to
+everything. Therefore, we order the governor that, at the beginning
+of the year, he shall take note of the building and other matters
+of our service in which the Indians have to be employed; for if the
+time is chosen, it may be arranged in such a way that the Indians
+may receive no considerable injury to their property or persons.
+
+That, granting the poor arrangement and plan of the caracoas, and
+that when remanded to them many Indians generally perish, because of
+sailing without a deck, and exposed to the inclemencies of storms,
+we order that these craft be improved and built in such a manner that
+the Indians may manage the oars without risk of health and life.
+
+In all the above, and in all that may touch their preservation
+and increase, we order the governor to proceed with the care and
+vigilance that we expect, and that he punish signally and rigorously
+the ill-treatment received by the Indians from their caciques or from
+the Spaniards--especially should the latter be our officials, upon whom
+the penalties must be more rigorously executed. We request and charge
+both the secular prelates and the provincials of the orders to exercise
+the same attention in the punishment of offenses of this nature,
+committed by the ministers of instruction and other ecclesiastical
+persons. And we order that any omission of the governors, justices,
+and officials entrusted, in whole or in part, with the observance
+and fulfilment of this law be made a matter of their residencia.
+
+[Law passed in the reign of Felipe III, and dated Aranjuez, May 26,
+1609.]
+
+
+
+
+DOCUMENTS OF 1610
+
+
+    Petition of the Recollects. Dionisio de la Anunciacion, and others;
+    June 30.
+    Dominicans request suppression of the Audiencia. Baltasar Fort,
+    O.P., and others; June 30.
+    Relation of 1609-10. Gregorio Lopez, S.J.; July 1.
+    Letter to Felipe III. Juan de Silva; September 5.
+    Letter to Silva. Felipe III; December 7.
+
+
+_Sources_: All these documents save one are obtained from the original
+MSS. in the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla. The third is found
+in the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), i, pp. 273-340.
+
+_Translations_: The first three documents are translated by James
+A. Robertson; the fourth and fifth, by Robert W. Haight.
+
+
+
+
+PETITION OF THE RECOLLECTS
+
+
+Sacred Royal Catholic Majesty:
+
+In conformity with certain requirements of the visitor of the
+Augustinian order in these islands, we, the Recollect religious
+of the same order, have all rendered obedience to the father in
+their rule of life in this country. We are obeying very exactly the
+orders that you, Sire, have given, although we have received signal
+annoyance thereby, as we think they will prove in every way a great
+hindrance to our mode of life and its tranquillity. Especially do
+we believe--and it is beyond doubt true--that if we are forced to
+continue the same obedience, it will mean not only a cessation of
+the forward movement of this special work, but the extinction of us
+all therein; for we have in no way been guilty of any fault whereby
+we have merited such a penalty, as this action, under this form,
+must be considered. This will be shown by the evidence, for some of
+us religious, who came to these so remote regions from that country
+[Spain] by order of your Highness, have died; and although others
+have taken the habit, this is not a country where the orders can be
+preserved by that method alone, without the reenforcement of those
+who can come from those kingdoms to help in this work. If we are
+kept subject to the rule, we shall lose this refuge, and we are on
+the direct road to ruin without attaining that fruit through special
+desire of which we felt ourselves forced to leave our native land and
+the association of our brother religious in our so prompt response
+to the order of your Highness. Since our mode of living has been,
+and is, regulated by the care that we owe to our obligations, and is
+an example and to the edification of the town--and this it public
+and well-known--to say nothing of our established rules and rigor;
+since this city and kingdom hold us in pious and especial affection;
+and since, in the service of your Highness we are laboring for the
+conversion and administration of a mission-field in a toilsome post,
+and one without any temporal consolation, and through not having
+the proper number of religious for another mission (namely, three)
+we left the latter, as well as many others to which attention should
+be given, and which have been offered to us and are offered daily,
+but which we have not accepted for the above reasons: we believe
+that we can supplicate your Highness with proper confidence--as we
+do supplicate you--in the submissive spirit of faithful vassals and
+the humility of poor religious, to be pleased to favor this so pious
+cause, and one so to the service of our Lord. We ask, Sire, that you
+will cause some Recollect religious to be sent from those kingdoms,
+so that with an increased number we may also increase in courage; for
+all must result in an increase of the service of the two majesties. We
+do not intend by this, in fundamentals to withdraw ourselves from the
+obedience that we have been ordered to give to the rule, but only to
+preserve our established laws, and to attend with greater leisure and
+assiduity to our obligations. The clemency of your Highness will be
+very necessary to encourage this work, as has been done hitherto in
+everything offered us. Hence we again supplicate it with the urgency
+demanded by the importance of the matter.
+
+When we came to these regions, your Highness was pleased to grant us
+the alms of wine and oil for the space of six years, as you did to the
+other orders. Inasmuch as--although, in accordance with your orders,
+the alms have been granted us hitherto--the limit assigned by your
+Highness will soon expire, we humbly beseech your Highness to be
+pleased to have the said alms provided, as to the other religious
+orders, and also the support for the religious of this convent,
+as may seem best to your Highness. We also beseech your Highness to
+have medicines given us for our sick, as to the other convents. Will
+your Highness grant us this with your accustomed piety; since we are
+as poor as the other convents, and are occupied in the same ministry.
+
+Don Juan de Silva, your governor, in your Highness's name granted us
+a site, where we have a church and convent, with the proviso that we
+secure your Highness's confirmation thereto within forty years. We
+beseech you with all due humility to be pleased to grant us the said
+confirmation. For that and for all the other matters contained in
+this letter, our father master, Fray Pedro Solier, [17] provincial,
+who has been living under our rules in these islands, is delegated with
+our authority. In case of his death, we delegate our authority to the
+prior or procurator of the Recollect convent in your capital. We shall
+receive most singular favor in whatever action your Highness takes in
+despatching our affairs with your most powerful hand. May God's favor
+be ever with your Highness, and may He preserve and prosper you for
+His greater service, and for the increase of our holy Catholic faith,
+as we, the humble chaplains in this your Majesty's convent of Sant
+Nicolas of the Recollects, desire. Manila, June the last, 1610.
+
+
+_Fray Dionisio de la Anunciacion_, prior.
+_Fray Andres del Spiritu Santo_
+_Fray Francisco de la Madre de Dios_
+_Frai Pedro de San Joseph_
+
+
+[_Endorsed_: "Ascertain what the governor must have written in regard
+to the site given them. When Fray Pedro de Solier comes, everything
+will be examined."]
+
+
+
+DOMINICANS REQUEST SUPPRESSION OF THE AUDIENCIA
+
+
+_Certain religious of the Order of St. Dominic declare that his
+Majesty's decrees are not observed, and relate the evil behavior
+of the fiscal of that Audiencia. They send a memorandum of their
+arguments for the suppression of the Audiencia in those islands._
+
+Sire:
+
+The Order of St. Dominic has been in these districts and islands
+upwards of twenty-four years, and one of those who write this letter
+is one of the first who came to these districts to establish the
+order. Here, by the grace of God, great service has been rendered
+to God and to your Majesty in the conversion of the provinces which
+have been entrusted to us--namely, the province of Pangasinan, and
+that of Cagayan, and this. The conversion has ceased to progress for
+want of ministers, and now is not being continued for the natives. In
+all the above period of time, we have seen many things, and write
+as eyewitnesses. Our first statement is that if this country were
+governed according to the orders and decrees despatched by your
+Majesty for that purpose, it would be the most prosperous of all
+your Majesty's kingdoms, for your Majesty's orders in regard to
+this country seem truly to have had at the time of their ordering
+the special help of the Holy Spirit. But the deplorable thing is
+that your Majesty's orders and decrees are not observed; and worse,
+some say that your decrees do not bind the conscience. This is very
+grievous, and brings in its train great difficulties. The pity is,
+that those who should be the agents and defenders of your decrees
+are the first to violate them. All that is done is contrary to your
+Majesty's orders and commands. As this state of affairs should be
+punished severely for the correction of other offenders, and there is
+no one to attend to that punishment, the Lord, who is supreme judge,
+advocates the cause thus, and punishes them, avenging by His hand
+the little respect given to your Majesty's just orders. This is seen
+in the great number of shipwrecks, one after another. Although there
+are no prophets in this land, yet all prognosticate beforehand what
+will surely happen, since the vessels sail with so heavy a cargo of
+injustices; and accordingly they say that the voyages will not end
+well, as we see by the outcome. But the pity is that, as the punishment
+is public, and in the ships, it is necessary that the just should pay
+for the sinners. Of the truth of all the above, your Majesty would
+rest assured if you were to visit this country. This is daily going
+from bad to worse, because until now, if those debarred therefrom
+were trading and engaging in commerce, they did so with some show
+of shame, and under some cover; but last year your Majesty's fiscal
+came here, and all shame has been lost. For he has publicly traded and
+engaged in commerce, and has gone to Cavite to lade his exports. This
+has scandalized the entire community. Although the fiscal has been
+advised and corrected in a fraternal spirit, he has not turned over
+a new leaf. One of our number having told him that he had committed
+a heavy sin against the oath that he had given to your Majesty,
+he says that he knows his own business, and what he can do. And,
+as your Majesty is far away, they have no fear.
+
+A memorandum concerning your Majesty's Audiencia in this country,
+accompanies this letter. Therein are set forth the reasons why it
+is advisable for your Majesty to order it to be suppressed, and they
+explain how it would be to the service of God and of your Majesty, and
+to the advantage of your royal treasury were there no Audiencia. For
+the Audiencia serves but to take the profits of the country,
+in violation of your Majesty's orders in your royal decrees. For if
+there is any matter of gain it is given to the relatives or followers
+of the auditors, and in matters touching trade and commerce, these
+are they who export most of the cargo. This is manifestly unjust,
+as it would be in Castilla, if any corregidor should unlawfully
+reap the benefits of the whole returns of vineyards which were not
+his. In this country there are no other vineyards or fields than the
+cargo which your Majesty has conceded to the inhabitants. As for the
+advantage that could accrue from this Audiencia to this country, that
+was, to act as a check on the governor. This consideration has now no
+longer any force, on account of the decrees brought by the governor,
+in which the auditors are ordered not to oppose him, but only to give
+information to your Majesty. This can be done by many in this community
+who are free from covetousness (as are the archbishop and the religious
+orders), if they were permitted to attend to this and to oppose the
+acts of the governor. The auditors are pledged to the said governor,
+because he has given the posts and advantageous positions to the
+relatives of the auditors; therefore the latter do not dare to talk,
+as experience has shown us in the past. If your Majesty reestablished
+the Audiencia--and we, your Majesty's vassals, requested it--it was
+with hopes of the aforesaid. And since that result is lacking, it is
+very much to the service of God and of your Majesty, and advantageous
+to your royal treasury, that there be no Audiencia. For any lawyer
+can conclude the cases here, as Licentiate Rojas and Doctor Morga did
+when there was no Audiencia here. We trust, through our Lord's mercy,
+that your Majesty will consider this so just proposal, and give it
+inspiration, so that it will be settled in a manner suitable to the
+service of God and that of your Majesty, and the welfare of all these
+your vassals who live so far from your Majesty, and who are most loyal,
+as you have been made to see in the past.
+
+Archbishop Don Diego Vazquez de Mercado reached this city this month
+of June, and was received with universal rejoicing and happiness;
+for he is well-known, and the people know his earnest zeal, and that
+it is expended for the service of your Majesty and that of God, and
+the increase of our holy faith. We trust that life will be given him
+to reestablish all this country that has remained without a shepherd
+for so long. The pity is, that he has not the means with which to
+assist the poor, as their father which he is, and all are grieving
+over this. Will your Majesty encourage him to continue with holy zeal
+in the future and not to become faint-hearted on account of poverty;
+and surely it is poverty to be an archbishop in this land.
+
+The royal officials, whose duty it is, by right, to inform your
+Majesty of everything here, will inform you and attend to that. They
+are honorable men and fulfil their obligations, as we see. Especially
+does the factor Juan Saenz de Hegoen attend in a very Christian and
+faithful manner, and very assiduously and carefully, to what is in his
+charge. He shows his zeal for the service of your Majesty and for the
+increase of your royal treasury. He is deserving of favor from your
+Majesty. Inasmuch as others will inform you of this, we shall not
+enlarge more on it, but beg from the Lord the life that we all wish
+for your Majesty, even if it be taken from ours, for the welfare of
+His church, the glory of the Lord, and the increase of the estates
+of your Majesty. Manila, June the last, 1610.
+
+_Fray Baltasar Fort_, [18] prior provincial.
+
+_Fray Francisco Minayo_, [19] prior of St. Dominic, Manila.
+
+_Fray Bernardo De Santo Catalina_,
+commissary of the Holy Office.
+
+_Memorandum, in order that his Majesty may see why it is not advisable
+to have an Audiencia in the city of Manila._
+
+Many great disadvantages result from having an Audiencia in the
+Philipinas Islands. Only those that appear to be the worst are
+mentioned.
+
+1st. As to the first, it has been seen by experience that, since the
+arrival of the royal Audiencia, many more suits occur than before. The
+jails are full of prisoners; that of Manila contains usually more
+than one hundred prisoners. Some of them are there for a considerable
+time, even for many years, because the auditors do not attend to their
+duty. A Sangley infidel of those imprisoned during the war was seven
+full years in prison. After that, for want of galley criminals, he
+was placed in the galleys, while his case was being investigated. He
+was one of those who afterward mutinied in the galley, and killed the
+captain, after which he and his companions went to China. There is
+at present an Indian woman of La Panpanga imprisoned in the Manila
+prison. She was incarcerated there when a girl, for she was said to
+have been accomplice in a murder. She has grown up in the prison, and
+is now a woman in years; and her case is still to be investigated. In
+conclusion, it is an open fact that those imprisoned at the order of
+the governor or alcaldes are generally let out of prison quickly,
+and their affairs are soon concluded. But those imprisoned by the
+royal Audiencia either have no hope of leaving, or else they leave
+the prison only after a long period.
+
+2d. _Item_: That the said royal Audiencia not only is useless in
+these islands, but a signal harm to, and destroyer of the peace and
+quiet of the natives of the islands, because of the Indians' method
+of procedure and their characteristics. These are quite different
+from the characteristics of the Spaniards, for when the Indians have
+quarrels and disputes, they do not come to knife-thrusts or blows,
+but present false testimony. For this the royal Audiencia's method
+of procedure is very suitable. When an Indian is accused by a false
+witness whom they present, the Audiencia immediately have the accused
+man arrested and thrust into prison, which is the end desired by his
+opponent in order to avenge himself; for he knows quite well that the
+prisoner has entered the prison not for a few days or months. If the
+accuser wishes to proceed with his investigation, he presents more
+witnesses and proves whatever he desires. He can find witnesses for
+anything, as the Indian's nature is as facile in swearing falsehood
+as truth. Cases like this are actually seen daily. In grave matters
+the innocent and guiltless are punished and condemned to the galleys,
+while the guilty and deceivers are left free and unpunished. The
+ministers of the gospel, who know the truth of the matter, and how
+things are tending, seeing that those punished blaspheme the name
+of God--saying that those who condemn them are Christians and men
+placed there in the stead of the king to administer justice, but who
+administer injustice--the religious, then, incited by their zeal for
+the honor of God, inform the judges. That the truth may be known,
+they go to give information of what they know. The judges answer that
+they have to judge _juxta allegata et probata_, without proceeding
+to inquire of the nature of the witnesses. Consequently instead
+of administering justice they administer injustice. They condemn
+the innocent, and allow the criminals to go free. False testimonies
+continue to increase. False witnesses have no fear of justice. Finally,
+the Indians declare that they punished like crimes better when they
+were infidels, while the Sangley infidels assert that their law is
+better, for justice proceeds rigorously to punish false witnesses,
+which is not done by the royal Audiencia.
+
+3d. _Item_: The said royal Audiencia is the cause of the perversion of
+distributive justice. Dignities and offices are given to the unworthy
+and undeserving, thus causing those who have served his Majesty to
+complain. [20] For the appointive offices and offices of dignity,
+both of war and of the districts of alcaldes-mayor, are given to
+the brothers, sons, or relatives of the said auditors. These are men
+without experience or merit. As a manifest and evident proof of this,
+it is not necessary to refer to the events of past years, but only to
+what is now current in this city of Manila. There are five companies of
+foot-soldiers. Don Pedro de Almacan, son of Auditor Almacan, a youth
+of tender years, and inexperienced in military affairs, is captain
+of one company. Don Juan de la Vega, son of Auditor Vega, likewise a
+person of tender years, has another company. Captain Madrid, brother of
+Auditor Madrid--who has been in this country but one year, and before
+coming here was only a common soldier--has a third company. I do not
+mention many others--alferezes and sergeants who are immature boys--at
+whom all laugh, and who would better be in school than occupying
+such offices. They are the ridicule and plaything of the soldiers;
+for the latter see in them no other valor or sufficiency than to
+be relatives of the auditors or fiscal. The same is true of other
+honorable and advantageous posts. Mateo de Heredia is alcalde-mayor
+of La Pampanga. He is the son-in-law of Licentiate Almacan, and that
+office is the best appointment in this country. To be chief guard
+of the parian of the Sangleys is a position that needs especially
+qualified persons, and those who have served his Majesty for many
+years. For six or seven years it has been held by Diego Sanchez, a
+common person, who is married to a mestizo woman of Nueva Espana. He
+has no greater merit therein than to be the brother-in-law of Auditor
+Alcaraz. The same is true of other provisions.
+
+4th. _Item_: That if any person connected with any of the auditors
+commits a crime or crimes, such a one is not brought to justice for it,
+however grave and enormous his crime. This very year a very grave case
+has happened in this city, in the person of a son of Auditor Vega,
+who committed adultery with a woman married to an inhabitant of this
+city, an honorable man, and of a good family. The woman betook herself
+to a convent; and the adulterer fled. The aggrieved man begged justice
+of the governor and the Audiencia. The said Auditor Vega not only did
+not do his duty as judge, but defended his son with unfurled banners,
+to his own great infamy and censure as a person whom his Majesty
+maintains, to administer justice. The preachers have denounced him in
+the pulpits, demanding that justice be done. The people are exceedingly
+scandalized at so grave a matter remaining unpunished, only because the
+criminal is the son of an auditor. Not only do they not punish him,
+but the said adulterer was even made captain of infantry in the war
+with the Dutch, to the great offense of all. That appeared so unjust
+that a grave religious, who was going to the said war, said that
+he feared the wrath of God, and that the enemy would be victorious,
+because of so mischievous a man going on our side, who had offended God
+so deeply. Yet he was not punished, for the sole reason of being the
+son of an auditor, and because his father defended him so earnestly.
+
+5th. _Item_: That the said auditors in this country can rather be
+called honorable traders and merchants than ministers of justice, since
+they trade and engage in commerce quite openly. Under their protection
+their sons, relatives, and connections trade very extensively. This is
+a cause of very great injury to the poor, and to the inhabitants of
+this city; and they are defrauded in the division of the cargo, for
+the auditors' freight is better looked after. Hence it follows that
+the auditors possess very large estates. They build elegant houses,
+at a cost of twelve or fourteen thousand pesos. They generally keep
+embroiderers at work in their houses publicly, just as any merchant
+keeps them.
+
+6th. Lastly, after the arrival of the governor last year with the
+decrees that he brought from his Majesty, if the royal Audiencia was
+before a harm or of little use, it is now useless; because then its
+possible service was to oppose the said governor and to undo any injury
+or violence committed by the governor, but now that is prohibited by
+the said decrees of his Majesty. In them his Majesty orders the royal
+Audiencia not to contradict their president and captain-general in
+whatever the latter wishes to do, but to advise him of the governor's
+actions, without opposing the latter, in order to avoid scandals. In
+order to give information of the governor's want of prudence, no
+Audiencia is needed, for there are enough people here to advise you.
+
+During former years this city petitioned his Majesty that he would be
+pleased to order the establishment of an Audiencia, because it was
+believed that it would be a check on the governor's actions, which
+were not so well considered. Now this ceases with the said precautions
+brought by the governor, in which his Majesty orders that the auditors
+shall not oppose the governor, but that they only advise his Majesty
+of everything. As to the said Audiencia, their hands have not been
+tied by these new precautions, nor do the auditors pay any attention
+to them, for they have so ingratiated themselves with the governor,
+because he has advantaged them and their relatives and followers,
+and his Majesty is so far away.
+
+
+
+RELATION OF 1609-1610
+
+
+_Extract from the Relation of Events in the Filipinas During the
+Years 1609 and 1610, By Father Gregorio Lopez_ [21]
+
+This country heard last year, by way of Jolo and Mindanao, that the
+Dutch were going to come in the year 1609, to harass it with a strong
+force. Consequently Governor Juan de Silva entered upon his government
+with the intention of fortifying the port of Cavite, where our ships
+anchor, distant about three leguas from the city. For as Cavite was
+unprotected, not having even a cavalier or rampart mounting a couple
+of pieces with which to head off the Dutch ships, which might attempt
+to anchor in its harbor, the Dutchman could enter with all safety
+to himself, and be quite secure. [If he should do so] it would be
+a great impediment to all the islands, and a very great nuisance,
+both for the despatch of the merchandise--which is the vineyards and
+olive-orchards of these regions--and for the easy preparation of some
+boats with which to drive the Dutch out of these regions. While the
+people remained in this dread, the news was confirmed by another
+message, that came on November 3 from the town of Arevalo, eighty
+leguas from Manila. By this news it was learned that three Dutch
+ships and one patache were near that island of Oton, [22] where they
+had seized some boats full of provisions, that were intended for the
+relief of Maluco; and that they were making for the port of Yloilo. A
+large amount of provisions was gathered in that place; and although
+the Dutch did not attack it, all was lost. For our Spaniards, in
+order not to let it fall into the hands of the enemy, broke the jars
+of wine, and set fire to the rice. As soon as the governor received
+this news, he sent the sargento-mayor of troops here, Cristobal de
+Azcueta Menchaca (master-of-camp elect of Terrenate), to Oton, in
+order that he might attend to what seemed necessary for the defense
+of that region, with the men under his command and those who were
+there. Among the boats accompanying him was a champan, a Chinese craft;
+it contained a considerable number of soldiers. They encountered the
+Dutch vessels, which were approaching this city. In the endeavor to
+defend themselves, if the enemy, who had perceived them, should try
+to attack them the Spaniards began to take the cargo of the champan
+ashore by means of lanchas, and with it to fortify themselves for
+their protection in a sort of bastion. Among the other things, they
+took some barrels of powder ashore; while in others, which were left
+aboard, fire was carelessly set, with very great injury to those who
+were near it. Many were burned, but at the time only two or three
+died there. The rest threw themselves into the water and gained the
+shore. One man only was left in the champan which was burning; for he
+had been jammed among the beams. Although he cried out loudly for aid,
+he could not be helped, and was accordingly burned to ashes. Those who
+escaped alive began to march overland toward this city, some leguas
+distant from the place where the misfortune occurred. On the way,
+some persons died, and the others arrived in such condition that
+all who saw them bemoaned their sad lot. Scarce did they seem men,
+but swollen cinders, full of maggots. Some even had maggots in the
+very palms of their hands. They were treated with much care in the
+hospital here. Most of them recovered; but six or seven of them died
+in the hospital. The Dutch did not try to harm them, which was a great
+mercy of God, because of the facts above stated. On the contrary, the
+Dutch continued their route until they reached the mouth of this bay,
+in sight of Manila.
+
+The governor was not careless at this time, especially in the
+fortification of Cavite. He sent thither the regular infantry of this
+camp, with 10,000 musket-balls, 30,000 arquebus-balls, 6,000 brazas
+of musket-fuses, 14,000 brazas of arquebus-fuses, and 40 barrels of
+powder. He also sent engineers and workmen with material for building
+a fort, wherein to mount artillery. To make the work move faster, he
+went thither himself to take part in it. From Cavite he sent a summons
+to some inhabitants, so that the Spaniards in Cavite numbered more than
+six hundred. In this city, the citizens stood guard, and endured many
+hardships in it. All lived with great vigilance, born of a fear of the
+Sangleys--of whom rumors were circulating that they were restless and
+intended to revolt, because they imagined that the Spaniards, through
+lack of confidence in them, were about to kill them. But the king's
+fiscal, as their protector, went to their parian; and, calling a large
+meeting, talked to them with manifestations of great affection. He
+promised them all kind treatment, in his Majesty's name. Accordingly,
+laying aside all their fear, the Sangleys became quiet. Assuredly,
+had they revolted at this time, they would have placed the country in
+great straits, for there is a considerable number of them. Besides,
+the Dutch were near by with their well-equipped and strong vessels;
+and the Spaniards are few. For the greater security and some relief
+of the citizens, several companies of Pampangos were summoned. Among
+all these islanders they have proved themselves most loyal to the
+Spaniards, and most fit for soldiers.
+
+In Cavite the care and diligence expended in fortifying it, were
+of great importance; for the Dutch commander, one Francisco Witer,
+[23] although he had once before been in these islands as secretary
+to Oliverio del Nort--the commander of the two vessels that anchored
+near the city in the year 1600, and had returned defeated and disabled
+[_con las manos en la cabeza_; literally, "with his hands to his
+head"]--yet he was determined to come to try his luck a second time. He
+was incited to this by certain traitors to his Majesty. These having
+gone over to his side in Maluco, to the disservice of God and the king,
+recounted to him all the affairs of the Filipinas. They represented to
+him the little resistance that he would encounter from large vessels;
+the weakness of the port of Cavite, which he could easily overpower,
+and burn whatever it contained; and the immense wealth that he could
+seize, of silk, silver, and other merchandise, which come to Manila
+from Mejico, Macao, China, and Japon. Especially did one Francisco
+Aguirre inform him of the above, in detail. He brought this man with
+him, promising him one thousand pesos to induce him to accompany
+the Dutch, and to guide him faithfully on this expedition that he
+was undertaking. Accordingly, as was reported, the Dutch commander
+set sail in the afternoon of St. Martin's day, November 11, three
+or four days after he had been seen from this city. With two ships
+and his patache (for his flagship was left in the same location),
+he approached Cavite. However he was forced to retire because of the
+innumerable cannon fired at him. Although these did him no damage,
+he did none, either, with the artillery that he fired. But he
+noted how slight were their forces for injuring him, for they had
+no more than three very small vessels, which could scarcely carry
+any artillery; one old, dilapidated ship, called "Espiritu Santo,"
+which was already almost useless and broken-up from its voyages
+to Nueva Espana, and was mastless and without rigging; and one
+galley of twenty benches. Therefore not anticipating any trouble
+with Cavite, where he found the resistance that he did not expect,
+and preferring to effect his purpose bloodlessly, and quite safely
+to himself, he returned to his post. Not long afterward, he had all
+four of his vessels weigh anchor; and going out of sight of the
+city, went to anchor at the port called El Fraile ["the Friar"],
+at a short distance from his former anchorage. There he began to rob
+whatever he could, and prevented the ingress of provisions brought
+from all the islands to this city. Alferez Aldana was aboard one of
+the boats that he seized coming from a corregidor's district. He,
+thinking the Dutch to be Castilian vessels, went to them with great
+joy; but his joy was shortly changed into sad captivity, for he was
+pillaged and imprisoned. Shortly after this event, four Dutchmen
+fled from the Dutch fleet. Their arrival was singularly consoling
+for full information was obtained from them of the Dutch force and
+object. Not more than three slaves deserted from us to the Dutch;
+and, being slaves, they could give but little information regarding
+our affairs. Almost the same thing happened to captain Castillo as
+to Alferez Aldano; for having come from Japon, whither he had gone
+with a fragata, he was sent, as one experienced in these coasts, to
+a certain place, to warn the ships from China and Japon of the Dutch,
+and that they commanded the sea. One day the [Dutch] patache went so
+far in search of ships that Captain Castillo could not be persuaded
+that it was not a friendly vessel; consequently he went to give it
+information, according to his orders. Although he was afterwards
+undeceived, and tried to escape from the Dutch, who pursued him, he
+was unable to do so. Their commander tried to learn from him whether
+Cavite had greater force than he had seen; but he always answered that
+he knew of nothing else, and excused himself by saying that he had but
+recently come from Japon. On the contrary, he belittled our affairs,
+in order to assure them the more. He managed to write a letter thence
+and send it by a Sangley, in which he gave an account of the vessels,
+artillery, and men, thus making the battle easier.
+
+A fire broke out in Cavite at this juncture, and almost all the
+Spanish houses were burned. The fire nearly caught in the house where
+the powder was stored, a circumstance that placed the people in the
+utmost danger. Not one was bold enough to try to remedy matters, for
+they all feared lest they be burned, until the governor personally
+set to work. Then, incited by his example, a considerable number of
+people began to drag the barrels to the seashore in order to throw
+them into the sea, if the fire came near it. By this means the powder
+was preserved, the loss of which would have been felt keenly, besides
+the damage that would have resulted from its explosion.
+
+Maluco was also in need of help, and could get it nowhere else
+except from this country. Accordingly the master-of-camp, Azcueta, was
+ordered to enroll some men in Oton; and two galleys and several smaller
+vessels, carrying money and other supplies important for the succor
+of that stronghold, went from Manila. All this, although necessary,
+meant a decrease of these islands' resources. The two galleys, both
+of which were new, returned from Oton. One had been launched shortly
+before the arrival of the Dutch, and the other not long after. On this
+return voyage, the flagship was in great danger of being lost, because
+the crew of rowers attempted to mutiny. This would have been done, had
+not a Japanese revealed the plot which they were conspiring. Thereupon
+the guilty were punished, and suitable precautions taken. The consort
+was more unfortunate. The Chinese and Japanese convicts conspired
+to mutiny; and although those nations are like cats and dogs, they
+were very much in concord on this occasion. They selected as the
+most appropriate time for their treason the hour for the siesta,
+when, as it was daytime, the Spaniards slept with less caution. They
+first aimed at the head, by striking Captain Cardoso (who was resting
+soundly and carelessly) with an ax, which made him awake in the other
+life. The blow was given by a Chinaman whom he had favored. After
+him some fifty convicts, who were freed from prison, began to work
+destruction among the other Spaniards with whatever they could seize,
+and set out to kill them all--that is, all who were not of the above
+nationalities. The Spaniards were unarmed, all except the sergeant
+of the company, who had a sword and executed considerable damage
+with it, killing many. He was accompanied and encouraged by another
+Spaniard who wielded with both hands the ladle belonging to a piece
+of artillery. Finally, the sergeant having impaled a furious Sangley,
+or Chinaman, on his sword, the latter was so cramped by the wound that,
+not having time to withdraw the weapon the sergeant was compelled to
+leave it sticking in the body, and jump into the water, where he saved
+himself by swimming. Some others availed themselves of the same plan,
+while some took the galley's small boat. Thus some few escaped, to
+bear the unfortunate news. It caused universal and great sorrow, as
+happening at a time of such need. Many Spaniards had been killed. The
+mutineers killed also the convicts themselves--from whom no harm
+could be feared--who were not Chinese or Japanese; and although the
+poor wretches tried to throw themselves into the sea, when the sudden
+assault came, their efforts were useless, for they were shackled,
+and hung by their chains [over the side of the galley]. There,
+with great cruelty, the mutineers cut off their legs and threw them
+overboard, where they helplessly perished. It was feared and suspected
+that the galley would go over to the Dutch, but it did not. On the
+contrary, it fled from them, so that, although the patache pursued
+the mutineers, it could not overtake them. It is yet unknown where
+the galley has stopped. Such was the unfortunate death of Captain
+Cardoso, whose brother, Alferez Cardoso, had died a few days before,
+among those burned on the champan, as related above. It seems that
+they have inherited such disasters, for their father--a Portuguese
+gentleman, and a gallant soldier--after serving his Majesty in Africa,
+had to flee to Ytalia, because of committing an atrocious crime,
+which was as follows. Another gentleman insulted a relative of this
+gentleman. The insulted man, either for lack of ability to do more,
+or because he was a good Christian, did not take vengeance for the
+insult. The father of these Cardosos was very angry, and, with the
+intention of avenging the injury, left his home. First going to his
+relative's house, he abused the latter with words, and even stabbed
+him, because he had not taken vengeance. Then he went to the house of
+the insulter, and seizing him, thrust him forcibly into a bread-oven,
+under which a fire was lighted. Gagging the man, he left him there
+until he was dead. After having fled to Ytalia, this gentleman had
+charge of a castle, in which was stored a quantity of powder. One day
+fire caught in the powder, and a great portion of the castle was blown
+up. The Castellan Cardoso was killed, and buried in the ruins. One
+of his wife's legs was torn off at the thigh. Although these two boys
+(who were quite small then) received no hurt, they ended their lives
+in the so disastrous ways that I have related.
+
+The governor upon learning of the loss of this galley, had another put
+on the stocks, which was finished in two months. Seeing how leisurely
+the Dutch were remaining in this country, he began to prepare a fleet
+to attack them. For that purpose great haste was given to finishing
+a vessel called "San Juan Baptista," which had been commenced in
+the island of Marinduque. Although the enemy heard of this, their
+information was very confused, for they did not know to what place
+the ship "Espiritu Santo"--which was so disabled, as I have depicted
+above--had retreated. They were commencing to repair that vessel, and
+it cost even more trouble than if it had been built new. The Spaniards
+also equipped the two small vessels as well as they could. For lack
+of iron for nails, they removed the gratings of the windows, [24]
+While Manila was laboring under this anxiety, the strength of the
+enemy was increased by a good ship. That vessel came with food, and
+thus caused this community much distress. But greater suffering would
+have been caused had the Dutch commander's resolution, made in Maluco,
+been carried out--namely, that a fortnight after his departure this
+ship and one other should follow him hither; and, besides these, a very
+large and well-equipped galleon named "The Devil from Holland" built
+on purpose to fight with the galleons of Eastern Yndia. The Dutch at
+Maluco considered it inexpedient to send more than the said vessel, and
+especially so to send the galleon. They considered it very unadvisable
+to send it among islands where, if it were wrecked, its loss would
+be great and irreparable. It was all the miraculous disposition of
+Heaven, as will be seen later. With this new accession, the Dutch
+commander determined to come again in sight of Manila. Accordingly he
+entered the bay on January 19, and without doing more than to gather
+new information concerning our scarcity of vessels, he remained there
+until the twenty-seventh of the said month. Then he again left the
+bay, and commenced to capture the Chinese vessels that were already
+coming with the accustomed merchandise and food. The Dutch seized from
+the Chinese their hams and capons, and the choice wine. [25] And even
+before the eyes of the Chinese themselves, they gave themselves up to
+the wine to such an extent, that the Chinese observed it, and made
+jests at, and ridiculed them, talking of them and comparing them to
+the most degraded Indians who were wont to become intoxicated. The
+Dutch usually threw all other articles of food into the sea, saying
+that the Spaniards had no need of them. They seized so many fowls that
+even the lowest common seaman was given rations of them. And because
+of the number of fowls they established a poultry-yard on an islet,
+where they kept two or three thousand capons. They chose what silk
+was most to their liking. In the matter of pay there was variety, for
+the sailors and almost all the soldiers paid immediately for what they
+bought; but the commander and a few others gave the Chinese promises
+to pay when they should capture the king's ship from Japon which they
+had been awaiting some days, and which was bringing a great amount of
+wealth. Certain of these vessels from China escaped; and one, while
+fleeing, was wrecked, and lost nearly all its cargo. Some Sangleys,
+fleeing overland from the Dutch, fell into the hands of Zambal Indians,
+expert archers and bowmen. The latter killed many of them, to our great
+sorrow, although, as the said Indians were his Majesty's vassals, this
+proceeding was checked as soon as possible. The Zambals also killed six
+Dutchmen, who had landed to get water; and brought their heads, with,
+great rejoicing, to show to the governor. Because of the misfortunes
+recounted daily by the Chinese who came in plundered, and because of
+the fear lest the ship from Japon, that from Macao, that from Castilla,
+and some of the largest Sangley merchantmen which bring goods for
+the Spaniards from China, should fall into the enemy's hands, great
+efforts were made in preparing the supplies necessary for the war. The
+well-inclined Sangleys offered themselves for any toil, because of
+their rage against the Dutch. Public prayers were said throughout the
+islands, beseeching and importuning God for a successful outcome. The
+governor built a new foundry, where he cast seven large and reenforced
+cannon, which were of very great importance. A considerable quantity
+of powder was refined which was almost lost. A great number of balls
+were cast. In short, the greatest care was exercised in everything
+and great haste displayed; and they were able, as a consequence, to
+launch the finished and equipped vessel "San Juan Baptista" in the
+bay on March 22. That gave extraordinary consolation to the entire
+city. It mounted several pieces, and carried some picked soldiers,
+who had been assigned for its defense in case the enemy tried to burn
+it on the stocks, or to come to meet it in order to seize it. But the
+enemy attached so little importance to this vessel, and to the forces
+of this land, that they acted with as great security as if anchored
+in Holanda. They reproached the Indians that they captured for their
+subjection to a people who did not dare to attack them [_i.e._, the
+Dutch], and who had no forces for that purpose. Freeing those Indians,
+the Dutch told them to sow a quantity of rice, and to rear many fowls
+and swine, for they said that the following year they intended to
+come with a greater force to make themselves absolute masters of these
+islands, and it was necessary that they have plenty of food prepared.
+
+The preparation of the fleet in Cavite was finished, so that it was
+ready to sail by April 21. In the midst of the greatest efforts that
+were being made to furnish its rigging, news was received that the
+Dutch had returned laden with wealth. This filled the whole city
+with sadness, on seeing that the Dutch were continuing their ravages
+without any chastisement or punishment. But soon it was learned
+for certain that it was not so, whereupon the Spaniards were very
+joyous and happy. Such was the courage and spirit of our Spaniards,
+that they burned with desire to begin the fray. Finding that it could
+not be done so quickly, they manifested their anger, and raged like
+caged and angry lions or tigers which cannot avenge an insult. A day
+or so before our fleet sailed, a Japanese ship arrived at Cavite. The
+disastrous loss of the ship "San Francisco," the flagship of three
+vessels that sailed hence for Nueva Espana, was learned from that
+vessel. This was the most unfortunate thing that had yet happened;
+for by that blow this country was almost ruined, and the death of one
+man was hastened, a few days after, by his sorrow. Many Spaniards
+of those who escaped the wreck were aboard the said Japanese boat,
+and one Augustinian religious. The latter was seized by the Dutch,
+together with some of the wrecked Spaniards; but the Dutch did not
+harm the Japanese, in order to establish friendly intercourse with
+them. Under shelter of the latter, others of the Spaniards were saved,
+and a considerable quantity of goods, although the Dutch stole some
+anchors and cables of the king's that were aboard the vessel, and
+some two hundred sacks of flour from private persons, but nothing
+else. At last, after diligent search for Castilian or Portuguese
+silver, the Dutch allowed the vessel to continue its voyage, because
+of a present of three hundred pesos, given them by the Japanese. In
+the beginning of April an edict was issued for the men of the fleet to
+make ready. As many as one thousand sailors and soldiers were enlisted,
+and many Indians for service and as common seamen. Besides these men,
+the governor intended to take two hundred other soldiers of great
+courage and valor; on those soldiers he placed great reliance. These
+are about two hundred martyrs, whose relics repose in the [church of
+the] Society of Jesus in a side chapel. The governor had the reliquary
+newly fitted up, with great care; and placed himself with courage under
+the care and protection of those martyrs, considering the victory
+as his, with such volunteers. The fleet left Cavite on Wednesday,
+April 21, between ten and eleven, in search of the enemy, who were at
+Playahonda, twenty leguas from Manila. The governor embarked in person
+in the fleet, as its commander. His presence inspired the soldiers not
+a little, and incited many volunteers to accompany him. On this and
+other accounts, which are deeply felt, they regarded his going as very
+important, and almost absolutely necessary. His lieutenant was Juan
+Juarez Gallinato, who has come this year as master of this camp. His
+admiral was Don Fernando de Silva, a courageous and spirited youth,
+nephew of the governor. As the admiral's lieutenant and captain of
+the almiranta went the sargento-mayor of Maluco, Pedro de Heredia,
+who last year overcame the galliot in which the Dutch commander, Pablo
+Blancard, [26] was sailing, with seventy of his men. The captains
+of the small vessels were: of the "San Yldefonso" (the largest),
+Juan Tello de Aguirre, regidor of this city; of the "San Pedro,"
+Captain Guillestigui--both of these men Biscayans; of the "San Pedro y
+San Pablo," Juan Pardos [27] de Losada, a Galician gentleman; of the
+"Santiago," Moreno Donoso. Of the two galleys, Captain Romanico was
+lieutenant; and Captain Juan Rodriguez commanded the consort.
+
+The artillery was as follows. The flagship "San Juan Bautista" mounted
+twenty-six pieces: four of the new guns, which were eighteen-pounders;
+and twenty-two good guns, from four to twelve pounders.
+
+The ship "Espiritu Santo," the almiranta, twenty-two pieces: three of
+them of the said new guns; seventeen, from three to fourteen pounders;
+and two swivel-guns.
+
+The other four vessels carried four, five, or six medium-sized guns;
+the galleys, what they generally carry.
+
+Besides these vessels there were also two galliots and other small
+boats laden with provisions, and sheltered by the fleet, and ready
+to render assistance should occasion arise.
+
+By day, and even by night, there was continual prayer and entreaty in
+the city, in one place and another, for the successful outcome of the
+affair. There was also a very solemn procession on Friday morning,
+in which our Lady of Guidance [_Nuestra Senora de Guia_] was carried
+to the cathedral church from her chapel, which is about one-eighth
+of a legua distant.
+
+The fleet anchored outside the bay. Although they intended to sail
+at dawn on Friday to give the enemy a rude awakening, [28] they
+were unable to do so; for on weighing anchor, at midnight, they were
+delayed a long time, and happened to lose four anchors--one from the
+almiranta, and three from the small vessels. This did not fail to
+cause uneasiness; but at last the Spaniards were able to sight the
+enemy on Saturday, between six and seven o'clock in the morning. The
+enemy's flagship was riding with two anchors, and the other two vessels
+were somewhat farther out to sea. At this juncture, our fleet began
+to prepare for the battle. Orders were given for the crew to make
+their confessions to the religious aboard the vessels. There were
+sixteen of these from the religious orders which are in Manila--two
+fathers of St. Dominic, seven of St. Francis, three of St. Augustine,
+and four of the Society of Jesus. In addition there was another
+religious, a Trinitarian, [29] who accompanied the governor, and a
+secular priest. The soldiers proved very valiant and devoted on this
+occasion. They uttered many expressions of joy at finding themselves
+near the enemy. It seemed as if they were about to attend weddings
+and balls with great pleasure and delight, rather than to fight with
+vessels so powerful and well-equipped with artillery. Their greatest
+anxiety was lest the enemy should run away when he saw our fleet; but
+there was nothing to fear, for they were encouraged doubly to fight for
+the honor of God and the fame of the Spanish nation. Both of these,
+in a certain manner, depended on this battle in districts so remote:
+the honor of God, because the Chinese were looking on and saying,
+"Now we shall see who is more powerful, the God of the Castilians,
+or the God of the Dutch;" and besides this, as the Dutch were about to
+take a great part of the silk that they were intercepting, to Japon,
+where they already had a trading-post, their trade would be established
+firmly in that land, and that new field of Christendom would be in
+danger of heresy (which spreads like a cancer), in addition to the
+daily calamities to which it is subject under pagan lords. The honor of
+the Spanish nation was also concerned, because the temper of many of
+these peoples is, "Long live the conqueror!" and they do not dare to
+stir because of their idea of the Spaniards. If these nations should
+become insolent on seeing the Spaniards overwhelmed and conquered,
+their pacification would cost more blood than the first conquest cost,
+as has been experienced in Mindanao. Encouraged then, in this manner,
+the vessels approached. The Dutch, without any faint-heartedness,
+raised one anchor, and placed the other apeak, in order to go to meet
+our fleet. They made fun of our fleet, and encouraged their soldiers
+to fight by telling them that the Spaniards were coming to scare them
+with egg-shells--alluding to the small size and slight force of the
+vessels that they had seen. They bore down upon our flagship. At this
+juncture, they did not omit to report a singular providence of Heaven,
+namely, that our two vessels, the flagship and the almiranta, had some
+good pieces mounted low down, whose ports had to be shut, whenever the
+sea was choppy, as was experienced on one occasion of that sort. On
+that account the enemy had a great advantage, for all their guns were
+mounted high up. Accordingly it was our Lord's pleasure that there was
+only enough wind to sail by, and the sea was almost like milk [_i.e._,
+calm and smooth]. Finally the vessels closed; and each fired heavy
+discharges of artillery and musketry. Our pieces--which, as I said,
+were mounted low--made the enemy's hull [30] tremble with the damage
+received from them. They killed men below decks, where they were
+sheltered under their rigging, so that scarcely a man appeared. Our
+men, who were above deck without a single shelter, also were injured
+by their artillery and swivel-guns. However they did not lose any of
+their spirit. They grappled the Dutch vessel, and stayed there fighting
+more than three hours; and amid balls, pikes, and broad-swords, they
+boarded the hostile vessel, with such courage and valor, that the Dutch
+themselves were amazed to see them placing themselves in so manifest
+danger without shelter. There was one who, when his companions tried
+to make him retire by force, because he had received a ball in his
+body, and a nail from a swivel-gun in his throat, tore himself from
+those who were carrying him, and returned to the fight, with the fury
+with which a wounded boar turns to avenge itself. Our men continued
+to decimate the enemy so thoroughly that they had scarcely five men
+on deck alive or unwounded. The commander was one of the first to
+be killed. The enemy, seeing themselves without any power to resist,
+tried to burn the ship. And they would have done it, to the evident
+loss of our men, but that was prevented by the master of the vessel,
+who, as he declared later, had always been a Catholic. He advised the
+Dutch not to do such a thing, for, although they had already lost
+their substance, they should not lose their souls. At this advice
+they surrendered with fair conditions. Of the Spanish captives [aboard
+the enemy's ship], only the Augustinian religious Fray Pedro Montejo
+[31] was killed, by a ball from our vessel. The others were safe and
+sound. Francisco Aguirre lost a leg in the battle, and being condemned
+to be shot as a traitor one day after the victory, he died that same
+night. The same that I have related of our flagship occurred in our
+almiranta. It grappled with another good vessel, and defeated it after
+having fought with it with the same valor. The infantry captains,
+Don Pedro de Almazan and Don Juan de la Vega, [32] distinguished
+themselves greatly in the battle, showing great courage and valor,
+although they were very young. The others can also be praised with
+good reason, for they proved themselves valiant captains. Such were
+Soriano, Rosa, Don Antonio de Leos, and Captain Madrid.
+
+The third [Dutch] vessel was defeated by the two vessels "San
+Yldefonso" and "San Pedro." However so complete a victory was not
+obtained as with the others; for when it caught fire, they could not
+extinguish the flames. Two excellent bronze pieces were melted by the
+fire; and when the flames reached the powder, it blew up the men and
+other things and set fire to the neighboring forests, where the fire
+lasted for six days. However, they were able to take the artillery. Ten
+Chinese vessels witnessed the battle. That was of no little importance,
+because of the opinion that they formed of the Spaniards, and the
+fear of our men that struck them, besides that which they have always
+had. Three of those vessels had already been plundered, and the other
+seven expected the same thing. But seeing themselves free, they went
+to the governor to thank him for his kindness in freeing them. Having
+received permission, they proceeded to Manila immediately, where they
+made great feasts for the governor after their arrival.
+
+The fourth Dutch vessel was outside and quite near a Japanese vessel
+that it had captured, whose captain and pilot were inside the Dutch
+vessel. These having displayed a banner on which was written "Viva
+Holanda" ["Long live Holland!"], and a letter of safe-conduct from the
+Dutch factors in Japon, the captain of the said vessel answered that
+the Japanese had nothing to fear, and that his commander would give
+them the best of treatment. But the Dutch only wished to see if they
+had any Portuguese or Castilians aboard. But on hearing the sound of
+firing, they became anxious; accordingly, sending the said [Japanese]
+captain and pilot to their ship, and having crowded all sail in their
+own, they commenced to flee in all haste. Others had come in this
+Japanese vessel, Spaniards from the ship "San Francisco;" and among
+them was its commander, Juan de Esguerra. The Lord delivered them
+from this second peril by so signal a victory. The [Dutch] patache
+was also looking for vessels. Coming in that night with a Chinese
+prize, it sent its boat ahead to reconnoiter the position. Finding
+different signs from those that it had left, it became suspicious,
+and accordingly began to flee. The almiranta, the ship of Captain Juan
+Pardos de Losada, and the flagship of the galleys went in pursuit of
+it, but although they searched the neighboring coasts twice, they did
+not sight the vessels, or discover what direction they took. The last
+time when they went to run along the coast, they met a ship; and, as
+it seemed to be the patache, the galley pursued it with sail and oar,
+but found it to be a vessel from Macao. The bishop of Macao, [33] of
+the Order of St. Dominic, was coming on business of great importance
+for the welfare of that community. Thinking our vessels to be Dutch,
+they fled at their utmost speed, and threw overboard all their cargo,
+although it was valuable, in order to make the vessel lighter.
+
+News of the victory reached Manila at two in the morning. At that hour
+the bells were loudly chimed and the people uttered many expressions
+of joy. Next day a very solemn procession was made, as a token of
+thanksgiving. The procession marched from the cathedral to our church,
+where a sermon was preached. It caused great consolation throughout the
+city and in all those who were present. After the sermon the governor
+sent letters to each order, thanking them for the prayers that they
+had said for his success. The one that came to me read as follows:
+
+"We discovered the enemy this morning, and the battle began at seven
+o'clock. It lasted about four hours, and during that time, our Lady
+and the glorious St. Mark showed themselves favorable to us. For we
+obtained the victory with the surrender of their flagship to ours,
+and their almiranta to ours. Fire was set to the other ship, and it
+was burned. Thus the battle was ended with but slight loss to us,
+and some wounded. I confess that this victory has been given me by
+reason of the prayers of your Paternity and those reverend fathers,
+whom I thank for their care in this, and assure them that I shall
+consider the same in what pertains to my office, by aiding whatever
+may be of pleasure to your Paternity. May our Lord preserve you,
+as I desire. From this vessel "San Juan Baptista," April 24, 1610.
+
+_Don Juan de Silva_."
+
+And inasmuch as he makes mention of our Lady and St. Mark, I must not
+neglect to report a matter that seems worthy of consideration. At the
+beginning when the war was discussed, the governor had a dream. In it,
+he saw a venerable man, who told him that he would obtain a glorious
+victory on St. Mark's day. Although it seemed too late to go to
+attack the enemy, as it was thought that he had already gone with
+his ships full of plunder--which meant to go with shouts of victory,
+yet on this account the governor hastened to sail before the day of
+the holy evangelist, with the intent of punishing the enemy. However,
+he could not prepare the fleet as was necessary before April 21. Making
+an attempt to attack the Dutch on Friday, the twenty-third, they could
+not, for the reason above stated, of losing their anchors. Consequently
+the time went by until the twenty-fourth, for us, Saturday, the day
+of our Lady. The governor had had her image put on the royal standard
+and implored her aid by that verse, _Mostrate esse Matrem_ [_i.e._,
+"Show thyself to be our Mother"]. This day was for those who came
+from Maluco the twenty-fifth of April, or St. Mark's day, as it was
+also for those from Japon. It is an extraordinary thing to find this
+conflict in the days when they unite, namely, those who sail east
+and those who sail west meet. [34] It appears that those days had,
+as it were, overlapped, so that the victory might be obtained on our
+Lady's day, for our favor; and on St. Mark's day for the ruin of the
+Dutch--the saint warring upon them as on Calvinists, since Calvinists
+made spiritual warfare upon his state of Venecia. Besides, the victory
+was gained past noon on St. Mark's day, when his day strictly begins.
+
+In the pocket of the dead commander was found a copy of the order
+given to his vessels for their departure, which was to be within
+one week after St. Mark's day. As a farewell, he had intended to
+make a demonstration in Manila Bay with many streamers, pendants,
+and bannerets. But may our Lord decree that these heretics go to no
+place where they may prosper better.
+
+Before the return of the fleet, they sent in the wounded on either
+side (who were numerous) to this city, where they were tended with
+great care. A Dutch surgeon helped in the treatment of the Dutch and
+Spaniards. That surgeon had been aboard the enemy's flagship, and he
+displayed great skill. The governor went to visit his soldiers upon his
+arrival, and consoled them for their pains, and praised them as brave
+and valiant men. The sick men were greatly consoled at that. Before
+entering Cavite, the governor assembled the volunteers, and thanked
+them in his Majesty's name for their toil, and for the good that
+they had achieved. He assured them that he would without fail assist
+their necessities, since they had also assisted the king's service. To
+those who had died in their services for all, his Lordship instituted
+certain honors with a mass and sermon in [the church of] St. Francis
+in this city; and he erected for them a rich catafalque, elegantly
+adorned. This catafalque had three square stories. On each corner was
+a pyramid. On the last story was a tomb covered with crimson brocade
+from the spoil, instead of the pall. The rest of the catafalque was
+filled with tapers, and Latin and Spanish epitaphs, and with images
+of mortality [_muertes_], with appropriate inscriptions. The church
+was all hung with different colored silks, and displayed signs of
+gladness rather than of weeping, because of the so glorious death
+of those who perished. On them were conferred the following honors:
+the pontifical chant; the mass by the bishop of Macao, in the presence
+of the governor, Audiencia, the ecclesiastical and secular cabildos,
+and all the orders. After that the spoils were distributed. They were
+very rich, for the said vessels contained a quantity of silk and silver
+(not to mention the hulls of the vessels, the ammunition, and more
+than fifty pieces of artillery), and other things such as wine, oil,
+etc.--all worth three or four hundred thousand pesos.
+
+Many of the Dutch who were wounded have confessed, and died reconciled
+to the Church. Among them was the master who, as I said above, had
+prevented the fire, in order not to lose his soul. We hope that he
+gained his soul, for he died from a wound received in the flight from
+the battle, with signs of great repentance for his sins, and leaving
+excellent pledges of his salvation. Father Andres de la Camara, of
+the Society of Jesus, attended to the Dutch. He was a native of Gante
+[_i.e._, Ghent], and although he has seldom used his own language
+[_i.e._, the Flemish] for eighteen or twenty years, one would believe
+that our God's mercy aided him with especial efficacy; for he conversed
+with the Dutch elegantly and fluently of the divine mysteries. Such
+is the outcome of the war. Now we shall recount something of other
+matters concerning what I have thus far told.
+
+A ship of Chinese merchants went to Maluco to trade merchandise with
+the Dutch. The latter gave the captain of the said vessel, called
+Caichuan, a general, fourteen thousand pesos to invest in trust for
+them. He returned to China, and thinking that it was a good sum,
+and that there was no one to bring suit against him, he kept the
+said money, as he never again expected to see the Dutch. Some of
+the interested persons were in these Dutch vessels, and they did not
+fail to ask, of every ship that they seized, after that of Cachuan,
+and threatened to punish him severely if they caught him. Had he
+been seized, it would have been a great loss to this city, for,
+as is affirmed, he brought fifty thousand pesos invested by our
+citizens. His time to come arrived, and when he least expected it,
+he found himself near the Dutch patache. He started to escape, and
+the patache to pursue him. Cachuan, seeing himself closely pursued,
+cried out to his men that there was good hope of help, and advised
+them all to kneel down and ask protection of the God of the Castilas
+[_i.e._, Castilians] as they call us--saying that He was sufficiently
+able to deliver that ship from the Dutch, since it contained so much
+property of those who adored and served Him. They prayed, whereupon
+a fresh wind immediately came, which took them, against their wish,
+to an unknown islet, where the patache lost sight of them. The
+Chinese did not cease to pray as above for the space of five days,
+twice each day. At the end of that time, they had a favorable wind,
+with the aid of which they entered the channel used by the ships of
+Castilla, many leguas from their right and usual path, and at last
+reached port in safety after the victory.
+
+The ship from Japon for which the Dutch had so ardent a desire ran
+great risk in its voyage. It arrived [in Japon] after a violent gale,
+almost under water, without rigging and masts. There it learned from
+the Dutch factors that their vessels were about to come to harass
+these islands. On that account they did not return as quickly as they
+intended, waiting until they believed that we had already driven
+the Dutch away with our fleet. Although, when they had reached the
+province of Pangasinan, we had already obtained the victory, still
+they had no news of it. Accordingly, assured of finding enemies,
+they went into a safe river after landing their cargo, because of the
+bar, which was dangerous. Then when about to leave the river again,
+after hearing the good news, they were wrecked, and lost considerable
+property, besides their boat.
+
+The vessel from Macao, laden with wealth of amber, musk, pearls,
+and precious stones, and more than three hundred slaves, would have
+fallen into the hands of the Dutch, who were awaiting it, had not
+a shoal stopped it, and knocked it to pieces, and caused the death
+of some hundred persons of the five hundred aboard it. Among the
+drowned were two ecclesiastics who were returning from Macao, but
+recently ordained priests; and Captain Tijon, who not a few times
+had escaped from similar shipwrecks. The rest of the people went to
+an uninhabited island, where the Lord had prepared for their support
+a great number of turtles, and of the birds called boobies [_bobos,
+i.e._, "stupid"], [35] to which this name is applied because they
+allow themselves to be caught with the hand. After the wreck of that
+ship, Garci Perez de Baltasar, appointed sargento-mayor of this camp,
+embarked in a small boat which they fitted up, with as many people
+as it could carry, to beg that some one be sent from this city to get
+the people on the island. After several days' voyage, they were seen
+and perceived by the Dutch, which obliged them to ground their boat
+on the beach and take to the woods inland. They all escaped overland,
+and arrived safely at Manila; their boat was burned by the Dutch. When
+the expedition against the latter was ended, they sent for the people
+who had been left on the island; but as yet they have not arrived.
+
+In the beginning of January, 1610, a fragata was sent to Macao with
+warning for the said ship to remain there until the Dutch were driven
+from these seas. As commander in it was the pilot, Juan Bernardo de
+Fuentiduenas, who was sick with the fever. He went on the voyage,
+and before dawn of Thursday, January 28, ran foul of a reef, where no
+land could be seen in any direction, except a few rocky points at low
+tide. The fever left the pilot at this sudden catastrophe, and at dawn
+the Spaniards saw on the reefs a large ship, that looked like a Chinese
+vessel, which had been wrecked. They went to this vessel to get its
+small boats. Entering it, they found not a soul, living or dead. But
+they found considerable silver scattered about. Not content with what
+they found in the vessel, the Indians began to dive into the water
+to see if they could find any more. Their efforts were not in vain,
+for they must have found in that way about eight thousand reals of
+eight to the peso, although somewhat oxidized by the sea-water. From
+the top of the little elevation, an islet was discovered, of not more
+than one legua in circumference. They went thither in successive trips
+of the small boat, and found three Lequian Indians, who had been there
+for months. They were the only survivors of ten who had left their
+country. On this island, the Spaniards refitted, as well as possible,
+their boat and another one that the Lequians had at hand, although
+it was also small. They divided themselves between the two boats, and
+taking as much of the money as they could carry, started for Macao. A
+short time after, a very violent vendaval struck and separated the
+boats. The boat of the pilot Fuentiduena, obedient to the waves, was
+able to escape the danger and reach its destination. Nothing is known
+of the other. It is regarded as certain that it has foundered, and
+that its occupants have perished. The ship for which they were looking
+in order to warn it had left Macao five days before for Manila, where
+the pilot himself returned many days after. Upon his relation of the
+event, he was sent as pilot of the boat that went to look for the men
+of the wrecked ship. On the way, perhaps he will look for the reef or
+the Chinese ship again, in order to finish getting what money it has.
+
+Three ships left here in July of 1609 for Nueva Espana, and all of
+them were exposed to dangers and storms. The ship "San Andres,"
+which was almiranta, and was the only one to reach Nueva Espana,
+encountered so terrific storms that its bow was under water during
+most of the voyage, and they were in so great danger that the pilot
+vowed never to embark again--a very rare thing.
+
+The ship "Santa Ana," almost entirely dismantled by the violent winds
+and heavy seas, reached Japon, and its arrival there was through not
+a little of God's mercy. Although it remained thirteen days aground in
+a port of the kingdom of Bungo, [36] still it did not go to pieces. On
+the contrary it was able to refit, and intends to prosecute its voyage
+this June of 1610.
+
+The ship "San Francisco" of the said two ships [that failed to reach
+Nueva Espana] encountered a greater storm. From the first it gave the
+passengers plenty of fear, both because of its dangerous leaks and a
+poor helm, and because of the disservices to the Divine Majesty which
+were committed. To narrate all its fortunes would be long, so I shall
+content myself by referring to some of them. In this country, leave
+to return to Castilla is granted with difficulty. [37] Accordingly,
+certain persons desirous of returning are wont to go below deck and
+conceal themselves until the ship is fifteen or sixteen days at sea,
+at which time they open the hatchway and come out into the light of
+day. Such people are called _llovidos_ [_i.e._, stowaways; literally,
+"those rained down"], and feed themselves from the stores of the
+passengers. While they remain hidden, they open jars of food and
+liquor, which causes not a little annoyance to their owners. After
+coming out of their place of concealment, they accommodate themselves
+one day with one mess, and next with another, and thus exist throughout
+the voyage. One day a passenger of high rank gave a blow to one of
+these persons. The aggrieved one was so overwhelmed with sadness and
+grief from what had happened to him, that he appeared inconsolable. One
+of our fathers, talking to him in order to console him, found him
+like one demented, and he seemed to rave. Finally, when it was least
+expected in the ship, the poor wretch cast himself into the sea. It was
+noted with wonder that, although he made no movement with his body or
+tried to swim--which he could have done, as the weather was fair--he
+floated above water for half a legua. Later, during the last storm,
+a wave washed off the man who struck him, and he was found drowned
+on the strand, a most hideous and misshapen mass. During the first
+gale the ship, at its beginning, because of obeying its helm poorly,
+was struck head on. The sails pulled with such force on the masts,
+that, as the captain dared not take them in, they were blown into
+shreds. The pilots began to throw overboard whatever was above decks,
+until nothing was left on them. They threw overboard the boat, and the
+boxes and bales of merchandise On that account the sailors lost their
+poor possessions, and some of the passengers lost a goodly amount. The
+ship tossed and rolled frightfully, and dipped below the water on both
+sides. Consequently it shipped so much water that it was generally
+half an estado deep above decks. The waves were furious and high,
+and so great that the fore and after cabins shipped water. One wave
+carried away a considerable portion of the stern gallery, together
+with four little slave girls who were in it. In this way they passed
+one night, almost in despair of seeing the morrow. But day came,
+and they repaired the ship by binding other sails that were carried
+for that purpose. After this storm the ship was very crank, and even
+in fair weather its sides were under water, although it had a high
+freeboard. Consequently, it shipped so much water that the waves
+washed over the decks with great noise and uproar, and entered the
+berths where the better-class passengers are generally quartered. The
+rigging had to be repaired piecemeal. Consequently, for those reasons,
+and as the vessel lacked other necessities, some tried to make them put
+back to Manila. However, this was without effect, and they proceeded
+on their way with some storms; and in the last, which was frightful,
+the people had no safety, even inside the boat, for the waves tore
+them from it, and drew men after them. The ship leaked very badly,
+and consequently it was necessary to work the pumps continually. All,
+seeing the danger before their face, helped in this; even Don Rodrigo
+de Bivero, [38] who had just completed his office as president of
+the Audiencia and governor and captain-general, assisted in his turn,
+as did Father Pedro de Montes and the other religious.
+
+Finally, at the end of this struggle, they were wrecked on the coast
+of the kingdom of Ouantu, at the head of Japon, in almost its extreme
+east. That coast extends from the kingdom to the district of Ximo,
+where the port of Nangasaqui is located. Thence many vessels sail to
+Manila annually, which is farther west. [39]
+
+Almost four hundred persons went ashore--that is, all except
+some twenty-five or thirty, who were drowned in the course of the
+voyage. After a time the sea washed ashore some pieces of gorgoran,
+[40] satin, and velvet. Those who had gotten away with less clothing
+wrapped these about their bodies, while they made sandals from bits
+of silk, like those of leather worn by shepherds in Espana, because
+of the sharp rocks upon which they were walking barefoot. They found
+two Japanese in some fields, and were greatly comforted thereby;
+for they imagined that land to be a desert islet without any food,
+upon which fortune had cast them to die. However, they would have
+had not a little mercy from God if they had been able to die after
+confessing at leisure. The Japanese guided them to a town near by,
+where they were given some rice for their support. There most of them
+were kept carefully guarded for many days. The chief Japanese continued
+to take charge of all the silk that could be saved, but did not give
+it up until an edict therefor was granted to the Spaniards by the
+king. Consequently some of it was given to them; but the Japanese
+rebought it at what prices they wished, paying for it very impure
+silver. Consequently the Spaniards were scarce able to get fifty
+thousand pesos in current Castilian money for it; although it is
+regarded as certain that if all that could have been saved had been
+delivered to the Spaniards, and they had sold it at a just price,
+they would have received five hundred thousand pesos beyond all
+doubt. Although General Juan de Esguerra tried to negotiate with the
+king for the return of some forty boxes which were held by one of the
+Japanese lords, he failed to do so. On the contrary, the counselors
+advised him to be content with what had been returned, unless he
+wished to keep nothing. In short they are pagans, who believe in only
+the law of might, and do not keep faith and friendship more than they
+think advisable. Governor Don Rodrigo de Bivero visited the king in
+his court at Suronga. The king received him and treated him with great
+honor, and gave him one thousand taels as a concession. Each tael is
+worth ten reals when made into money. The general gave this money to
+the people to provide for their journey to Nangasaqui, whence many
+have come to this city [_i.e._, Manila]. Don Rodrigo de Bivero and
+Father Montes continued their voyage in the ship "Santa Ana," which
+was in Bungo. The Japanese came very near attacking it, but they say
+that they did not do so because such action was not expedient; for
+they had injured their trade with Macao, by attacking the galleon en
+route from that city to Japon with silk, until they had to burn it,
+with the loss of eight hundred thousand taels; and they would curtail
+their trade with this country and suffer great lack of silk.
+
+I will end this relation with the affairs of, and voyage to,
+Maluco, for whose relief, as I stated above, two galleys made an
+expedition. The food and men were divided among various caracoas,
+fragatas, and champans, in Oton. After setting sail, they proceeded
+without disaster as far as Sarragan in Siao. There one of the boats was
+wrecked by a fierce gale, although only one Spaniard and ten Indians
+of its crew were drowned. The rest escaped without weapons or anything
+else besides their shirts. Those who escaped were given shelter in
+the other boats. One afternoon while continuing their voyage, they
+discovered four Dutch vessels, in sight of the island of Maluco. They
+put to sea in order to escape them, with the intention of making port
+that night. In this way some of them reached a place of safety. But
+one fragata, which carried one of the captains, went toward the enemy,
+because our men had not reconnoitered the land well. Consequently,
+in the morning, it found itself surrounded by four ships and one
+patache, and accordingly had to remain with them. Those [Dutch]
+ships also seized a large champan which had been left behind, and
+which carried a cargo of food and goods, belonging both to the king
+and to private persons.
+
+These boats that were captured by the Dutch contained all that we were
+sending to the fathers at Maluco--namely, one hundred and two baskets
+of clean rice, thirty-one jars of wine, meat, and butter, which were
+very necessary to them, in the condition of affairs there, for Father
+Masonio having gone to visit the fort of Bachan, with nine slaves
+who served him as a boat-crew, they were taken by the Dutch and their
+Terrenatan allies. In the fight sixteen Spanish soldiers were killed,
+besides some of the natives. Of the slaves whom the father was taking
+with him, three were killed and six were captured by the Dutch. After
+the father confessed the wounded and entered their fort, he escaped
+and hid for a week in the woods; and, although many persons were paid
+by the Dutch to look for him, they could not find him. In that place
+the father lost a large supply of food, besides other things. It
+was being sent to him there from Malaca, to whose province pertains
+the port of Maluco. Not the least of his losses was to be deprived
+of his companion, by the death of Father Gabriel de la Cruz, [41]
+who was called Rengifo in Espana. The latter was his only associate
+in that exile. A long illness preceded his death, although during it
+he continued to work as if he were healthy and alone. He died after a
+long life of glorious labor in the islands of the Moros, so devoid of
+human consolations, but so full of the consolations of heaven--as our
+blessed Father Francisco Javier certified, who was the first to sow
+there the seed of the gospel. His death caused great sorrow, because
+that field of Christendom remained without a shepherd. Although they
+tried to send a companion to Father Masonio from Malaca, over three
+hundred leguas away, sending by way of these islands Father Antonio
+Pereira, they were not successful, for the latter died on the voyage,
+in the manner that I stated at the beginning. [42] But we hope,
+through our Father, that some day those seas will become free from
+pirates, so that Maluco may be supplied from its own province with
+men and other necessities.
+
+Word is also received from Maluco that the Dutch commander, Pablo
+Blancard, was ransomed this year. The Dutch gave eighty thousand pesos
+for him last year; and now they have given fifty-two Spaniards held
+captive among them, one hundred natives friendly to us, the fragata
+and all its cargo, and six thousand pesos in money.
+
+I have endeavored to make this relation very faithful for the greater
+glory of God our Lord. May He preserve your Paternity [43] for the
+welfare of all the Society. Manila, July 1, 1610.
+
+
+_Gregorio Lopez_
+
+
+
+
+LETTER FROM SILVA TO FELIPE III
+
+
+Sire:
+
+In the capitana "San Juan Bautista," which sailed from this port on
+the twelfth of July last, I gave your Majesty an account of everything
+that had occurred up to that time; I likewise did so by the Dutch
+almiranta, which left four days later. But as it was not so good a
+sailing ship as the capitana, and did not weather the storms so well,
+it was delayed several days, without being able to get outside the
+island of Fortun. I ordered it to return thence to this port, as it
+appeared that it was not fit for a freight ship, and because it was
+necessary for the service of your Majesty, owing to new developments,
+which I shall here detail. A fortnight after the ships were despatched,
+and when the almiranta was about to put out to sea, there arrived
+here a fragata belonging to your Majesty, which came from Goa, and
+had sailed from Terrenate for Yndia, loaded with cloves. It brought
+me a despatch from the viceroy, Ruy Lorenco de Tabora, in which he
+informed me of his arrival in that kingdom, and in what desolation he
+found the affairs of Yndia, and particularly the trade, on account
+of the Dutch. And he said that, in order to make safe the voyage
+from Japon, he sent Don Diego de Vasconcelos de Meneses, with eight
+galleons, well provided with men, artillery, and supplies of war,
+with orders that if I should advise him that he might accomplish some
+good for the service of your Majesty, he should attend to it with his
+fleet. Likewise General Diego de Vasconcelos wrote to me from Malaca,
+that he was crossing to Macan with six galleys and one urca; [44] and
+that there he would await advices from me or from Maluco, so that,
+if anything could be accomplished for the service of your Majesty,
+he could be present with his fleet. The day after the arrival of this
+fragata, there entered this port a Dutch patache, which had been taken
+by Captain Pedro de Avellaneda, with the galley "San Christobal,"
+close to the island of Tidore, after a fight of three hours; and in
+it were General Pablos Brancaorden [_i.e._, van Caerden], twenty
+others, and five Dutch. This general is the one who was taken in
+another galleota by Captain Pedro de Heredia, and who was ransomed
+by Master-of-camp Christobal de Axqueta for fifty of our soldiers
+and sailors, thirty Indian pioneers and artisans, and six thousand
+pesos in money. All the forces that the enemy has in Maluco and Banda
+were in his command. The said master-of-camp advises me that only
+a patache and one ship of the enemy's had remained in the islands;
+and that although he sent a vessel with persons acquainted with the
+language to Ambueno to learn whether a fleet had come, there was no
+news of one, and the enemy were greatly cast down and discouraged to
+see that no fleet was coming to them, as there is little hope that
+it will be here this year, for none thus far has waited longer than
+May or June to come. When the information was sent [to me] it was
+the thirtieth of July, and there was no word of a fleet.
+
+I have already informed your Majesty that the Dutch, our enemy, are
+masters of all the Malucas Islands and Banda, and how important this
+is. By a memorial and calculation which was found among other papers
+in the possession of General Pablos Brancaerden, lately captured,
+an account is given of the revenue, which amounts yearly to more than
+four million pesos. Nothing has remained for your Majesty throughout
+all these islands, except the fort of Terrenate. All the natives
+are with the Dutch, and having chosen as their king the younger son
+of the one who is a prisoner here, they help the Dutch to fight and
+to fortify the islands, without one of them being on our side. The
+king of Tidore is thus far in our favor, much to the disgust of his
+vassals, and our fear lest they make an agreement with the enemy--in
+which case he would be ruined, and there would be no remedy for it.
+
+I have also informed your Majesty that the emperor of Japon has
+assigned two ports and factories in his kingdom to the Dutch, and
+the latter are making strenuous efforts to secure one in China. If
+they succeed in this, and trade in silks, gold, quicksilver and other
+riches from that great kingdom to Japon, and Europe, it will be worth
+to them every year more than the spice trade, in which case (may God
+avert it!) this country and Yndia would be ruined. For, as is known,
+it is impossible to support them without the traffic and merchandise,
+particularly the spices and silk; and as the Dutch heretics are such
+mortal enemies of the crown of Espana, and so rich, we may well fear
+that, in league with other European princes, envious, and even fearful
+of the power of your Majesty, they may claim rights over some of the
+territories in your Majesty's possession, and attempt something that
+would give cause for anxiety. All these reasons have induced me to
+use all care and diligence, without sparing labor or danger, to bring
+about a junction of forces; and, although they cannot be such as are
+demanded by this undertaking, at least they will be such as to allow an
+attempt with the favor of God, toward driving the Dutch out of Maluco,
+and taking from them the fortresses that they have built in those
+islands. Accordingly, after having consulted with the Audiencia, the
+archbishop, and the council of war, I ordered the master-of-camp, Juan
+Xuarez Gallinato, to go to Macan and find Don Diego de Vasconcelos;
+and to represent to him by word of mouth what I had already informed
+him of by letters, namely, all that I am informing your Majesty of,
+and how good the occasion is this year. May God further our efforts;
+for if we lose this chance, and await the coming of the fleet,
+although it might bring with it more strength, it is certain either
+that the enemy would also have more, and that their forts would be
+better fortified, whereby the difficulty would be increased--or, as
+they say, your Majesty will by some peace or arrangement concede to
+them their continuance in what they possess, both there and here. And,
+in order that Don Diego may have no difficulty in the voyage here, the
+master-of-camp was given money to provide that fleet with everything
+necessary. And if perchance Don Diego should hesitate in regard to
+the authority of the command and the government, I have ordered the
+said master-of-camp to offer him on my behalf whatever he may ask. For
+I desire so earnestly, with my heart and life, that so great a good
+may be attained, and so great a service accomplished for your Majesty
+and for Christendom, that, in order that it might be effected, I would
+gladly go and serve as a soldier. I believe indeed that Don Diego will
+not stop for this last; but I am providing against anything that can
+hinder this expedition and the service of your Majesty.
+
+In this port I have ordered the equipment of the capitana and the
+almiranta which were taken from the enemy, the ship "Spiritu Santo,"
+and the "San Andres," two pataches, and three galleys; and I am busy
+providing everything necessary for food, artillery, and supplies. Thus
+when the vessels of Don Diego de Vasconcelos arrive here, which I
+think will be at the end of November, they may start on the voyage
+toward Terrenate; and it seems to me that they might be there by the
+beginning of January, so as to have a chance to accomplish as much as
+possible before the beginning of May, when the arrival of the enemy
+is to be feared. I trust in our Lord that, if no fleet has arrived
+for them, some good results may be obtained from the expedition. If
+a fleet should have come, I will try to ascertain their forces, in
+such manner as not rashly to risk your Majesty's forces which I shall
+take there. I shall try to send information as early as possible of
+all that happens there, by way of Nueva Espana; and other advices via
+the strait of Sunda, or that of Bali, and the Cape of Buena Esperanca.
+
+Considering that all the Terrenatans are on the side of the enemy,
+and not a single one of them for us, and that they all aid and
+serve the Dutch with their persons and property; and that they even
+consider as their king, and obey as such, the son of the king whom we
+hold prisoner here--it has appeared to me best, after consultation,
+to take with me on this expedition the chief king and the cachils who
+are here. For he and they offer that, if I place them safely within the
+fort of Terrenate, they will bind themselves, being in those islands
+in person, to bring over to the service of your Majesty the son and
+all his vassals; and that they will take up arms against the Dutch,
+and would serve in this way, or any other that might present itself
+during the expedition, with fidelity. If your Majesty were pleased
+to leave him in that kingdom, he would be your vassal, would have
+amity with none of our enemies, and would only barter the cloves
+to the factors whom your Majesty might have in that island. If he
+carries out his promise, it will facilitate the expedition greatly,
+and diminish the forces of the enemy. I shall take him with me, and
+if it turns out as I trust in our Lord it will, and the king holds to
+his promises, so that all his vassals there remain quiet and peaceful,
+I shall leave him and his son in the fortress at Terrenate, with the
+greatest care and protection, until I have advised your Majesty of all,
+and you have given such orders as shall please you.
+
+For so costly an expedition, this royal treasury is in great need,
+for of two hundred thousand pesos that the viceroy of Nueva Espana
+sent here, there were taken to Macan fifty thousand pesos to buy
+quicksilver; twenty-six thousand for provisions, powder, and other
+munitions and supplies; thirty-five thousand paid to the fund of
+probated estates, and to citizens who had lent money the year past
+for the support of the fleet. So great were the arrears of debts to
+private persons, since the taking of Terrenate, and an entire year's
+pay that was owing to the troops, that it is greatly impoverished,
+having, as is the case, so many necessary matters to attend to. The
+most important of these is a fort in this port, so that I may not find
+myself in such risk and danger as the enemy placed me in this year,
+capturing the port from me, together with three unfinished galleons,
+as I have informed your Majesty. In the preparation for the expedition
+that I have resolved upon, it would not be possible to accomplish all,
+or even a small part of it, if it were not for forty-five thousand
+pesos that have been collected from the eight pesos that each Sangley
+gives for his license to remain in these islands. With all this
+there is such a lack of money that I must go with little enough on
+the expedition. If there were any fund from which to get support, I
+should make use of it; but I promise your Majesty that there is none
+anywhere, nor even a citizen from whom I can borrow a real. We shall
+have to get along as best we can, until the viceroy of Nueva Espana
+provides for us. May our Lord protect the Catholic person of your
+Majesty for many years, according to the needs of Christendom. Cavite,
+September 9, 1610.
+
+Your Majesty's humble vassal and servant
+
+_Don Juan de Silva_
+
+
+
+LETTER FROM FELIPE III TO SILVA
+
+
+_To the governor and Audiencia of Manila, directing them to give
+information concerning the controversy that the natives of the village
+of Quiapo have with the fathers of the Society concerning certain
+lands; and, in the meantime, that they provide what is expedient._
+
+The King: To my governor and captain-general, president and auditors
+of my royal Audiencia of the city of Manila, of the Philipinas
+Islands. Don Miguel Banal has informed me--in a letter of the fifteenth
+of July, six hundred and nine--that, at the instance of the natives
+of the village of Aquiapo, the late archbishop of that city wrote to
+me that the fathers of the Society of Jesus, under pretense that the
+metropolitan dean of Manila sold them a piece of arable land [_verta_]
+which lies back of the said village, have appropriated it for their
+own lands, taking from them more than the dean granted--to such an
+extent that there hardly remains room to plant their crops, or even
+to build their houses. And the said Miguel Banal, who is the chief of
+that village, having built a house, one of the Society, called Brother
+"Nieto," came into his fields, together with many blacks and Indians,
+with halberds and other weapons; and they demolished the house, to the
+great scandal of all who saw them, and without paying any attention
+[to the remonstrances of] the alcalde-mayor of the village. He
+entreats me, for assurance of the truth, to command you to make an
+investigation regarding it; and in the meantime not to disturb them
+in their ancient possession, which they have inherited from their
+fathers and grandfathers. Having examined it in my Council for the
+Yndias, it has appeared best to order and command you, as I do,
+to inform me of what has occurred in this matter, and is occurring,
+and in the meantime to take such measures as are expedient. Madrid,
+on the seventh of December of one thousand six hundred and ten.
+
+
+_I The King_
+
+Countersigned by Juan Ruiz de Contreras.
+Signed by the Council.
+
+
+
+DOCUMENTS OF 1611
+
+
+    Foundation of the college of Santo Tomas of Manila. Bernardo de
+    Santa Catalina, O.P., and others; April 28.
+    Hospital at Nueva Caceres. Pedro Arce, O.S.A.; July 20.
+    Letters to Juan de Silva. Felipe III; November-December.
+    Letters to the Dominican provincial. Felipe III; December 31.
+
+
+
+_Sources_: All these documents save one are obtained from original
+MSS. in the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla. The first one is found
+in a pamphlet entitled _Algunos documentos relativos a la Universidad
+de Manila_ (Madrid, 1892), pp. 5-20.
+
+_Translations_: The first document is translated by James A. Robertson;
+the remainder, by Robert W. Haight.
+
+
+
+FOUNDATION OF THE COLLEGE OF SANTO TOMAS OF MANILA
+
+
+In the name of God Almighty, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost; and in
+honor of Mary ever-virgin, who, under the advocacy [45] of her
+most holy rosary, is proposed and accepted as patroness of the work
+which will be declared below, inasmuch as she is also patroness of
+the Order of Preachers of the patriarch St. Dominic, established in
+these Filipinas Islands and the kingdom of China; and to his honor
+and glory and that of the consecrated doctor [46] of the holy Church,
+Saint Thomas Aquinas, by whose intercessions, protection, and aid the
+work described in this writing will have a good beginning and means,
+and proceed from good to better forever without end: by virtue of
+which, I, father Fray Bernardo de Santa Catalina, [47] religious of
+the said order, and commissary-general of the Holy Office in these
+islands, as executor of the most illustrious and reverend archbishop
+of this city of Manila in the islands, Don Fray Miguel de Benavides,
+now defunct, and [as the one] to whom his Lordship communicated the
+application of the remainder of his properties for the work and
+foundation which will be hereunder declared--as appears from his
+last will and testament, which he signed in this said city of Manila
+before Francisco de Alanis, former notary-public in this city, on the
+twenty-fourth day of the month of July of the former year one thousand
+six hundred and five; and the clause treating of this matter, copied,
+corrected and collated with the said will signed by the said notary,
+is of the following tenor:
+
+_Item_: His most reverend Lordship said and declared that he made--and
+he did so make--while still in life, a complete and irrevocable gift
+of all the remainder of his properties for a pious enterprise. He
+has conferred and communicated in regard to the same with the said
+fathers--namely, the prior of Santo Domingo, Fray Domingo de Nieva,
+[48] and Fray Bernardo de Santa Catalina, commissary of the Holy
+Office. In this charitable work all his properties remaining are
+to be applied and distributed, in what manner and form they ordain
+and consider advisable, in accordance with his communication and
+resolution in regard to it. For this work he said that he gave--and
+he did so give--all the remainder of his properties gratuitously;
+and the institution was immediately and henceforth to be constituted
+the holder and possessor of them. He transferred to them [_i.e._, the
+above fathers] his rights and power of disposal [in the property]. This
+is the work of which mention was made above.
+
+And I, the said father commissary as executor of another bequest of
+properties, which Pablo Rodriguez de Araujo and Andres de Hermosa,
+defunct, left to my distribution and discretion, in accordance with
+the terms of their wills--that of the said Pablo Rodriguez de Araujo
+appears to have been signed in this city before Francisco de Valencia,
+notary-public, on the sixteenth day of the month of February, of the
+former year six hundred and six; and that of the said Hermosa before
+Francisco de Alanis, notary-public, on the fourth day of the month of
+May of the former year six hundred and four--[declare that] the tenor
+of the said clauses, one after the other, according to their copies
+corrected by the wills signed by the said notaries, is as follows:
+"And in order to fulfil this my will and that herein contained,
+I leave and appoint as my executors and administrators father Fray
+Bernardo de Santa Catalina, commissary of the Holy Inquisition of
+these islands, Captain Fructuoso de Araujo, and Francisco de Alanis,
+notary-public. To all three of them, and to each one of them singly,
+_in solidum_, I delegate power sufficient to adjust and inventory my
+properties, and to sell and fulfil that herein contained. And for
+its fulfilment, I give, lengthen, and concede to them all the time
+and limit that they declare to be necessary. And no ecclesiastical
+or secular judge shall meddle with them to make them give account
+of the said executorship, because of the confidence that I have in
+the above-named persons. For this is my wish, and if such judge
+should undertake to demand from them the said account, in that
+said event I constitute them my heirs. And when this my will is
+fulfilled and observed, and that herein contained, to that part of
+my properties remaining and its rights and disposal, inasmuch as I
+have no obligatory heir, either forbears or descendants, I establish
+and appoint my soul as heir of the said remainder of my properties,
+its rights and disposal, so that what pertains to that inheritance,
+shall be given into the power of the said father commissary, who
+shall distribute it in doing good for my soul in pious works, alms,
+and other works of charity, as shall seem best to him.
+
+"And after this my will and that herein contained is fulfilled
+and observed, I assign as my only heir to all the remainder of my
+properties, the said Ines de Sequera, my wife. However, she shall bind
+herself, before all else, to the sum of two thousand pesos net, which
+sum shall be employed after the fulfilment of the said my will. With
+this condition, it is my will that she have all the remainder for
+herself after the legacies are completed, and the other contents of
+the said will, and after fulfilment, but in no other manner. This
+she shall enjoy, and shall take also that portion that pertains to
+her from all the said properties, as they were all acquired during
+our marriage. And after having made the reckoning and division in
+due form, should she refuse to accept the said inheritance with the
+said condition, I leave my soul as my heir to the whole of the said
+remainder. My executors shall do with it as they deem best for the
+good of my soul, in accordance with what I have contracted and agreed
+with the said father commissary. And if the said my wife shall accept
+the said inheritance, and shall bind herself to the sum of the two
+thousand pesos, they shall be employed as is stated, and they shall
+be distributed; for this is my intention, and as such I remit it."
+
+In accordance with the clause of the will of the said archbishop,
+I, the said father commissary, Fray Bernardo de Santa Catalina,
+inasmuch as the said father Fray Domingo de Nieva is dead, declare
+that what his Lordship communicated to us (to myself and to him)
+was, that the said remainder of his properties be spent in aiding the
+foundation and endowment of a college-seminary, where the religious of
+this said convent may pursue the study of the arts and of theology;
+and where the religious may instruct the novices and other religious
+who wish to avail themselves of their aid, others who are sons of
+inhabitants of this city and the islands, and any other persons. It
+is to be under the name and devotion of Nuestra Senora del Rosario
+[_i.e._, Our Lady of the Rosary]; and to be established in this
+city, or where the religious of this said order should assign it,
+inasmuch as his Lordship and some of the first founders were of
+this city. And inasmuch as there are but one thousand five hundred
+pesos left of the properties of the said archbishop, it has been and
+is necessary, in order that a work so important for the welfare of
+this kingdom, and one that sheds so much luster on communities and
+people and directs them so greatly to the service of our God and
+Lord, may not be without effect (I declare likewise that there have
+remained and are left three thousand seven hundred and forty pesos
+from the properties of the said Pablo Rodriguez de Araujo; and that
+from the properties of the said Andres de Hermosa, six hundred and
+thirty-seven pesos of the two thousand pesos left at my disposition,
+have been collected): I establish, apply, unite, and set aside all
+the aforesaid two thousand pesos--that collected and to be collected
+of them--and the three thousand seven hundred and forty pesos from
+the properties of the said Pablo Rodriguez de Araujo, together with
+the sum remaining from the properties of the said archbishop, for
+the endowment and foundation of the said college. In their names,
+I declare that I have bought two houses and their grounds, which are
+located near the principal chapel of this convent, on a street half-way
+to the corner of the street that runs from the said principal chapel to
+the square and cathedral church of this said city, contiguous to the
+street running to the river gate; and on the one side, the houses of
+Antonio de Espejo, and on the other those of Alonso Gomez--the place
+where the building of the said college-seminary must be located,
+and the instruction in the said branches take place, and where must
+live and remain the students and other things and persons pertaining
+to the said college and the use of it. And in case it is necessary,
+I, as such executor and administrator, delegate authority, cession,
+and transfer to the part of the said college, so that it may collect
+the one thousand three hundred and sixty-three pesos thus owing from
+the properties of the said Andres de Hermosa; and they shall give
+receipts and take what steps are necessary for the collection until
+the money is obtained. And although I, the said father commissary,
+might make this foundation and endowment alone--by virtue of my
+authority granted me by the said clauses, and that authority given
+me by my superiors for the exercise of the said executorship--for its
+greater stability, and so that it may be firm and valid forever, since
+the very reverend father Fray Baltasar Fort, provincial of the said
+province of Nuestra Senora del Rosario, is present, I beg the latter,
+in addition to the permission and license that I have had and have,
+for new permission and license to make and execute this foundation
+and endowment, and its articles and conditions.
+
+I, the said father provincial, grant, give, and concede everything
+necessary for the above. Exercising such permission and license,
+the said father commissary requested the said father provincial
+and father Fray Francisco Minayo, prior of this said convent, to
+accompany him and assist him in sketching the plan and method which
+ought to be followed in the said foundation, both in appointing at
+present a patron and administrator of the said college, and in making
+arrangements for the future in what they see makes for its profit and
+growth. For that purpose he places in the hands of the said provincial
+and prior, from this moment, the said alms and the properties above
+stated and declared, in order that so holy and profitable a work may
+be begun with them. That work will, I trust, through the intercession
+of its principal patron, the holy rosary of our Lady, and the said
+St. Dominic and St. Thomas, its advocates, be of much service to our
+Lord, and to the growth of learning and wisdom in these kingdoms, so
+that it will be a much greater institution in future times. Therefore,
+I, the said father provincial, exercising the power vested in me in
+accordance with the statutes and privileges of the said province and
+order, and especially of that granted me by the provincial chapter in
+the name of the entire province, accept this endowment and foundation,
+as is and will be contained in this writ. And consequently, in the
+most sufficient form and greatest stability that we can employ, all
+we three--the said father provincial, the prior, and the commissary
+father Fray Bernardo de Santa Catalina, in behalf of the said deceased,
+decide and acknowledge that we are making a foundation of the said
+college-seminary in the form and under the conditions and articles
+following.
+
+First, in respect to the application made by the said father commissary
+of the said properties, we apply them, according as they are assigned
+and declared, for the particular properties of the said college of
+Nuestra Senora del Rosario--which is to be its title and advocation--so
+that a beginning may be made with them in its foundation. [This we
+do] with hopes that others of the faithful, after seeing its good
+effects in these kingdoms, will augment those properties with much
+more, that will help in attaining the great fruit that will result
+from the foundation. Consequently from now and henceforth forever, we
+erect and constitute the said house and lands, and their accessions
+and improvements, and all other properties, which are at present to
+be applied to the said college, and those which shall be applied to
+it in the future, and what it may have in ecclesiastical and spiritual
+properties. And they shall be used as such for the benefit of the said
+college, and for the good of the souls of the said archbishop, Pablo
+Rodriguez de Araujo, Andres de Hermosa, and the other benefactors of
+the college.
+
+_Item_: That the said house and college with all the incomes and
+profits pertaining to it at present, and that shall pertain to
+it in the future in any time or manner, shall be under the charge
+and administration of the father provincial, and other prelates of
+the said order and province. But they shall be unable through that
+authority to dispose of anything in the general or special benefit of
+the order; but all must be used, spent, and consumed for the good and
+welfare of the said college and for its greater utility, adornment,
+and growth. All ways and methods shall be tried for the advancement
+of this work, as it is just that this work, so urgently commended by
+the laws and holy councils, which has so ennobled the cities that
+enjoy such houses and colleges, should make progress. And inasmuch
+as this province of Nuestra Senora del Rosario has an ordinance
+ruling that the properties of the convents be at the disposal of the
+father provincial, and that he may distribute them and give them to
+the house that he thinks has need of them: since these properties of
+this said foundation do not belong to the said convents, or any one of
+them, but are to be applied to this one purpose; and since the said
+college is not a monastery, and only in its administration is under
+the patronage of the said father provincial and it being necessary,
+under that of the prior, the father provincial promises and binds
+himself, for himself and for the other provincials succeeding him,
+to observe this article, and not dispose of the properties of the
+said college or any part of them, in any other thing than the benefit,
+growth and permanence of the college; and he renounces any ordinance,
+statute, or privilege concerning it which authorizes him in any way
+whatever to make the said distribution. And for a more binding pledge,
+I thus swear, with my hand on my breast, _in verbo sacerdotis_. [49]
+
+_Item_: Inasmuch as the aforesaid convent of Santo Domingo of this
+city, is the chief one of this province, both in antiquity and in
+all other things, which makes it the most prominent of them all; and
+since it is a convent that receives no chaplaincies or other funds
+as memorials of the deceased, but is sustained only by ordinary alms
+(as is notorious); and it has been built and rebuilt after the fires
+that have happened in this city, by means of those alms, through the
+exceeding devotion with which the faithful citizens of the city assist
+the welfare of the said convent; and since the convent has been,
+after the said archbishop, the first contriver and author of such a
+work as this, and founds it, and intends to preserve and increase it;
+and consequently, it is just that the prior of the said convent have
+some prerogatives over the other priors of this province in the said
+college: it is an express statute and condition of this foundation,
+that he who is, or shall be, now and henceforth, forever, prior
+of this said college [_sic_; _sc_. convent] of Manila, shall have
+in his charge the government, discipline, and teaching of the said
+college, and that he cannot be removed, suspended, or dismissed from
+the said administration, unless dismissed from the priorship of the
+said convent.
+
+_Item_: As such founders of the said charitable work and college, we
+desire, and it is our will, that the said province of Nuestra Senora
+del Rosario be its patroness. The provincial of the province shall have
+the prerogative and privilege of appointing the lecturers necessary for
+the efficient teaching of the branches that may be studied and taught
+in the said college, and the officers and assistants advisable for
+its efficient administration and temporal government--both within the
+said house and outside it--and in all the other things advisable for
+the growth and care of the properties, causes, and affairs of the said
+college. However, if at any time any ecclesiastical or secular person
+shall desire to endow the said college copiously for the increase of
+the work and teaching for which it is founded, such person shall be
+given the right of patronage whenever he shall have made a considerable
+endowment to the satisfaction of the definitors of the provincial
+chapter, together with four fathers of the province, those of longest
+standing who may be present. Such person shall be admitted as patron,
+and shall be given the right of patronage; and this said province
+and provincial shall desist from exercising that right--provided
+that such patron be not permitted to enact any statute or ordinance,
+or to change any of the conditions of that foundation contrary to the
+authority of the said father provincial, in regard to the provision
+of lecturers; or withdraw the said college from the said order and
+province; or remove the said prior from its administration. For it
+is advisable that there be no change from the aforesaid for its good
+management. [This shall be done] provided that the endowment thus
+made for the right of patronage be without any injury to this work and
+beginning; for we must always bear in mind and remember to look after
+the welfare of the souls of the said archbishop and other persons,
+with whose alms this holy work and foundation is begun; whether the
+said province, or any other individual patron of the same, whoever
+he be, shall exercise the right of patronage, and enjoy the favors,
+exemptions, prerogatives, and privileges, which are conceded by all
+law to such patrons.
+
+_Item_: As such founders, and in behalf of what pertains to the said
+province and its religious, and those of this said convent, I, the said
+father provincial and the other fathers, do ordain that the branches
+studied and taught in the arts, theology, and other subjects, by the
+religious of the said province and order of our father St. Dominic,
+shall be studied in the same college forever, and not those of any
+other order, seculars, of whatever rank and quality they may be, both
+to the religious of the said order, and any other persons whatever,
+ecclesiastical or secular, who shall go there to study--and especially
+and chiefly to the secular students who shall be reared and taught
+there; and they shall wear, as distinctive marks of being students
+there, black gowns with white facings.
+
+_Item_: That the said father provincial--and, in his absence, the said
+prior who shall be directing the said college--may accept fellowships
+to it, chaplaincies, legacies, and endowments, which may be made--with
+any obligation to say masses or other suffrages which shall have to
+be fulfilled in this said convent by the religious of it. The college
+shall satisfy the said convent for the said suffrages, in the form
+decided by the said father provincial or prior, with the advice of
+the fathers of the council who reside in this convent; and from that
+moment permission and authority shall be granted for it.
+
+_Item_: Whenever it may be deemed expedient, the provincial chapter
+of this said province--by which is understood the provincial of
+the province and four definitors--and two other religious of the
+said order of the highest rank and learning, may make statutes,
+ordinances, and new articles for the welfare of the said college--in
+the distribution and administration of its properties and incomes;
+in what pertains to the ministry and teaching of the subjects that
+shall be taught in it; and for the appointment of a rector, with the
+authority and power that shall seem advisable. Such statutes shall
+be made after the said college is finished and completed, and after
+it is used for teaching the said branches, and as a residence for
+the rector and collegiates. [They shall make statutes] regarding the
+admission of the collegiates, and all else that may be desirable and
+necessary. This shall be done as often as it may seem advisable; and,
+once made, such statutes cannot be added to, altered, or abrogated
+without a special authority and order from his Holiness, which shall
+state and declare distinctly that the statutes of the said college
+shall be changed, added to, or abrogated, and shall point out, for
+this, one or several of the statutes. And such cannot be done, nor
+shall it be done, by concessions and general orders now received or to
+be received by the said province touching the affairs of its order,
+even though they be received and obtained after this foundation,
+or after the making of the said rules, statutes, and ordinances,
+or those that should be made by virtue of this article.
+
+_Item_: All the properties and effects owned or to be owned by the
+said college shall be kept in a box with two keys: one of which
+shall be kept by the father provincial, and, in his absence by
+the vicar-provincial; and the other by the prior of this convent of
+Manila. And should the said father prior happen to use the same in the
+absence of the said father provincial and of the vicar-provincial,
+then the said provincial may appoint another religious of the same
+order and convent to keep the key. The said box is to be kept in
+the convent for the greater security and safety that can be had for
+it. This regulation shall be observed until it is ruled and ordained
+otherwise by the said statutes, which shall be made as aforesaid.
+
+_Item_: The properties possessed by the said college at present,
+and those that shall accrue hereafter from the said houses and
+possessions--inasmuch as it is necessary to construct and reconstruct
+them for the aid of this foundation--shall be spent and used in
+the said work, building, and rebuilding, in permanent form, how and
+as appears advisable to the said father provincial, and the prior,
+and the commissary; and in the absence of one of them to the other
+two, or in the absence of the holders of the keys of the said box,
+to those in whose charge is to be the payment and remuneration of
+what pertains to the said works and buildings of the said house.
+
+_Item_: We enact and ordain that, inasmuch as the said college is
+founded with the alms dedicated therefor by the said archbishop and the
+other deceased, as above declared, at the discretion of me, the said
+father Fray Bernardo de Santa Catalina, and with other alms that, God
+helping, shall be set aside and applied according to the said method
+and plan, and in any other way; we desire and it is our will that,
+if at any time any ecclesiastical or secular prince should claim by
+act or right to possess any dominion, by way of patronage, or in any
+other way should try to dispose of the properties and incomes of the
+said college, or to meddle with its administration and government, or
+to obstruct and disturb its purpose by any method and in any manner
+whatsoever, and through any judge or powerful person, or any other
+person whomsoever, who should do it: then immediately and for the
+time being, the said property and possessions with which the said
+college is founded, and all the rest collected and applied to it,
+that is obtained in any manner whatsoever, shall be applied by us to
+the said province and religious of the said order, so that all of it,
+together with the said houses and college, and their additions and
+improvements, may be possessed and enjoyed as their own properties,
+acquired with just and legal title; and we annul and render void this
+foundation, as if it had never been made. The said order shall be
+obliged with them to perform masses and other benefits and suffrages
+for the souls of the said archbishop and the others, with whose alms
+and properties this foundation is begun; and of the others who, in
+any manner, shall hereafter bequeath and apply any other properties
+for it. Consequently by this method the said province will render
+satisfaction for the said alms to their givers.
+
+We establish and found the said college with the above articles
+and conditions. They shall be kept and observed, together with
+any others made hereafter in the manner above described; and they
+shall not be violated or subverted, or opposed or contradicted, in
+whole or in part. I, the said father provincial, by virtue of the
+said authority, vested in me as above stated, bind the religious of
+this said province and order to see to the fulfilment of whatever
+pertains to them, both in the administration of the said patronage,
+and in their exercise of the teaching of the said branches; and to
+keep the said college under their rule and administration, as well
+as the houses and other properties possessed by it now or in the
+future; and to do all their duty without any exception, excuse, or
+limitation. [This I charge on] both the religious now present, and on
+all those who shall be here in the future henceforth and forever, and
+they shall not be exempted from its fulfilment for any cause, reason,
+or law, which they may have to enable them to do it, or that may be
+conceded to them by laws and royal ordinances, statutes, or privileges,
+and concessions of this province and order, as yet given or to be
+conceded and given hereafter. I, the said father commissary, as such
+executor and administrator of the properties of the said deceased,
+assert that this application and endowment that I make with them and
+for their souls is, and will be, certain and assured; and I have not
+made any donation, distribution, or any other application of them for
+any other purpose. The said properties will be certain and assured
+under the express obligation vested in me specially and specifically
+for this foundation and endowment of the said college. And all three,
+the said father provincial, the prior, and the commissary, authorize
+the justices who can and ought to try this cause, so that they may
+compel and force all on whom falls the fulfilment of this instrument
+to observe it, as if they were condemned thereto by the definitive
+sentence of a competent judge, rendered in a case decided. We renounce
+whatever laws and rights plead in our favor, and in this case, and the
+law and rule of law that says that a general renunciation of laws is
+invalid. This is given in the said city of Manila, on the twenty-eighth
+day of the month of April of the year one thousand six hundred and
+eleven. The grantors, whom, I, the notary, testify to be known to me,
+signed this instrument--Captains Diego de Valdez, Geronimo de Gamarra,
+and Melchor de Ayllon, all citizens of Manila, being witnesses.
+
+_Fray Baltasar Fort_, prior provincial.
+_Fray Francisco Minayo_, prior.
+_Fray Bernardo de Santa Catalina_
+Before me:
+_Juan Illan_. his Majesty's notary.
+
+
+
+
+THE HOSPITAL AT NUEVA CACERES
+
+
+Sire:
+
+In the city of Caceres there is a hospital where the religious of
+St. Francis attend with much charity to the treatment of the sick,
+Spaniards as well as natives. It is very poor, and on the verge
+of ruin. May your Majesty be pleased to extend to it some alms,
+to erect another building for it, and provide it with some income,
+that it may aid in the maintenance of the sick who are being treated
+in it, particularly the natives, who suffer great want on account of
+having no income. The city furnishes very little to the aid of the
+said hospital, because the citizens are few and poor. Accordingly,
+I know of no other remedy but to have recourse to your Majesty, that,
+as you are so Catholic a king and a patron of all the churches and
+hospitals of these islands, you may supply this need, and give them
+the aid which may appear most fitting to your Majesty, particularly in
+the case of this hospital, which suffers such dire need. Although I am
+desirous of alleviating this, I cannot, as I also am poor. Accordingly
+I beg and beseech your Majesty to have pity upon it and aid it, and
+give it what your Majesty may judge sufficient. It seems to me that
+your Majesty might order the governor of these islands to assign some
+of the Indians from vacant encomiendas, to apply to this purpose,
+and give to this hospital to aid it. In this your Majesty will do a
+great service to our Lord, and a very gracious favor and good to the
+said hospital, and to me who am seeking this in its name. As it is
+a work of such piety and service for our Lord, I have dared to make
+this request. May He protect your Majesty many happy years, for the
+good of His church. Manila, the twentieth of July, of the year one
+thousand six hundred and eleven.
+
+_Fray Pedro Arce_, bishop-elect of Nueva Caceres.
+
+
+[_Endorsed_: "Manila; to his Majesty, 1611; the bishop-elect of Nueva
+Caceres, July 22. Let the governor and royal officials of Manila send
+information, together with their opinion. June 15, 1612."]
+
+
+
+LETTERS FROM FELIPE III TO SILVA
+
+
+The King: To Don Juan de Silva, knight of the Order of Santiago, my
+governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, and president of
+my royal Audiencia there. Your letter of July 24, 609, was received and
+examined in my Council of the Yndias, and I was glad to learn by it of
+your arrival in those islands, and that you had a prosperous voyage. As
+for what you say concerning the anxious efforts of certain religious
+to cause the governmental and military offices in their districts
+to pass through their hands, and the disturbances and troubles which
+have occurred among the natives, and the assemblages of people, and
+the reduction of villages which has been accomplished, when there
+was an opportunity for the same to hinder the royal jurisdiction by
+opposing the corregidors and others who are governing--as happened
+a short time before you arrived, in a district of the province of
+Nueva Segobia, where you found it necessary to send troops of war
+with the sargento-mayor Christoval de Axqueta to pacify and punish
+some Indians who had rebelled because the religious had tried to
+unite them and make them sedentary without giving account to the
+governor: it has seemed best to me to charge you, as I do charge you,
+that you shall endeavor that such measures be taken in these matters
+that suitable provision be made against such troubles, and manage
+affairs considerately and prudently; for we confide in you to avoid
+the difficulties which you describe, and others which may occur.
+
+The bishoprics of Cibu and that of Nueva Caceres are already provided
+for, as you will be informed. [50]
+
+In the lading of the ships for that trade it is understood that there
+has been great evasion of the law, as you likewise say in your letter;
+and because this, as is known, causes much trouble, I order you to
+take great care to observe inviolably, in regard to this matter,
+what is ordained by the decree which treats thereof--causing it to
+be fulfilled and executed, without infraction in any case, whatever
+it may be, as this is expedient for the general good.
+
+What you have done in regard to the matter of the three per cent
+from the Chinese is well, and accordingly its collection will be
+continued; and likewise all the current dues from the two per cent
+which was recently imposed upon the merchandise of the natives which
+goes to Nueva Espana will be collected from those who shall owe it. In
+future, you will comply with the orders given you in regard to this,
+endeavoring to have both imposts collected with as much gentleness
+as possible.
+
+What you say concerning the proposition by the agents of the Mindanaos
+regarding the settlement of peace with them has been examined, and
+is being considered; and you will be promptly advised of the decision
+which will be made.
+
+In the post of alcayde and governor of the troops of the force in
+Terrenate a person has been appointed to serve, on account of the
+death of Juan de Esquibel, as you will have already been informed.
+
+As it seems to me that the administration of the clove product
+and other property which I hold in Terrenate should be suitably
+placed, in charge of a person of intelligence and the necessary
+trustworthiness, and that these qualities are combined in Pedro de
+Baeza, I have appointed him as my factor there, subordinate to the
+instructions which you will give him, which will be in accordance
+with the confidence that we have in your prudence and zeal, as you
+have the matter near at hand, and can be informed so punctually of
+what is expedient therein. In the meantime, until the formal decision
+is made as to who shall take charge of the cloves for the future, you
+will observe what has been decreed in regard to this. You will advise
+me minutely of what it has brought into my royal treasury--not only
+through the trade with the Portuguese and other nations in Maluco,
+but what has been carried to those islands for the crown of Castilla;
+and what is the net result, to whom that merchandise has been given,
+and where it has been consumed, so that, having this information,
+I may decree and order whatever is fitting.
+
+It is very well that care has been taken, as you say, and an order
+issued to the effect that Japanese should not reside in those islands;
+and you will continue this procedure with the attention which the
+matter demands.
+
+As it proves difficult for the natives to conduct warfare after the
+manner of the Spaniards, you will issue decrees dispensing with it;
+and will provide for safety as you suggest in your letter.
+
+The decree in regard to the time when the ships on that trade-route
+shall depart for Nueva Espana you will cause to be carefully executed,
+as you know the importance of this for the safety of the voyage.
+
+On occasions when any prebends of the metropolitan church of that city
+shall be vacant, you shall propose, as is expected, conjointly with
+the archbishop thereof, three persons for each of them, according to
+the orders.
+
+You shall see that the cargo which will be carried on the ships in
+that traffic be always placed in the first hold; and, between decks,
+the ship's stores, sailors' chests, and rigging, as you say. You
+will do this in accordance with the order that has been given. You
+will likewise take care, as you suggest, and as I charge you to do,
+to provide that the common seamen take the provisions necessary for
+the voyage, that they may not suffer want.
+
+As you know how important it is that the said ships should not go
+overloaded, you will fulfil, with the care which may be expected from
+you, what has been ordered in regard to this. For if at any time it
+should happen that they threw overboard any cloth from these ships,
+you will take such measures as may be best for all, making provision
+that the damage shall be shared among all in equal parts, so that those
+who are interested can demand satisfaction and no one remain injured.
+
+The results of the accounts [51] of these islands, and errors in them,
+you will examine as I have ordered you, and place them in my royal
+treasury if you have not already done so, concerning all items which
+are not justified by vouchers, advising me by the first opportunity
+of what you may do.
+
+In conformity with what you say, my viceroy of Nueva Espana has already
+been ordered not to allow any married man to pass to your islands;
+and if any of them shall go thither it must be with the permission
+of their wives for a limited time, and with guarantees given that
+they shall come back within the appointed time; I have thought best
+to advise you thereof, so that you may be informed of it, and on your
+part execute the same rule in so far as it concerns you.
+
+The duties have been examined, in order that my royal treasury in those
+islands should have a surplus, thus saving what is carried from Nueva
+Espana for the expenses there. This is now being considered, and in
+a short time you will be advised of the decision made. [Guadarrama,
+November 12, 1611.]
+
+
+_I The King_
+By order of the king, our lord:
+_Juan Ruiz de Contreras_
+
+
+_To Don Juan de Silva, governor of the Philipinas, informing him
+of the decree that your Majesty has commanded to be given to the
+deputy from Olanda, directing him to set at liberty Pablo Bancardin
+and other Dutchmen, as they have not given any provocation for their
+second capture._
+
+The King: To Don Juan de Silva, knight of the Order of Santiago, my
+governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, and president
+of my royal Audiencia there. At the instance of Teodoro Rodemburg,
+who is present at my court on certain business concerning the islands
+of Olanda and Celanda, I despatched an order to you, by a decree
+of the same date as this (which has been delivered to that envoy),
+commanding that the admiral, Paulo Brancardin, and the seventy-four
+Dutch who, according to your letter, have been captured with him in
+an oared vessel, by Captain Pedro de Heredia, while voyaging from
+Terrenate to the island of Morata, should be set free, if it has
+not already been done, in conformity with clause thirty-four of the
+truce with Flandes. But if, after being freed from this captivity,
+he or any of the others should give any occasion for capturing them
+again, then (since in this case the fault would be theirs) you will
+advise me without setting them free. This I have thought best to
+inform you of, so that with this understanding, if they are again
+taken with cause--which they have given, as has been said, and as has
+been learned by a letter from Sargento-mayor Christoval de Asquelta,
+and by what you wrote to the viceroy, Marques de Salinas, in a letter
+of the fourth of September, 610, a copy of which he sent to me--and
+should they wish to negotiate their freedom by means of a ransom, or
+any other means, before or after the use of said decree, you will not
+admit of it, nor give them freedom in any manner, either to the said
+admiral or to the others; but you shall hold them prisoners with the
+greatest care, until you receive further orders from me. Madrid, on the
+twentieth of November of the year one thousand six hundred and eleven.
+
+
+_I The King_
+By command of the king our lord:
+_Juan Ruiz de Contreras_
+Signed by the members of the Council.
+
+
+_To Don Juan de Silva, governor of the Philipinas, ordering him to
+build and collect immediately a squadron of ships, to cruise in that
+sea, about the point of Manila, to make sure thereby that the Dutch
+do not rob the ships and other vessels which go to those islands from
+Nueva Espana, China, and other regions._
+
+The King: To Don Juan de Silva, knight of the Order of Santiago, my
+governor and captain-general of the Philipinas Islands, and president
+of my royal Audiencia there. By letters from you and other persons
+zealous in my service, I have learned that the king of Japon has
+admitted the Dutch to commerce with his realms, for their having
+offered to carry him a great quantity of silk, which is the chief
+commodity in which they deal there; and because those rebels had robbed
+the Chinese, from whose ports they procure the silks, they dare not
+go to that kingdom for them. Accordingly, to keep the terms of their
+offer, and not lose that trade, it will be necessary for them to await
+the vessels of the Chinese near that city of Manila, which are going
+there with silk, in order to rob them of it. And not only will they
+do this damage, but they may also do the same with the ships which
+go to Nueva Espana, and other vessels from Malaca and Macan. It has
+been represented to me that, both in order to avoid this danger to my
+ships and my vassals, and likewise for the importance of keeping the
+said Dutch from fulfilling their offer to that king--for if they do
+not do it he will drive them out of his lands, where it is important
+[for us] that they should not secure a foothold--it would be well to
+have a squadron cruise close to the port of that city [of Manila];
+and to secure this result, it will not be necessary to have large
+ships. I have thought it best to approve this; and, considering that
+when you receive this you will already have made the expeditions of
+which you wrote me in the letter of the fifth of September of six
+hundred and ten, if you have good success in them, with the help of
+our Lord, I command you that, with the ships that may remain to you of
+the fleet which you were engaged in collecting, you will keep those
+necessary for a squadron sufficient to cruise in that sea, and with
+it will attend to the matters above mentioned. And if there are not
+enough ships by using these, you will make and build, with all possible
+despatch, what may appear to you expedient for this purpose; and will
+inform me, at the first opportunity, of the number and kind of ships,
+and how they are supplied and equipped, with both men and artillery,
+and with all else necessary; until I may give a different order; as
+such is my will. These presents will be registered by my auditors
+of accounts who are in my Council of the Yndias. Dated at Madrid,
+the nineteenth of December of the year 1611.
+
+_I The King_
+
+By command of the king our lord:
+_Juan Ruiz de Contreras_
+Signed by the Council of War for the Yndias.
+
+
+
+
+LETTERS TO THE DOMINICAN PROVINCIAL
+
+
+_To the provincial of the Order of St. Dominic for the Philipinas,
+directing him to apply to certain actions of the religious thereof,
+the correction which he ought and is bound to apply, maintaining
+friendly relations with the governor._
+
+The King: To the venerable and devout father provincial of the Order
+of St. Dominic for the Philipinas Islands. By a letter from Don Juan
+de Silva, my governor and captain-general there, of the fifth of
+September, 610, I have learned that several religious of your order,
+from various motives, usually oppose the things that are ordered
+for the sake of good government. At times this has gone so far that
+incidents such as to cause anxiety have occurred. Such was the case
+in Nueva Segovia, regarding the Indian whom the alcalde-mayor held
+prisoner, on appeal condemned to death by the Audiencia, who had
+ordered the sentence to be executed there. When the day before the
+execution arrived two friars went to the prison, saying that they were
+going to confess him. They succeeded in being left alone with the
+prisoner in a room with a window opening on the street; and, having
+provided some one to take him to their convent, they thrust him out of
+the window, without the knowledge of the persons about the building,
+which resulted in a very scandalous affair. The alcalde-mayor, on
+learning of it, went to the convent to get possession of the prisoner;
+and found that for his greater security they had placed him upon the
+altar--which, as may be seen, was an improper action. When he attempted
+to take away the prisoner, the friars treated the alcalde-mayor very
+scurvily; and when he had removed the Indian they proceeded against
+him with censures and interdicts, in such wise that he had to return
+to the church, unpunished, the man whom they themselves had delivered
+up, when he was seized--demanding his death, and saying that it
+was best to execute him there as an example for all. Although it is
+understood that you made the proper remonstrances in this case, yet,
+as I wish to know what they were, I charge you to advise me of it;
+and from this time forth to continue, with the care which I am sure
+you will exercise, to apply in all cases due remedy, as you are bound
+to do. I also charge you to maintain very friendly relations with the
+said Don Juan de Silva, my governor, to whom I am writing to maintain
+the same relations with you, on account of the importance of this
+for the service of God and my own. Madrid, on the twenty-first of
+December of the year one thousand six hundred and eleven.
+
+
+_I The King_
+
+By order of the king our lord:
+_Juan Ruiz de Contreras_
+Signed by the Council.
+
+_To the provincial of the Order of St. Dominic of the Philipinas,
+directing him to see to it that the religious of the order do not cross
+over to Japon without permission from the governor, as is ordered._
+
+The King: To the venerable and devout father provincial of the Order
+of St. Dominic in the Philipinas Islands. By a letter from Don Juan
+de Silva, my governor and captain-general there, of the fifth of
+September, 610, I have learned that several religious have passed
+over to Japon without his permission, claiming that that of their
+own superiors was sufficient. As it is expedient for my service that
+the decrees regarding this should be executed by my said governor,
+as he is again ordered to do, by another decree bearing this date,
+I charge you that, with the diligence which I trust you will use,
+you will take such action that the religious of your order shall
+not contravene this decree; and that you will, so far as possible,
+secure the observance of the orders which I have issued, as that
+is so important for the service of God and my own, and for the good
+government of the islands. Madrid, on the thirty-first of December
+of the year 1611.
+
+
+_I The King_
+
+By command of the king our lord:
+_Juan Ruiz de Contreras_
+Signed by the members of the Council.
+
+
+[_Endorsed_: "_Idem_, to the provincial of the Order of St. Augustine
+for Philipinas." "_Idem_, to the provincial of the Society of Jesus
+there." "_Idem_, to the provincial of St. Francis for Philipinas."]
+
+
+
+DOCUMENTS OF 1612-13
+
+
+
+    Status of missions in the Philippines. Gregorio Lopez. S.J.,
+    and others; [_ca_. 1612].
+    Trade of the Philippines. Juan, marques de Montesclaros; April
+    12, 1612.
+    Letter from the bishop of Nueva Segovia. [Domingo de Soria, O.P.];
+    August 15, 1613.
+    Letter to Silva. Felipe III; December 2, 1613.
+
+
+_Sources_: All these documents save one are obtained from original
+MSS. in the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla. The second is taken
+from _Doc ined. Amer. y Oceania_, vi, pp. 298-314.
+
+_Translations_: The first and second are translated by James
+A. Robertson; the remainder by Robert W. Haight.
+
+
+
+
+STATUS OF MISSIONS IN THE PHILIPPINES
+
+
+Order of St. Augustine
+
+_List of the convents and ministrations of the Order of our father
+St. Augustine in these Philipinas Islands, and the religious and
+ministers necessary for them._
+
+
+_Spanish towns_
+
+In the convent of the city of Manila, twenty priests and ten brethren.
+
+In the convent of the city of Santisimo Nombre de Jesus, five priests
+and two brethren.
+
+In the convent of our Lady of Guadalupe, three priests and one brother.
+
+
+_Province of Tagalos_
+
+                                                Tributes Indians Ministers
+
+In the convent of Batangas and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to eight
+hundred tributes, or two thousand four hundred
+[souls] in confession.                               800   2,400         2
+
+In the convent of Taal and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand five hundred tributes, or four
+thousand five hundred in confession.               1,500   4,500         3
+
+In the convent of Tanavan and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four
+hundred in confession.                               800   2,400         2
+
+In the convent of Sant Sebastian and its
+visitas there are two ministers, who minister
+to one thousand tributes, or three thousand
+in confession.                                     1,000   3,000         2
+
+In the convent of Bay and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+one thousand tributes, or three thousand in
+confession.                                        1,000   3,000         2
+
+In the convent of San Pablo and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+two thousand tributes, or six thousand in
+confession.                                        2,000   6,000         3
+
+In the convent of Tagui and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+five hundred tributes, or one thousand five
+hundred in confession.                               500   1,500         2
+
+In the convent of Pasig and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand five hundred tributes, or four
+thousand five hundred in confession.               1,500   4,500         3
+
+In the convent of Palanac and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four
+hundred in confession.                               800   2,400         2
+
+In the convent of Tongdo and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand two hundred tributes, or three
+thousand six hundred in confession.                1,200   3,600         3
+
+In the convent of Caruyan and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four
+hundred in confession.                               800   2,400         2
+
+In the convent of Bulacan and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four
+hundred in confession                                800   2,400         2
+
+In the convent of Malolos and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+seven hundred tributes, or two thousand one
+hundred in confession                                700   2,100         2
+
+In the convent of Quingua and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+six hundred tributes, or one thousand eight
+hundred in confession.                               600   1,800         2
+
+In the convent of Calompit and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+one thousand two hundred tributes, or three
+thousand six hundred in confession.                1,200   3,600         2
+
+In the convent of Agonoy and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand two hundred tributes, or three
+thousand six hundred in confession.                1,200   3,600         3
+
+
+_Province of Panpanga_
+
+                                                Tributes Indians Ministers
+
+In the convent of Apalit and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+six hundred tributes, or one thousand eight
+hundred in confession.                               600   1,800         2
+
+In the convent of Macabibi there are three
+ministers, who minister to two thousand
+tributes, or six thousand in confession.           2,000   6,000         3
+
+In the convent of Lubao and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand tributes, or three thousand in
+confession.                                        1,000   3,000         3
+
+In the convent of Guava and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand two hundred tributes, or three
+thousand six hundred in confession.                1,200   3,600         3
+
+In the convent of Bacolor and its visitas
+there arc four ministers, who minister to
+one thousand three hundred tributes, or four
+thousand in confession.                            1,300   4,000         4
+
+In the convent of Mexico and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+five hundred tributes, or one thousand five
+hundred in confession.                               500   1,500         2
+
+In the convent of Betis and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+five hundred tributes, or one thousand five
+hundred in confession.                               500   1,500         2
+
+In the convent of Poray and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to six
+hundred tributes, or one thousand six hundred
+in confession.                                       600   1,600         2
+
+In the convent of Ayumbon and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to six
+hundred tributes, or one thousand six hundred
+in confession                                        600   1,600         2
+
+In the convent of Candava and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand two hundred tributes, or three
+thousand six hundred in confession.                1,200   3,600         3
+
+
+
+_Province of Ylocos_
+
+
+                                                Tributes Indians Ministers
+
+In the province of Alingayen and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+eight hundred tributes, or one thousand four
+hundred in confession.                               800   1,400         2
+
+In the convent of Agoo and its visitas there
+are two ministers, who minister to one thousand
+five hundred tributes, or four thousand five
+hundred in confession.                             1,500   4,500         2
+
+In the convent of Bavan and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand two hundred tributes, or three
+thousand six hundred in confession.                1,200   3,600         3
+
+In the convent of Purao and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+one thousand tributes, or three thousand in
+confession.                                        1,000   3,000         2
+
+In the convent of Tagurin and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+one thousand tributes, or three thousand in
+confession.                                        1,000   3,000         2
+
+In the convent of Santa Cruz and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+nine hundred tributes, or two thousand seven
+hundred in confession.                               900   2,700         2
+
+In the convent of Candon and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four
+hundred in confession.                               800   2,400         2
+
+In the convent of Bantay and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand tributes, or three thousand in
+confession.                                        1,000   3,000         3
+
+In the convent of Sinay and its visitas there
+are two ministers, who minister to one thousand
+two hundred tributes, or three thousand six
+hundred in confession.                             1,200   3,600         2
+
+In the convent of Batac and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand five hundred tributes, or four
+thousand five hundred in confession.               1,500   4,500         3
+
+In the convent of Dinglas and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand five hundred tributes, or four
+thousand five hundred in confession.               1,500   4,500         3
+
+In the convent of Ylavan and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand four hundred tributes, or four
+thousand two hundred in confession.                1,400   4,200         3
+
+In the convent of Bacarra and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four
+hundred in confession.                               800   2,400         2
+
+
+_Province of Pintados_
+
+
+                                                Tributes Indians Ministers
+
+In the convent of Hibahay and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+two thousand tributes, or six thousand in
+confession.                                        2,000   6,000         3
+
+In the convent of Aclan and its visitas there
+are two ministers, who minister to one thousand
+two hundred tributes, or three thousand six
+hundred in confession.                             1,200   3,600         2
+
+In the convent of Batan and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four
+hundred in confession.                               800   2,400         2
+
+In the convent of Panay and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand two hundred tributes, or three
+thousand six hundred in confession.                1,200   3,600         3
+
+In the convent of Marlousao and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand five hundred tributes, or four
+thousand five hundred in confession.               1,500   4,500         3
+
+In the convent of Pasig and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+three thousand tributes, or nine thousand in
+confession.                                        3,000   9,000         3
+
+In the convent of Laglag and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+one thousand tributes, or six thousand in
+confession.                                        1,000   6,000         2
+
+In the convent of Baong and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four
+hundred in confession.                               800   2,400         2
+
+In the convent of Dumangas and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+nine hundred tributes, or two thousand seven
+hundred in confession.                               900   2,700         2
+
+In the convent of Salop and its visitas there
+are two ministers, who minister to one thousand
+five hundred tributes, or four thousand five
+hundred in confession.                             1,500   4,500         2
+
+In the convent of Otong and its visitas
+there are three ministers, who minister to
+one thousand tributes, or three thousand in
+confession.                                        1,000   3,000         3
+
+In the convent of Antique and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+six hundred tributes, or one thousand in
+confession.                                          600   1,800         2
+
+In the convent of San Nicolas de Cubu and its
+visitas there are two ministers, who minister
+to one thousand tributes, or three thousand
+in confession.                                     1,000   3,000         2
+
+In the convent of Sian and its visitas
+there are two ministers, who minister to
+eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four
+hundred in confession.                               800   2,400         2
+
+
+
+Society of Jesus
+
+In this province of the Society of Jesus of Filipinas, there are at
+present ninety-two religious--forty-five priests, seven theological
+and four philosophical students, twenty-eight lay-brethren of long
+standing, and eight novices (counting students and lay-brethren).
+
+They are distributed among two colleges, and one seminary of secular
+students, six residences under direct charge of the provincial,
+and one mission.
+
+
+_Manila_
+
+There are forty-three religious in Manila--sixteen priests, eleven
+students, eight lay-brethren, and eight novices--counting among the
+priests the father provincial and his associate, Father Valerio, who
+are now about to go on a visit, with one brother already counted;
+and Father Alonso de Humanes, who is now about to go to Roma with
+another brother of Manila; and counting also the three religious in
+the seminary of San Joseph. Consequently they attend not only to
+preaching to and confessing the Spanish in Manila, and the other
+duties usual in the professed houses; but also to the principal
+object, the studies of Latin, arts, and theology, and the training of
+novices. They have charge of the seminary for the secular students;
+and attend to the Indians of San Miguel and the others of the city,
+with frequent confessions and sermons.
+
+
+_Mission of Silan_
+
+One father and one brother--sometimes two fathers--generally reside
+in this mission [_doctrina_] in subordination to the college of
+Manila. The tributes of the village of Silan are about four hundred,
+and those of the village of Malabag, a visita, lying one-half legua
+away, about seventy tributes.
+
+
+_Octon_
+
+The mission [_mision_] of Octon has one father and one brother. The
+novitiate of San Pedro, which is being founded and instituted, has
+two brethren.
+
+
+_Residence of Antipolo_
+
+There are four fathers and three brethren in this residence. The
+villages of this residence where the fathers always officiate number
+three, and have three churches: Antipolo, with two visitas, namely,
+Santa Cruz and Mahayay; Taytay, with one visita, namely, Caynta;
+and the village of Santiago de la Cruz, which has no visita, but
+attracts savage Indians from the forests. The souls in confession of
+this residence number about five thousand, already well instructed
+Christians, and they give much occupation to the fathers.
+
+The churches and tributes in charge of the fathers of the Society of
+Jesus in the province of Pintados are as follows.
+
+
+_Zebu_
+
+The college of Zebu has in charge an Indian village situated one legua
+from the city, which has eighty tributes. It has three fathers and
+three brethren, who are busily occupied with the Spanish inhabitants
+and soldiers, the Indians of the city and of the neighborhood, and
+the boys' school. It needs many more laborers.
+
+
+_Residence of Dulac_
+
+Part of the island of Leyte and part of that of Ybabao--on that side
+where those two islands almost join--have four fathers and two brethren
+in charge. This [_i.e._, the waterway between the islands] has been
+a great convenience for conducting the instruction. This residence
+comprises a circuit of about thirty leguas or so. In that space it
+has in charge the following villages, each village having one church.
+
+
+                                                           Tributes
+
+Village of Dulac, with three hundred and seventy-one
+tributes.                                                       371
+Village of Barugo, with one hundred and seventy-two
+tributes.                                                       172
+Village of Buraguen, with five hundred and ninety-five
+tributes.                                                       595
+Village of Vincay, with four hundred and ten
+tributes.                                                       410
+Village of Bito, with two hundred and forty-one
+tributes.                                                       241
+Village of Abuyog, with two hundred and seventy-six
+tributes.                                                       276
+Village of Palo, with two hundred and seventy
+tributes.                                                       270
+Village of Malaguicay, with three hundred and
+thirty-six tributes.                                            336
+Village of Dagami, with three hundred and eighty-two
+tributes.                                                       382
+Village of Basay, with four hundred and thirty
+tributes.                                                       430
+Village of Hubung, with two hundred and forty
+tributes.                                                       240
+Village of Guiguan, with one hundred and eighty
+tributes.                                                       180
+Village of Pamhoan, with two hundred tributes.                  200
+
+Consequently they have in charge in this residence
+four thousand one hundred and three tributes.                 4,103
+                                                    and 13 churches.
+
+
+
+_Residence of Carigara_
+
+This residence is likewise situated in the island of Leyte,
+and includes the adjacent islands of Poro and Panan. Although the
+principal part of it (namely, five villages) is included in a narrow
+circuit, the remaining part, because of the paucity of inhabitants,
+and their destruction by the Mindanaos, extends for sixty leguas--and
+more rather than less. Throughout its extent it has the following
+villages, each village having its church.
+
+
+                                                           Tributes
+
+Village of Carigara, with about three hundred and
+sixty tributes.                                                 360
+Village of Barugo, with one hundred and eighty
+tributes.                                                       180
+Village of Alangalan, with four hundred tributes.               400
+Village of Xaro, with three hundred and fifty
+tributes.                                                       350
+Village of Leyte, with two hundred and twenty
+tributes.                                                       220
+Village of Ogmuc, with one hundred and sixty
+tributes.                                                       160
+Village of the island of Camotes, called Poro, with
+one hundred and fifty tributes.                                 150
+Village of Baybay, with one hundred and eighty
+tributes.                                                       180
+Village of Canamucan, with one hundred and twenty
+tributes.                                                       120
+Village of Ymasava, with forty tributes.                         40
+Village of Cabalian, with one hundred and fifty
+tributes.                                                       150
+Village of Panaon, with fifty tributes.                          50
+Village of Nonangan, with sixty tributes.                        60
+
+                                     2,420 tributes and 13 churches.
+
+
+Consequently, the said residence has in charge thirteen churches in
+which are instructed two thousand four hundred and twenty tributes;
+these are administered by four priests, aided by two brethren.
+
+
+_Residence of Tinagon_
+
+This residence is located in the island of Ybabao and includes the
+islets of Cavayan and Capul. Twelve villages with their churches are
+instructed in it. They are as follows, lying within a distance of
+twenty leguas.
+
+
+                                                           Tributes
+
+Village of Tinagon, with three hundred and thirty
+tributes.                                                       330
+Village of Bangaun, with one hundred and eighty-seven
+tributes.                                                       187
+Village of Paranas, with two hundred and twenty
+tributes.                                                       220
+Village of Malulubug, with three hundred tributes.              300
+Village of Caluigan, with one hundred and eighty-five
+tributes.                                                       185
+Village of Libunao, with three hundred and ten
+tributes.                                                       310
+Village of Cotay, with ninety-four tributes. 94
+Village of Cavayan, with two hundred and ninety
+tributes.                                                       290
+Village of Ybatan, with three hundred and thirty
+tributes.                                                       330
+Village of Boloneto, with one hundred and forty
+tributes.                                                       140
+Two villages in the island of Capul, called Sucar and
+Savan where there are four hundred and thirty-seven
+tributes                                                        437
+
+                                     2,823 tributes and 12 churches.
+
+
+Consequently this residence embraces twelve churches, in which two
+thousand eight hundred and twenty-three tributes are instructed by
+four priests of our Society, aided by two brethren.
+
+
+_Residence of Cabo de Spirita Santo, or Palapac_
+
+This residence extends for forty leguas more rather than less--within
+the island of Ybabao, and includes the two adjacent islets of Lavan
+and Biri. The following villages are instructed in it, and each
+village has its own church.
+
+
+                                                           Tributes
+
+Village of Biri, with sixty tributes                             60
+Village of Calatman, with three hundred and thirty
+tributes                                                        330
+Village of Pamboan, with three hundred and forty
+tributes                                                        340
+Village of Laguan, with one hundred and eighty
+tributes                                                        180
+Village of Catabig, with four hundred and ten
+tributes                                                        410
+Village of Palapac, with four hundred tributes                  410
+Village of Gamay, with two hundred tributes                     200
+Village of Bacor, with one hundred and fifty
+tributes                                                        150
+Village of Bolor, with one hundred and thirty
+tributes                                                        130
+Village of Unasan, with two hundred tributes                    200
+Village of Tubig, with one hundred and twenty
+tributes                                                        120
+Village of Boronga, with two hundred tributes                   200
+Village of Libas, with two hundred and thirty
+tributes                                                        230
+
+                                     2,950 tributes and 13 churches.
+
+
+Consequently this residence embraces thirteen churches, in which
+two thousand nine hundred and fifty tributes are instructed by four
+priests of our Society, aided by two brethren.
+
+
+_Residence of Bohol_
+
+Only this island of Bohol, which is forty leguas in circumference,
+and the islet of Bacacay belong to the king, our sovereign, in all
+the territory in charge of the Society. The Society has likewise
+charge of the islet of Panglao and that of Siquior, or Isla de Fuegos
+["Island of Fires"]. This residence includes the following villages
+and their churches.
+
+
+                                                           Tributes
+
+Village of Loboc, with six hundred tributes, where there is
+also a seminary for Indians                                     600
+Village of Tubor, with one hundred and fifty tributes           150
+Village of Baclayon, with three hundred tributes                300
+Village of Dita, with three hundred tributes                    300
+Village of Tubigan, with fifty tributes                          50
+Village of Hinabangan, with two hundred tributes.               200
+Village of Bacacay, with thirty tributes.                        30
+Village of Talibon, with two hundred tributes.                  200
+Village of Bauliron, with one hundred tributes.                 100
+Village of Yngaon, with one hundred and twenty tributes.        120
+Village of Panglao, with sixty tributes.                         60
+Village of Siquior, with eighty tributes.                        80
+
+                                     2,200 tributes and 12 churches.
+
+
+Consequently this residence instructs two thousand two hundred
+tributes, of which two thousand and fifty belong to the king, our
+sovereign. Four fathers and two brethren minister to all of them.
+
+As your Lordship ordered, the Society of Jesus presents this paper, in
+which are recorded faithfully its ministers, the villages where they
+are stationed, the churches, tributes, and extent of its field. From
+it two things are apparent: the first, how necessary is a greater
+union and settlement of the Indians, in such form as your Highness
+may judge best; the second, that the need of help by a great number
+of new ministers is extreme. For where there are four priests, ten are
+regularly needed, because the indicated number of tributes corresponds
+to a very much greater number of souls, either now confessing or being
+catechised for baptism as is apparent from the report of a residence
+that accompanies this present.
+
+Therefore I entreat your Highness to petition his Majesty the king,
+our sovereign, to send a considerable number of fathers of the Society
+of Jesus from Europe--at least about fifty, considering that it is many
+years since any have been asked for, and on this occasion a procurator
+is going for that purpose. It will, moreover, be important for his
+Majesty to issue there very urgent orders, so that the superiors
+in Europe may not be illiberal and refuse to furnish ministers. If
+he considers the pacification of Mindanao, and, besides that, if we
+should have to provide Maluco with ministers from here with the new
+government which is coming, it is necessary to provide beforehand
+for an increase in the number of workers. I hope for all the above
+from the great foresight of your Highness, with grace and justice.
+
+_Gregorio Lopez_
+
+
+Order of St. Francis
+
+Very potent Sire:
+
+Since I am ordered, in your Majesty's name, to give a minute of the
+convents in this province of San Gregorio, of the discalced friars and
+religious in it, and the number of souls to whom they administer the
+holy sacraments and instruction, by virtue of that command I declare
+that this province has forty-eight convents with their visitas,
+where religious live; and four convents where they do not minister to
+Indians--namely, Sant Francisco of Manila, Sant Francisco del Monte,
+Sant Francisco of Caceres and Sant Diego of Cavite. Further it has six
+[_sic_] hospitals: the royal hospital of Manila; that for the natives;
+that of La Misericordia; that at Los Banos ["the baths"]; and that at
+Cavite. There are one hundred and one priests, counting well, sick, and
+old. There are thirty-eight lay-brethren, who serve and act as nurses
+at the hospitals, infirmaries, and convents generally. We have in
+charge as many as eighty thousand souls or so. In Maluco there is one
+convent where the native Indian Christians are instructed, both those
+living there and those who go thither from these regions. There is also
+a hospital where the soldiers are cured. From the aforesaid convents
+twelve religious have been taken since last year (when some came here),
+and religious of our order are requested in many other places.
+
+In [the districts of] some of these convents there are few Indians,
+because they refuse to join the chief settlements; nor can those
+people be well instructed, as they are very remote, unless they
+have religious. Moreover, there are fifteen priests in Japon and six
+lay-brethren, busied in the conversion and in hospital work.
+
+_Fray Marcos de Lisboa_, [52] vice-provincial.
+
+
+
+Order of St. Dominic.
+
+_List of the houses and missions of the Order of St. Dominic in these
+Philipinas Islands._
+
+It has one convent in the city of Manila, with sixteen friars--six
+priests and six lay brethren.
+
+It has a mission [_doctrina_] in the town of Binondoc and Baybay
+with two ministers for six hundred Sangleys, or a trifle less. For
+the hospital of San Gabriel it has two religious--one a priest and
+the other a lay-brother--and there the Sangley infidels are nursed
+and instructed.
+
+It has a mission in the district of Batan with four priests for one
+thousand six hundred Indians.
+
+It has four missions in the province of Pangasinan. The first is called
+Bina Lato-gan and has four religious, three of whom are lay-brethren,
+and one who is not, for one thousand three hundred Indians.
+
+The second is in Calasiao and has two ministers for one thousand
+and thirty Indians. The third is Magaldan and has two ministers for
+nine hundred Indians. The fourth is Mauazuag and has two religious,
+one a lay-brother and one who is not, for four hundred Indians,
+or a trifle less, and the new conversion in the tingues.
+
+It has eleven missions in the province of Cagayan. The first is
+called Pata and has two ministers for eight hundred Indians. The
+second is called Tular and has two ministers for one thousand one
+hundred Indians or a trifle more. The third is called Potol and has
+two ministers for three hundred Indians and the new conversion laid
+open on the creek of Mandayas. The fourth is called Camaluyuga and has
+three ministers for six hundred Indians, or a few more or less. The
+fifth is that of Nueva Segovia where the Spanish live. There is a
+convent there that has charge of the mission of Bagunbaya, which has
+two ministers for one hundred Indians, or a few more or less. It is to
+be noted that this house receives no alms, either from his Majesty or
+from encomenderos, or from Indians, and consequently it is in great
+need. The sixth is called Tocolana and has three ministers for one
+thousand Indians. The seventh is called Asiping and has two ministers
+for seven hundred Indians or a trifle more. The eighth is called Pia
+and is situated on the creek of Lobo. It has three ministers for two
+thousand Indians. The ninth is called Malaguey and has two ministers
+for one thousand Indians. The tenth is called Tuguiguerao. For one
+thousand three hundred Indians it has three ministers. The eleventh
+is called Pititan and has four ministers for one thousand six hundred
+Indians and for the new conversion among the tingues of Zinbuey.
+
+_Fray Baltasar Fort_, prior provincial.
+
+
+_Item_: We have three houses in Japon. One is in Nangasaqui, and
+has three priests and one lay-brother; another in Sanga, which is
+situated in the kingdom of Figen, with three religious--two priests
+and one lay-brother, the third in Meaco, the residence of the Dayfo,
+with two priests.
+
+_[Endorsed:_ "List given by the convent of St. Dominic in accordance
+with his Majesty's order."]
+
+
+
+TRADE OF THE PHILIPPINES
+
+
+_Official letter from the Marques de Montesclaros, [53] viceroy of
+Peru, directed to his Majesty, in regard to changing to Espana the
+trade between Mexico and Filipinas._
+
+In behalf of the consulate [54] and corporation of the merchants
+of Sevilla, your Majesty was entreated to have the trade between
+Nueva Espana and Philipinas suppressed, and to order that it should
+be carried on only from those kingdoms [i.e., Espana and Portugal]
+with the said islands. Your Majesty upon hearing those merchants, was
+pleased to order me to make investigation and give my opinion in the
+matter. For that purpose you despatched your decree of September 1,
+610, and I received it by these last mails.
+
+The arguments which, it seems, were presented to your Majesty by the
+said letter and an enclosed memorial, for this purpose, are reduced
+to the exaggeration of the general and individual inconveniences
+and losses with which the voyage is attended at present in the route
+that is followed; and that those inconveniences and losses would all
+cease, and great and recognized blessings to the universal benefit of
+your Majesty's kingdoms would result, if measures of the sort that
+those merchants desire were to be taken. Although one might satisfy
+the originator of the idea with less, we shall enlarge the reply to
+greater length bearing in mind that the dimensions of this scheme are
+not measured by his yard-rule; nor can the advantages resulting from
+it compare with the hundred per cent of their profits. We especially
+consider that we are talking with your Majesty through councilors
+and ministers of such high standing, among whom any state argument,
+however great, has its due consideration and place.
+
+It is recognized, Sire, that the chief means of keeping these kingdoms
+tranquil is to make them dependencies of Espana, in what pertains not
+only to distributive and commutative justice, but also to whatever else
+is necessary for the preservation of life, in the spiritual as well
+as the temporal. But dependence of this sort, when viewed entirely and
+only from the sovereigns' standpoint, is regulated by what is necessary
+and requisite that the vassals of regions so distant may live in the
+subjection, and render the obedience and loyalty that are due from
+them. Although this argument, since it is the most substantial, when
+it encounters the others most justly takes precedence of any other and
+private advantage of the vassals themselves and the kingdom, it would
+[not] be excusable to molest and vex the subjects with what is not
+actually necessary, if the above purpose could be attained at less
+cost and vexation to them. Accordingly, in the matter of restricting
+the mutual trade of certain kingdoms, and directing that trade to
+Espana alone, one must proceed with very great caution, and with
+measures adapted only to what the attainment of the chief end demands,
+in order that we may avoid as far as possible the harm that might
+result; since, if this body saw itself so disunited that it could
+not even avail itself of its own members, it might become desperate,
+and the whole might fall into decay, as is usual with those in despair.
+
+They are persuading your Majesty that the trade of these kingdoms
+with Espana is decreasing. I, Sire, feel differently, and am persuaded
+that never were the profits resulting from it greater; nor am I less
+certain that such result must necessarily follow, in this manner.
+
+It was known in the beginning that neither wine nor olive
+oil was produced in Nueva Espana, but these were brought from
+Castilla. Inspired by the example of the profits made by some
+persons, all--especially the inhabitants of Andalucia--began to plant
+vineyards and olive-orchards. He who had esteemed any kind of trade a
+degradation twenty years before, now, with the incentive of sending
+away his crops, shipped greater cargoes than would a whole fair of
+merchants. Consequently, the ocean trade increased, in a short time,
+from at most fifty or one hundred casks of wine and a few more jars
+of olive-oil--carried by one or two vessels, unauthorized and without
+register--to cargoes which fill thirty or forty vessels, that sail
+annually in a trading fleet. The vessel in which this is received
+is earthen, and of limited capacity; and what was slowly filling it
+continued to increase. Now this vessel is full to the brim, but still
+they obstinately continue to pour in more. Is it not evident that what
+is more than enough to fill it must overflow, and be the same as lost?
+
+Thus was the land conquered in Peru. True reports were published
+concerning its so great abundance of wealth--that it was considered
+easier and cheaper to arm men and shoe horses with silver than with
+iron; and that for one quire of paper ten pesos of gold were paid,
+for one cloth cloak one hundred pesos, and for one horse three or
+four thousand pesos. At this report, various kinds of merchandise were
+brought, and had a continual good outlet and sale; and they were taken
+in the necessary quantity. Years passed, and the treasure--which was
+too plentiful, because it was in possession of people who had no use
+for it--came into the hands of those who finally saw it disseminated
+through the world--and for this reason the share of each part is
+less. The account that should be taken of reason and common sense is
+forgotten, and men persuade themselves blindly that, since they get
+a thousand for five hundred, with one million they must make two:
+And as if they could expect the same profit from supplying necessity
+and from adding to abundance, they multiply their trading-fleets and
+double their investments. Is it not evident that if their shipments are
+in excess, their profits must fall short, and that the ratio between
+the two cannot be equal to what it was before? Let the records of the
+customs duties belonging to your Majesty be examined, where those
+who profit and those who lose pay on account of what they produce;
+and they will tell how not only the commerce has not declined, but
+also that rather, through its having increased so greatly, the danger
+of losing the invested money results.
+
+What their provinces can digest and assimilate, Sire, should be
+exported to the Indias, and a limit should be set to the hope of
+their increase, and endeavor should be made to preserve them in the
+extremely flourishing condition which they reached; and if efforts
+pass those limits, then, instead of causing the Indias to increase,
+it will be a greater blow, whereby they will slip back more quickly
+along the coast of decline.
+
+Coming then to the particular matter, the question is one of
+suppressing the commerce now carried on with the Philipinas Islands by
+way of the South Sea. This may be advantageous to Espana in two ways:
+in making the kingdom of Mejico absolutely dependent on Espana's
+aid, without leaving it any other recourse: and in increasing the
+proportions of their present trade by adding to that kingdom [_i.e._,
+Espana] that commerce from those islands by way of the Ocean Sea,
+[55] to which it is desired to direct the trade-route.
+
+In the first place, it will be considered that Nueva-Espana passed
+many years without any communication with the Philipinas, and that
+the same will happen now if that commerce be taken away, although
+at the outset there may be some ill-feeling among them; and that
+the prevention of a thing so temporary, and in one province only,
+ought not to over-balance what is of so different an importance, as
+that Espana (the seat of your Majesty's monarchy) should have plenty
+of money. For all that Mexico sends to Manila will go to Espana,
+and should have an outlet for its merchandise, since from that must
+be supplied what Nueva-Espana now receives from the islands.
+
+In order that Nueva-Espana may preserve itself if this trade be
+suppressed, the years while it lived without that trade have no
+consequence; for it would be a mistake to compare a period when that
+kingdom was in so early an infancy [56] that the royal incomes therein
+scarcely amounted to thirty or forty thousand ducados, and when in the
+whole kingdom the amount of outside capital employed did not surpass
+two hundred thousand, with what El Cerro [57] now alone produces,
+where one reckons the product by millions and takes no account of
+the tens and hundreds. From all this one may infer that whoever sits
+down to a meal, however plentiful, when he sees it growing less would
+doubtless have sufficient strength to call out and plead his hunger;
+and much more when we baptise business with the name of diet.
+
+But this has not much force, since it is not intended to suppress,
+but only to change the mode of this supply. In order to see whether
+it be feasible, one should consider, that, barring certain articles
+of adornment and luxury, the chief exports from Espana to Mejico are
+wine, oil, and linen, and from the Philipinas woven and raw silk.
+
+The former products, in whatever quantity needed, must always be
+bought from Espana. There is no other region that can supply them,
+nor does Mejico itself produce them; therefore its enforced dependence
+on Espana follows. However, in what pertains to linen, Mejico may
+supply itself in part by using the cloth that the Indians make from
+cotton. The rest (namely, silks supplied by Manila) may be obtained in
+great abundance, without begging it from anyone, by only encouraging
+the industry in any of Mejico's provinces. These are very suitable
+for it, especially the province of Misteca, [58] where it could be
+cultivated and woven admirably.
+
+Admitting the above, my opinion is that, allowing that Nueva-Espana
+could be maintained, although with difficulty, without trade with
+the Philipinas, it must be by means that would prove harmful to those
+islands alone--which would lose this aid without any resultant good
+to Espana; since they would not ask for those products of Espana
+which they at present demand, or increase those which they are now
+exporting because of the increase of money [in Nueva Espana]. And we
+have already stated that Nueva-Espana is incapable of consuming more
+wine and oil than it now uses.
+
+But if all this should cease, and Espana should have to supply the
+above-mentioned necessities because of shutting the door to the trade
+in the Philipinas, the bulk of silk stuffs would have to be brought
+from Francia and Flandes, to whom Espana always gives her treasures
+in exchange for this merchandise. For Constantinopla is so far from
+Italia, and so little do gold and silver suit that route--or else
+the French and the rebels [59] are so skilful in getting this product
+away from us, that one may doubt whether they do not take it all with
+them. According to this, he who is not suspicious enough to believe
+that the merchants of Sevilla alone consider as enemies prejudicial
+to your Majesty's crown those who do not trade much with them, should
+be astonished that they direct and regulate the reform so that the
+Chinese cannot avail themselves of the silver of Nueva Espana. For
+it is a fact that the Chinese do us no other harm than to keep the
+silver; and that the merchants do not consider that by that other
+road all tends to come into the hands of him who exerts himself with
+it in order to attempt and compass to acquire what remains.
+
+Let us examine, then, what interest would accrue to Espana in
+the other point, the appropriation to itself of the trade with
+the Philipinas. The consulate says that Espana will be enriched
+with the exportation, to Manda [60] and Xapon, of its products and
+other merchandise that will go to those islands, where they also
+desire so ardently to have an abundance of what is brought from there
+[Espana?] and from China; and this will easily prevent the loss of the
+great quantities of silver that pass by this road from Nueva Espana.
+
+To the first, sufficient answer is made with what experience, that
+great teacher in such matters, has taught us to the contrary--to me,
+at least, during the time while I governed in Mexico. For, since
+your Majesty was pleased to order me in a decree, dated December 17,
+604, to give my opinion as to whether export duties would better be
+levied on the merchandise sent to the Philipinas from the port of
+Acapulco--since all the other merchandise sent thence, to Guatimala
+and Peru, pays two and one-half per cent--and that in order to do this
+I should investigate the quality and nature of the said merchandise,
+I made special efforts to ascertain these facts. After examining the
+registers of several years I found that, even if the duty should be
+collected from the Philipinas exports as from the others, it would not
+amount to two hundred pesos of eight reals each year; for all those
+goods were articles of luxury, and in very small quantity. I sent
+your Majesty an official report of this in my letter of February 17,
+606. On August 19 of the same year, I received a reply, ordering me to
+make no change so long as the trade did not increase to such an extent
+that I thought it inadvisable; and in such case to advise your Majesty
+of it confidentially. Consequently, since there will be no greater
+exportation from Nueva Espana of like commodities from that kingdom
+[_i.e._, Espana]--where there are no others, and whence only these
+would be sent--the same thing would result. [61] One errs in saying
+that those goods are desired in Manila and Xapon, since cloth stuffs
+(the only thing lacking to them) besides being a merchandise of so
+great value that he who would export them so far to the Philipinas
+would lose them--are not used, because of the heat; and in Xapon,
+where the cold might make them sought, they cost very little, for
+the natives clothe themselves with the taffetans of that country, and
+use cotton quilts. Consequently, I have also answered what was alleged
+concerning the increase of the duties that would accrue to your Majesty
+from the export duties in Espana and the import duties at Manila.
+
+The other argument namely, that Espana would be filled with products
+from China and Xapon--may be conceded to them; but it remains for
+them to show us the utilty that would accrue to them, after the goods
+had been obtained. For I, on the contrary, regard them as a very
+great harm, since with those goods would cease the present industry
+[in Espana] of the raising of silk, its weaving and trade; and all
+this would be exchanged for what is so much poorer and of so little
+durability. It is a fact that even now we are experiencing that,
+and are discovering here the harm caused by even the small quantity
+of silk of this class [_i.e._, the Chinese silk]; it comes mixed with
+that of Espana, in almost all the velvets and taffetans brought from
+Espana, for in but two days' time they become useless.
+
+That by this means would be prevented the exportation of silver from
+Nueva-Espana, is an opinion that one might value and thank them for,
+if they were not trying to withdraw the silver from another and more
+important region, where the harm would be greater. But, supposing
+that what now goes from Mexico will be sent later from Castilla and
+Andalucia, it seems that the only utility will be found in the less
+occasion [for buying Chinese goods] that each of those provinces would
+have, so that the export of silver would be in smaller quantity. That
+is to be regulated by the wealth of each province, and by their
+facilities for diverting it. All the silver that Nueva-Espana obtains
+now comes from its own provinces, or is brought from the provinces of
+Peru. The bulk of it is used in the trade with Espana, some in that
+with the Philipinas, and very little in the retail trade of its own
+cities and towns; for although Nueva-Espana has intercourse with Peru,
+it never uses more than the products of the country for that. What is
+sent to the islands goes by way of Acapulco, which is the only port
+in all the South Sea where this despatch is made or can be made. That
+Espana would have more silver if it retained within its bounds what
+it receives, seems to be undeniable, since therein is gathered the
+silver of Mexico, Peru, and all the Indias. But the gates by which
+that silver issues [from Espana]--now it is known whether there are
+any--are, to speak correctly, as many as there are seaports and sterile
+districts, with the usual and accustomed communication between them.
+
+Accepting this as true--on which is based assertions of those who
+say that less silver will be sent to Manila from a kingdom where
+conditions are such [_i.e._, Espana] than Mexico [now] gives--I,
+at least, no matter how long may be the argument, do not comprehend
+so obscure a secret; on the contrary, I am persuaded that Espana
+will be no poorer thereby. For, if this mouth be stopped, Espana
+must be drained, by those that remain (as is done today), of all of
+this article that other kingdoms are offering it, as in a flood. But
+with equal certainty, I understand that incomparably more money will
+go to the Philipinas by this road than now goes by the other. And to
+assert that this loss will cease because, with the increase of trade
+with Xapon, the merchandise which must go to Espana will come from
+that country, is a statement without foundation. For if this argument
+were worth anything, it must have the same force, in preventing what
+is today carried from Mexico; since trade with Xapon from Manila is
+open and permitted to all who wish it.
+
+The consulate is trying also to strengthen its proposition with the
+improvements that it pretends to find in the voyage, if it were to be
+made by the cape of Buena-Esperanza. But, discussing that point by what
+I have been able to learn of it, I find that the emperor and king our
+sovereign, of glorious memory, your Majesty's grandfather, having been
+persuaded that the discovery and conquest of the Spice Islands--the
+name then given to those islands today included in the name of
+Philipinas or Malucas--pertained to the crown of Castilla, inasmuch
+as they were within the line drawn by his Holiness, Alexander VI, for
+the division of the world, ardently desired, and made extraordinary
+efforts, so that his vassals might make that voyage without touching
+at the ports and lands of the kingdom of Portugal. For that purpose
+he made an agreement with Fernando de Magallanes to discover [such
+a route]. The latter discovered and gave name to the strait in
+this region at the south. Although by the result [of Magallanes's
+expedition] one could recognize the great difficulty and danger of
+the voyage, his Majesty would not desist from the undertaking. On the
+contrary, he immediately sent, in the year 25, two other fleets by
+that way while, at the same time, he sent a ship under command of an
+intelligent man to find a new entrance by the coast of Labrador and
+the Bacallaos. [62] Following up the attempt, he ordered Don Fernando
+Cortes, conqueror of Nueva-Espana, to attempt this expedition from
+Nueva-Espana. He would not have ceased like means until attaining it,
+had not he made that contract or agreement concerning those islands
+with the king of Portugal in the year 29. [63] That put an end to
+the enterprise until afterward, when Don Antonio de Mendoza, viceroy
+of Nueva-Espana, took up again the same search in the year 42, and
+continued to persevere in it, so that it was realized during the
+latter years of the governorship and life of Don Luis de Velasco,
+who succeeded the said Don Antonio in that office.
+
+I would, Sire, narrate in minute detail to your Majesty these labors,
+and those of many others, who lost their lives and possessions at
+various times to see the accomplishment of so important a matter,
+if I were not afraid of making a history of this letter--in order to
+entreat you that, since God our Lord ordained that a good desired
+by so many should be enjoyed with so great quietness in these most
+fortunate days of your Majesty, you will not permit the glory of
+this happiness to be disturbed and obscured; for the motives and
+efforts of so suspicious a people embarrass it. They, in order to
+gain their own private interests, try to cover them with this cloak
+of convenience and conservation of so superior authority. And although
+it appears that a great part of the former injuries are lacking today,
+since the kingdom of Portugal (although by light of a separate crown)
+is under the universal domain of your Majesty, still, the zeal and
+affection that your Majesty has always felt in greater proportion
+for the inhabitants of Castilla ought not on that account to cease;
+since there is also no cessation of the rancor and hostility with
+which the Portuguese, in all the Indias where they rule, withhold the
+friendly intercourse that they owed to the Castilians as the vassals
+of the same sovereign.
+
+I am quite persuaded that there is little difference between these two
+routes as regards the weather and dangers of the sea. For, although the
+Nueva-Espana vessels consume not longer than sixty days, and sometimes
+less, the return voyage is of longer duration, and the whirlwinds and
+gales more continuous. And although I believe that voyages made by
+way of the cape of Buena Esperanza take more than the three months
+that the prior and consuls assert (especially since the vessels
+have to stop at one or two way-stations), yet, in regard to this,
+I estimate the two routes as equal. But in point of certain security,
+the advantage lies greatly with the voyages made by way of the South
+Sea, as it is at all times so free from enemies. No further proof is
+necessary regarding this statement than the fact that not a single
+vessel going to and fro between Acapulco and Cavite and the port of
+Manila has been captured; [64] while very many vessels take that other
+route, which are so heavily armed that, in comparison with the first,
+one may consider them as more than fortresses. The warning that the
+Dutch make use of this route [_i.e._, through the Strait of Magellan]
+cannot force me to believe the contrary; and by it without so many
+advantages as those enjoyed by your Majesty's ships they have made
+themselves almost complete masters of all the Spice Islands, for they
+had no other routes from which to select this one. I assert from
+the prudence with which the Dutch consider what is of advantage to
+them, that if they could enjoy so great convenience as Nueva-Espana
+possesses, they would not take the risk of running by the coast and
+ports of your Majesty as they do today by the open sea, where they
+might meet one who would resist their progress. An excellent proof of
+this truth is their so-oft repeated effort to find a passage through
+the strait of Anian. [65] For they consider it more conducive to the
+peace of their voyage to experience rough and unknown seas, than to
+be liable to the sudden surprises to which those that are milder and
+more traversed are liable. The mastery that I know them to exercise in
+those districts, is to enter for pillage and barter, as they usually
+do, even in the very kingdoms of your Majesty which are nearest to
+the defense and power of your fleets And if, in addition, the Dutch
+have any trading-posts, established and manned with soldiers, it is
+not necessary that Espana should trouble itself to dislodge them,
+but the governor of the Philipinas, and the soldiers and ships of
+Malaca and of the viceroy of India, should attempt it; and it will
+be easy to drive them out at once. In truth, however, (that I may
+always discuss a similar case), our design must be more difficult to
+attain than theirs; for they content themselves with going where they
+are received, and of receiving what they are given, without caring
+much whether others enter that district, while your Majesty desires,
+as is right, to be absolute and sole ruler, and to shut the gate to
+all who do not enter under the name and title of vassals.
+
+As to the difficulty and delay of sending aid to the islands, although
+it is understood that the enemy is attempting some entrance in the
+islands, I can easily comprehend that it would be easier to build a
+fleet in Espana, and that it would be despatched much more quickly
+than from these provinces. But I have always considered that, in this
+regard, Sire, he who has so extensive a monarchy as your Majesty,
+must see that each part of it have all the force necessary for
+its sole defense, without being dependent for so costly and remote
+reenforcement, as would necessarily be the case did your Majesty send
+it from the the ports of that kingdom. Consequently, I presume that,
+if the islands should find themselves in a like necessity, either
+they would have to resist an attack with their presidios and walls,
+or (to extend the hope farther) that they would not have need for
+more aid than what they could secure from Malaca with the galleons
+of that crown. The aid that is not so pressingly needed, and which,
+it seems, must necessarily come from Espana--such as infantry for the
+presidios--is sent there with some difficulty, because of the long
+distance overland from Veracruz to the port of Acapulco, in a land
+so open that the companies necessarily lose some men. But it would
+prove more costly should your Majesty, in order to avoid this, have to
+form a fleet on occasions when it would be necessary. However, I have
+thought that an effort might be made, some time, to send the soldiers
+who must go to the islands in the trading fleet or galleons sailing to
+Puertobelo; [66] and to advise the president [of the Audiencia there],
+somewhat earlier, to have small boats provided to take the soldiers
+by river from Chagre to Cruces. Since from that point to Panama it is
+only five leguas overland, the men might be taken there easily and at
+little expense. The viceroy of Peru, having been notified beforehand,
+should, without any expense to your Majesty, have a vessel at Panama,
+where the soldiers could embark and go to Acapulco. There they could
+change ships for those in the Philipinas line. By this method some
+of the greatest inconveniences could be avoided.
+
+And lastly, as the concluding argument of this discourse, I remind your
+Majesty that since the Philipinas Islands are surrounded by enemies so
+powerful as are Xapon and China--one because of its strength and valor,
+and the other because of its incredible multitude of inhabitants--with
+only the seven hundred Spaniards that the islands had, during
+my government of Nueva Espana, who could bear arms (a number now
+increased somewhat by the presidios of Terrenate and Thidore), they
+are preserved solely for this reason, that by their means the trade
+of those countries is opened to your Majesty's kingdoms. Thus said
+the emperor of Xapon, when he was advised to conquer Manila. The
+Chinese king wrote the same words to Don Pedro de Acuna, when the
+latter suspected that the insurrection made in those islands by the
+Chinese king's vassals had been made by his orders. And it must be
+considered seriously that if the trade be carried on by way of the cape
+of Buena Esperanza, it would be quite possible that the Chinese--who,
+in order to go to Manila, have to sail, both in the open and among
+islands, with some risk and danger because of the smallness of their
+craft--after seeing that the Spanish ships had to make a way-station
+at Malaca or Xava, would go from the river of Canton, which is the
+gateway from which the Chinese ships set out, coasting from land to
+land along their own country, and would change the bulk of their
+trade to Portuguese ports, and thus deserting Manila. If they did
+this, the principal support and defense of Manila would fail, and
+its enemies would change their opinion, since they would no longer
+enjoy the benefits that now attract them.
+
+For all the above, Sire, my opinion is that, if the matter were in its
+beginnings, from no other part could this trade be directed than from
+Nueva Espana; for it is nearer the islands, and is the region from
+which less silver can go. And should this cease, without doubt that
+kingdom would be greatly weakened, and the Philipinas destroyed--and
+none of this to Espana's advantage. On the contrary it would be
+to Espana's greater loss, since that country would be filled with
+merchandise of little value, at double the money that would be derived
+from its sale. The dependence of all the other kingdoms, which is now
+sure and not uncertain, would possibly be endangered by venturing upon
+the execution of this plan; and your Majesty would also be obliged,
+in order to make the sea safe in this route, to have two war vessels
+to accompany every trading vessel, notwithstanding the extraordinary
+cost which this would involve.
+
+The other things mentioned in the memorial, namely, [_original
+MS. broken_; the appointment(?)] of officials, soldiers, and
+sailors now engaged in this despatch do not seem of such nature
+that they oblige me to answer them in detail. It is certain that
+the viceroys appoint very suitable persons, and will always do so,
+since they rely on their honor; and the commander does not care
+to overload the vessels, since he is not interested in the freight
+charges. Consequently, when the auditor of Manila obliges them to
+load much cargo in Cabite, they usually unload and leave goods on
+the shoals that they meet, whence arise innumerable complaints and
+suits. The pilots and sailors are examined in what is necessary for
+them, and the soldiers are sufficient for a navigation route of so
+great safety. If it is true that the latter are lazy and vagabonds,
+few times have I seen men enlisted in any region who are not such,
+or who do not desire to be such. Although there may be things to
+correct in all matters, there are other reforms less costly and easier.
+
+Your Majesty might wish to have these arguments in briefer form;
+but, although I have omitted some things, the matter is of so great
+moment that I have not been able to pass over anything that I judge
+essential for your proper decision in this matter.
+
+May God preserve your Majesty as Christendom has need. Los Reyes,
+April 12, 1612.
+
+
+
+LETTER FROM THE BISHOP OF NUEVA SEGOVIA
+
+
+_Jesus_
+
+I hold it certain that our Lord has placed your very reverend Paternity
+in this place--as he did Joseph, for the good of his fatherland and
+his brothers--in the government of the kingdoms of this province
+of Philipinas, which is one of the most religious that exist at
+present, I understand, in our holy order. Although it is one of the
+most remote of those therein, it is at present in the greatest need
+that your very reverend Paternity extend to it your protection in
+a matter which is most just, and which his Majesty is in conscience
+bound to aid. It is a fact that the foundation of a college has been
+begun in connection with the convent of Santo Domingo in Manila,
+in which is to be studied the teaching of our father, St. Thomas,
+which is pure and righteous. This enterprise has been so thoroughly
+approved in this city that several of the citizens, even before the
+walls of the college were finished, began to endow scholarships of a
+hundred pesos of income each per annum, wherewith the students may
+be supported and clothed, and the more virtuous and worthy can be
+selected. As a copy of the rest of the reasons will accompany this,
+I do not choose to set them down here, lest I tire your very reverend
+Paternity, whose time is so fully occupied.
+
+The fathers of the Society of Jesus some years ago established another
+college, which is of no use for the public good; since those who
+enter it to study have to clothe themselves at their own expense,
+and give a hundred pesos a year for their board, which only the very
+rich can do. Accordingly, though many have entered, thus far none have
+been ordained priests and ministers; for all turn to the fleshpots of
+Egypt. These blessed fathers, it is understood, have made opposition
+to our college, and have caused his Majesty to issue a decree to his
+governor, Don Juan de Silva, to give information as to whether it is
+desirable to continue further the said college. This knight is very
+much opposed to the order, because its religious have done their duty
+by preaching the truth, and persuading to observance of the royal
+decrees of his Majesty, which he has with so much wisdom issued for
+the good government of these islands. And even I have suffered a part
+of the persecution, because I preached the same thing at the feast
+of the Rosary, in the year 612; they took from me my stipend for a
+year, and the archbishop sent the sermon to his Majesty. Just now two
+other copies are being sent for examination, for he persecutes the
+preachers and bishops; accordingly, we may dread information from
+the governor--although, on the other hand, the truth has so great
+power that I think he will utter it, and particularly as at present
+we have peace, thanks be to the Lord. Your very reverend Paternity
+should be informed that although this governor is a good soldier,
+in matters of government he lacks the best qualification, which is
+executive ability and exemplary conduct. Accordingly this country is
+in a wretched condition, and he is rich indeed who has the means to
+stop the mouths of all that complain.
+
+This province is in great need of religious, as they are the best
+ministers, and on account of their vow of poverty are best liked
+by the Indians, and those who are most desired; but it seems that
+the Council is deliberating whether to give permission for them to
+come. As all we who are bishops are informing his Majesty, those
+from whom that permission could with justice be taken away are the
+calced Augustinian friars; for this province of that order is very
+lax, and all who come from there become inactive, and most of them
+become traders, and skin the natives. There is a Master Solier there
+[_i.e._, in Espana]--who, it is said, is confessor to the president
+of the Indias, Marques de Salinas--who is said to have carried [from
+here] more than thirty thousand pesos, and to be claiming a great
+bishopric. May God free His church from such prelates. This year
+there goes from these islands, sent by the governor on his affairs,
+another friar of the Augustinians, named Fray Diego de Gevara,
+who has been confessor to the said governor, to the great scandal
+of this community. He also made visitation of this his province,
+and it is public report that he visited the purses. I believe it is
+beyond doubt that he is taking letters very favorable to himself,
+and he is so kind a man that he promises bishoprics. I write this to
+your very reverend Paternity for the relief of my conscience, for I
+know that this matter of the bishoprics must rest in your hands; and
+bishops may cause great injury here if they are not very exemplary,
+fathers of the poor, and free from all avarice.
+
+Father Fray Diego Duarte went to that court as procurator for this
+province to bring religious here, which he did in the manner of a
+messenger of God. Now, after he had come with the second reenforcement
+of them to help carry the burdens of this province, at the command of
+his obedience he is returning again to bring more religious; for his
+virtue is already recognized in that court, and he too is acquainted
+with those who have influence there. I beseech your very reverend
+Paternity to receive him as one recommended, and favor him on any
+occasions that may arise. May our Lord protect your very reverend
+Paternity for many long years, for the good of His church, with many
+gifts from His divine favor. Manila, August 15, 1613.
+
+_The Bishop of Nueba Segobia_ [67]
+
+
+
+
+LETTER FROM FELIPE III TO SILVA
+
+
+The King: To Don Juan de Silva, knight of the Order of Santiago, my
+governor and captain-general of the Philipinas Islands, and president
+of my royal Audiencia there. Your letters of July 20, 612, have been
+received and examined in my Council of the Yndias, and I was pleased to
+learn that you had sent to Nueva Espana, by the ships going that year,
+the two hundred quintals of quicksilver [68] of which you informed me;
+also of the friendly reception and kind feeling that you encountered
+among the Chinese in the matter of selling this metal and bringing
+it to Macan, where you say there is established a factory [_i.e._,
+trading-post] for this purpose. I feel gratified at the diligence and
+care that you have exercised in the matter, and earnestly charge you
+to advance this matter, and strive that the quantity of quicksilver
+that you shall purchase and send to Nueva Espana may be as large as
+possible, in accordance with the request of the viceroy. You will
+keep in close correspondence with him, and not draw on any money
+that he may have sent you or shall send you in the future for this
+purpose, for any of your own needs, however great. You will try to
+foster this trade in such manner that it may be at as little cost as
+possible. It has been thought best to advise you to consider whether
+it would be possible to procure the quicksilver by having the Chinese
+bring it with a clearance direct to the Philipinas, and thus do away
+with the factory in Macan. For with the latter there cannot fail
+to be difficulties, as the Portuguese merchants do not trade in the
+quicksilver; besides, it would seem that the metal would be furnished
+by this method at a lower price. I do not mention other objections
+that have been considered. However, the documents that you mention
+will be sent through the Council of Portugal.
+
+What you mention in regard to the eight pesos paid by the Sangleys
+who last year remained in the country, for each license, is well;
+and I charge you to exercise the care which is of so much importance,
+that no difficulties shall result from their presence and intercourse
+in those islands.
+
+All the papers that you send regarding the violations of law that are
+imputed to the royal officials have been examined in my said Council;
+and provision has been made therefor, as you are already aware by
+the despatches which were sent to you. In view of the fact that the
+investigation and process concerning their guilt, which you wrote me
+you would send, is at present being awaited, and you have not done so,
+I order you to comply with the orders that you received by the said
+despatches (duplicates of which accompany this) so that, if you have
+not received the originals, you may by these understand what is to be
+done regarding the appointment of persons which you say you have made,
+to serve in their offices in the interim.
+
+What you say concerning the measures you have taken to regulate
+the dues which the encomenderos of those islands enjoy, from the
+encomiendas which they possess, has been considered, and the result
+will be awaited at the first opportunity.
+
+You did well to advise me of what the king of Japon wrote you to
+the effect that he can not obstruct the friendship into which he has
+entered with the Dutch, and the desire that he also has to maintain
+friendly relations with my vassals. The matter is being looked into,
+and at the proper time the result will be written to you.
+
+It was likewise proper to give me an account of all you mention in
+regard to the permission that Sebastian Vizcayno gave in Japon for
+a ship to go thence laden with merchandise for Nueva Espana; and the
+difficulties that in your opinion may result from the opening of this
+trade, of which I am informed.
+
+In the matter of the assessments and contributions which you say the
+Indians pay, and the annoyances which they suffer on this account from
+the religious who are instructing them, you speak in general terms of
+all the orders in those islands; whereas it would have been best to
+write to me particularly as to which orders have thus transgressed,
+and to send the investigations that have been made. And, since
+the protection and guardianship of the Indians is in your charge,
+you should attend to them, in so far as lies in your department,
+so that they may not receive any injury or grievance. You should
+always carry out the provisions and ordinances in their favor,
+proceeding with the religious by discreet and legal measures, and
+advising with the Audiencia. You will strive to deal prudently with
+the archbishop of that city, maintaining amicable relations with him,
+so that from the government of both may follow the good results that
+are desirable; for any lack of harmony between those who govern must
+always result in evil, besides the general scandal and the bad example
+that is furnished. The same is being written to the archbishop,
+and he is ordered to avoid the exercise of censures in the cases
+that you describe in your letter, since it is not proceeding against
+the religious to give me information concerning occurrences. You are
+informed of this, that you may understand the matter. As for what you
+say regarding the entrance of the said archbishop in his pall, in spite
+of the decree sent him which directs the contrary, I have written to
+him that he should not have done this, but should have complied with
+the decree, and observed the custom in these kingdoms; of this, too,
+you are informed so that, being aware of it, you may take care that the
+said decree is complied with as I command you to do. As to the other
+matters contained in your letters, decisions will soon be reached,
+and the result will be written to you soon. Pardo, December 2, 1613.
+
+
+_I The King_
+
+Countersigned by:
+_Juan Ruiz de Contreras_
+Signed by the members of the Council.
+
+
+
+DOCUMENTS OF 1616
+
+
+    Recommendations regarding the archbishopric of Manila. [Council
+    of the Indias?]; 1613-16.
+    Letter to Felipe III. Valerio de Ledesma, S.J.; August 20.
+    Portuguese and Spanish expedition against the Dutch, 1615. Juan
+    de Rivera and Valerio de Ledesma, S.J.; [1616?].
+
+
+_Sources_: The first document is obtained from the original MS. in the
+Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla. The second, and the first part of
+the third, are found in the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), i,
+pp. 403-429; the remainder of the third, in Colin's _Labor evangelica_
+(Madrid, 1663,) pp. 802-810.
+
+_Translations_: The first document is translated by Robert W. Haight;
+the remainder, by James A. Robertson.
+
+
+
+
+RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING THE ARCHBISHOPRIC OF MANILA
+
+
+Sire:
+
+Licentiate Diego Vazquez de Mercado, archbishop of the metropolitan
+church of the city of Manila in the Philipinas Islands, by a
+letter written your Majesty on the first of July, 610, submits
+that, as that church has been without a prelate for a long time,
+he finds the affairs of the church in a condition far from what
+they should be, and much in need of correction; but, owing to his
+great age and the hardships he has undergone, he is very deficient
+in health and strength to fulfil the obligations of a good prelate,
+and that therefore he finds it necessary to appeal to your Majesty,
+that you may be pleased to relieve him from that burden, and receive
+his resignation of the archbishopric, which he tenders. And he asks
+that, in case this favor is not extended to him, there be named and
+appointed a person of suitable qualifications as his coadjutor,
+with the future succession, and this should be done as soon as
+possible. This has been examined in the Council; and they regard as
+actual and valid the hindrances which he represents. Considering the
+urgent request which he makes in the letter to your Majesty and in
+others which he has written to private persons to the same effect;
+his advanced age and his failing health, and the great distance from
+Espana to that church, where a person would have to be sent to take
+his place in case he should fail; and the great inconvenience that
+would result if it was so long without a prelate as has been seen by
+experience--it has appeared very expedient to appoint for him, with
+the future succession a coadjutor, of the requisite qualifications,
+age, and vigor, so that he can fulfil the obligations of a prelate,
+and attend to the pastoral ministration. It is recommended that he
+he given, for his fitting support, a third part of the income of the
+archbishopric, besides the occasional fees [_ovenciones_] and its
+visitation--it being understood that the archbishops of that church
+are granted a decree to the effect that if the returns do not amount to
+three thousand ducados a year, what is lacking will be furnished them
+from the royal exchequer. If your Majesty be pleased to approve this,
+the persons who appear best fitted for that church will be proposed
+to you, so that at the same time when you write to his Holiness on
+the matter, the presentation of the person whom your Majesty would
+nominate, may be sent to him. Madrid, June 28, 1613.
+
+[_Endorsed_: "In order not to institute coadjutorships in such cases,
+let the Council ascertain whether there is any person for those regions
+who, being appointed in his own right, might aid in performing the
+archbishop's duties; and if such a one be found, advise me of it, and
+of what is to be done regarding the resignation of the archbishop."]
+
+
+Sire:
+
+In the year 613, your Majesty was given an account of the reasons
+set forth by Licentiate Don Diego Vazquez de Mercado, archbishop
+of the metropolitan church of the city of Manila in the Philipinas
+Islands, why he should be given a coadjutor. The Council was of
+opinion that your Majesty might command it to be examined, with the
+enclosed advice; and your Majesty was pleased to answer: [Here is
+repeated the endorsement on the letter preceding this]. In order
+to give better satisfaction to your Majesty, and to report on the
+state of affairs in those islands, we have waited for the coming of
+the letters. As for himself, the archbishop persisted in his claim,
+which was explained to your Majesty in writing on the fourth of May,
+614, and the second of August, 615. He considers himself of no use
+in the government of his church, as he is more than seventy years of
+age, with many infirmities; and he is anxious over the failure that
+gives cause for regarding him as remiss, and the fact that he can not
+fulfil his obligations, nor make easy the conscience of your Majesty,
+and is burdening his own. As a result of this his jurisdiction is
+becoming every day less; and owing to his inability to punish them,
+and take needful measures, there is cause to fear that there may be
+increase of certain sins. It is but right that this should be remedied
+in due time, by sending a successor. Again he beseeches your Majesty
+to appoint one, so that he may continue to fulfil the obligations of
+that office; and that, for his own support, he be left two thousand
+of the three thousand ducados which your Majesty has commanded to
+be given him. In the letters from the religious orders of these
+islands it is evident how fitting and just it is to concede to the
+archbishop what he asks. Having considered and examined into this,
+the Council is of the same opinion as in the said advice of 613;
+and thinks that your Majesty, conformably thereto, may consider it
+desirable to ask his Holiness to grant the archbishop a coadjutor with
+the future succession, who will be given a third of the stipend of that
+archbishopric--namely, one thousand ducados--besides the occasional
+fees and the visitation of the archbishopric, leaving to the archbishop
+the other two-thirds. It should be through a coadjutorship, because
+in this form it appears more suitable, and in accordance with the
+petition he makes, and with the customary action in similar cases. If
+your Majesty be pleased to approve, persons in that region and in the
+archbishopric will be considered in regard to the qualifications that
+are required for that church. Madrid, the first of July, 616.
+
+
+
+LETTER FROM LEDESMA TO FELIPE III
+
+
+_Abstract of a letter from the provincial of the Society of Jesus,
+Valerio de Ledesma, to the king, informing him of the condition of
+the Filipinas Islands._ [69]
+
+In this letter Father Valerio made complaint to the king that the
+condition of the country was most unhappy and unfortunate, and
+resembled a sick man in the throes of death. He declared that the
+trade of the ships from China and Nueva Espana, which was sustaining
+and enriching the islands, had fallen off in great measure, and much
+more in its profits; for in the year 1616 no more than seven ships
+had gone there, although formerly as many as fifty or sixty were
+wont to go; and as for Acapulco, no ships had been sent in either
+direction. Even if they should be despatched, they were in danger
+not only from corsairs but from stormy weather.
+
+Great armaments had been organized in a short time, to drive out the
+Dutch; but for that very reason, the inhabitants had been compelled to
+make vast sacrifices at the cost of their fortunes. Hence they were
+in so ruined a condition that the three or four wealthiest citizens
+had been unable to equip a ship to be sent to Acapulco. The Indians
+were so exhausted and harassed with tributes, new impositions, and
+personal services, [70] that it became necessary for many, after they
+had nothing more to give (since they had given all their possessions),
+to give their persons to others, as slaves, so that the latter might
+give for them what they themselves did not possess.
+
+The enemies with whom the Spaniards had to contend were numerous
+and gave them no respite--namely, the Mindanaos, Caragas, Sanguils,
+Joloans, Dutch, and English and of these last, all those eastern
+districts were full of their boats, so that no voyage could be made
+without meeting them; and there was no security from them.
+
+To these calamities was due the death of Governor Juan de Silva,
+who, all had hoped, was to free these islands and those of Maluco
+from the invasions and piracies of the Dutch.
+
+He closed by petitioning the king to send forces to sustain the
+declining colony, as it was so important, and so precious a portion
+of the Spanish monarchy.
+
+[Dated Manila, August 20, 1616, and signed _Valerio de Ledesma_,
+[71] provincial of the Society of Jesus.]
+
+
+
+PORTUGUESE AND SPANISH EXPEDITION AGAINST THE DUTCH, 1615
+
+
+After the Dutch pirates began to sail the seas of Eastern India
+and the archipelago of Filipinas, and to carry cloves from Maluco,
+silks from China, and drugs from the adjacent islands, they began
+also to cripple the cities that were sustained by the trade, which
+are the principal cities; because the seas were infested, and there
+was little security on them from those pirates. They, from the first
+year of their entrance into the Orient, coasted the shores, sounded
+the ports, and established trading-posts in the chief places, which
+they filled with people whom they brought from Holanda. Consequently,
+by the year 1614, the Dutch had eighteen armed galleons in the South
+Sea, and they burned the city of Arevalo, where the food for Maluco was
+stored, and committed many other depredations, which obliged Don Juan
+de Silva, governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, to
+prepare a large fleet to attack them and drive them from our seas. But,
+thinking that the forces of the Filipinas were insufficient to attend
+to so many things at once--the support of the camp in Maluco; the
+defense of the city of Manila, which is in sight of twenty thousand
+Chinese (who had already, in 1603, risen against it and incited a
+war); and sallies to fight the enemy--it was determined to ask help
+from the viceroy of India and to join the two forces, Castilian and
+Lusitanian, who are especially being attacked by the Dutch. Indeed,
+the letters-patent given to them by Count Mauricio read that they are
+to make war on the Castilians and Portuguese. Besides this argument,
+it is evident that Yndia is not less interested in driving out those
+enemies than are the Filipinas.
+
+Father Juan de Rivera, [72] then rector of the residence of the
+Society of Jesus at Manila, was appointed to negotiate this league and
+reenforcement. He prepared himself in a few days and left for Yndia on
+November 21 of the year 1615. He reached Malaca on Tuesday, December 9,
+by Manila reckoning, but Wednesday by that of Malaca; for the date for
+those sailing west is later, and earlier for those sailing east. [73]
+
+From Malaca he journeyed to Cochin, and from Cochin to Goa, at the
+time when Yndia was engaged in the wars of the north; because peace
+with the great Mogor [74] had been broken. The viceroy had gone with
+a powerful fleet to capture, if possible, four English ships anchored
+at Surate, where he received the letters belonging to our voyage and
+embassy. Considering the importance of the matter, he hastened his
+return and went to Goa. There he furnished four galleons for the said
+help, and three hundred or more soldiers, appointing as commander of
+the latter Don Francisco de Miranda Enrriquez. [75]
+
+The latter left Goa May 12. The voyage, which is generally
+thirty days, lasted three and one-half months. We ran short of
+water in the middle of the open stretch, and thought that we were
+lost, on account of having been despatched with broken tanks and
+hogsheads. Together with this was the disorder among the soldiers of
+Yndia, who surreptitiously took with them many servants of their own
+and of other people, so that it was necessary to support these people
+aboard the vessel. These afterward consumed the food, and then caught
+and spread a pestilence. Although there were only one hundred and
+ten soldiers in our galleon, there were about seven hundred persons,
+mostly negroes and Cafres; of these many were free, although nominally
+slaves, as Don Gonzalo de Silva, bishop of Malaca, who was aboard
+the same galleon, testified. He declared that many lads were free,
+even some whom they were taking as captives. This is a general sin,
+wherefore some Portuguese authors say, with Father Hernando Rabelo,
+that God is punishing Yndia and the Portuguese nation, which alone
+has more slaves than any other nation of the world.
+
+July 30 we met two Dutch ships, which were apparently going from
+Palliacate [_i.e._, Palicat] to carry aid to Maluco. Our galleon fought
+singlehanded with those two ships, because the other galleons were
+far to leeward. The enemy had waited two days between us, without our
+knowing it, in order to show themselves at a favorable opportunity. So
+great is the confidence of the Portuguese that they did not fear
+them. They said that they were ships from Cochin, and that, had they
+known in time that they were enemies, they could have captured them
+easily. In short they remained a cannon-shot from the flagship, and so
+fought until night, when they made off badly battered--as we learned
+later from the people of Achen, on whose coast one of the ships was
+immediately wrecked, having sprung a leak through the effect of our
+balls and their own firing. They only killed two of our men. After the
+battle, our galleon ran aground on a shoal, on the eve of our Lady of
+the Assumption, near Pulo Parcelar. At the first shock, the helm was
+shifted seaward, and all that night we tossed up and down dreadfully
+until, next morning, we miraculously got off the shoal. We reached
+the strait of Sincapura on August 10, where, as the pilots said the
+Manila monsoon was over, we determined to run to Malaca.
+
+In Malaca the ships were very inhospitably received, for soldiers are
+wont to commit depredations. But within a few days they were made to
+see that the landing there of the galleons was for their relief and
+the salvation of their city; for a month after their arrival the king
+of Achen came with sixty thousand men to besiege it. Information of
+this number and of the other things that will be related, was given by
+the Portuguese who were captives in Achen and returned to Malaca. They
+had three hundred and fifty sail--among them sixty galleys, each with
+three pieces in the bows; the piece in the midship gangway fired balls
+of sixty libras, as we saw in those found in the galleons after the
+war. Along the sides they carried five falcons, firing balls of six
+libras. In the royal galley, called "Espanto del mundo" [_i.e._, Fear
+of the world] by the people of Achen, were sixteen hundred soldiers
+and one hundred and fifty falcons and half-sized falcons. That king of
+Achen, the most powerful on the sea of all this Orient, had concerted
+with the Dutch that both should take Malaca. Consequently they took a
+few days in arriving. The king of Achen arrived first at the bay of
+Malaca with a squadron of eighteen galleys, in order to reconnoiter
+the place. Finding our four galleys anchored in the port, and learning
+that they were war-vessels, they put to sea to await the Dutch. When
+our men saw them depart and go toward the strait, where they might
+capture the boats from China and unite with the Dutch, they resolved
+to set sail and give battle. They did so with the four galleons and
+six galliots--ten small vessels. They encountered the Achen boats on
+November 15, and fought for two and one-half days. The enemy carried
+a considerable force. They burned one galliot, so that the soldiers
+abandoned it and went to the galleons. The flagship grappled eleven
+galleys. Fire was set to it many times, but our men extinguished
+it. The enemy grappled the galleon of Don Juan de Silveira, which
+carried twenty-two pieces of artillery, and set fire to it. They were
+unable to extinguish the fire, and so it was entirely burned.
+
+Don Juan de Silvera and Antonio Rodriguez de Gamboa, son of the
+commander-in-chief of that fortress of Malaca, and forty other
+Portuguese, took to the water; but all were captured by the king
+of Achen and placed aboard his galley. A fresh wind began to blow,
+wherewith the vessels separated and the men of Achen went to their
+country with something less than thirty craft, counting large and
+small boats, and with two thousand men killed. Although we did them
+damage, it was not so great as that which we received. Accordingly they
+regarded it as a victory and entered their kingdom in triumph--where
+they feasted the captains, whom they treated courteously, and then
+loosed them and gave them liberty.
+
+On December 7 of the same year of 1615, the Dutch reached the bay of
+Malaca with seven ships and one patache, coming to join the king of
+Achen. They found our three galleons, which, for greater security,
+had been anchored between a sandbank made by the sea and a small
+island near Malaca. There they said that they were invincible, for
+entrance could be had only by a channel near the rampart, which,
+by means of its pieces of artillery, would refuse entrance. On the
+sea side they were defended by the sandbank and shoals. But the enemy
+sounded the port that night with its lanchas and found a new channel,
+where they entered without being hindered by the rampart. This was
+attributed to the fault and negligence of those who could and ought
+to have prevented the lanchas from making soundings, because of the
+many galliots in the port.
+
+The enemy having entered and coming within cannon range, opened
+a fierce bombardment, which lasted two and one-half days. At this
+time our vessels defended themselves with three pieces that could
+be fired, and no more, because they were anchored, and the current
+threw them in a line toward the Dutch; although had the people on
+shore been diligent, they could have brought the vessels about with
+cables. The enemy tacked at will and played the majority of their
+pieces. We discovered that our galleons were stronger than their
+ships, for their balls did not pass through the sides of the galleons,
+especially of the almiranta and flagship. The damage inflicted by them
+was through the open ports; while we saw that our balls passed through
+the Dutch ships from side to side, and then went bounding through
+the water. Nevertheless, distrusting the Dutch and their battery,
+the men of the galleons began to edge away and to leave them at the
+approach of night, especially when they saw Captain Juan Pinto and
+Admiral Alfonso Vaez fall; they were killed with four others, by a
+ball that entered through a port.
+
+First they abandoned the galleon called "Plata," without taking the
+precaution to set it afire when they left, so that the enemy could
+not approach with their artillery. This the enemy did, entering and
+capturing it, as was well seen; and afterward they set it afire.
+
+When the enemy saw that the soldiers were deserting the almiranta,
+they lowered their lanchas and entered it. One Dutchman, climbing up to
+the maintopsail, lowered the banner of Christ and ran up that of Count
+Mauricio, the sight of which caused us great anguish. Throughout that
+battle our men did not fire a musket or espingarda, [76] and they had
+none on the second day, for they tried to escape by swimming. Our men
+set fire to this galleon, the almiranta; and when the Dutch saw that it
+was burning, they left it, and the fire did its duty until it converted
+the vessel into ashes. The flagship held out longer, but the soldiers
+did not wait for the Dutch to board, for some of them escaped from
+the galleon by swimming. Thirteen or fourteen of them were drowned,
+among them Christobal de Fegueredo. Some jumped into a small skiff
+belonging to the galleon, for they had taken all the boats from the
+city, so that they had none in which to come thence. The galleon was
+left with a few men, who were no longer firing and were silent. At this
+juncture, the general left by a port, as best he could. Reaching shore,
+he ordered the galleon to be set afire, which was done. It began to
+burn, to our very great sorrow and to the exultation of the enemy,
+for it was an unusually fine vessel; it carried thirty-six pieces
+of artillery and a quantity of ammunition. When the fire reached the
+powder-magazine, so great was the noise made, that the island of Malaca
+trembled and the houses shook. A cloud of smoke arose to the heavens
+which hid the clouds, and in that instant we lost sight of the galleon.
+
+In the four galleons ninety-two pieces of artillery were lost. The
+wounded and dead reached one hundred. The enemy were insolent
+and victorious, and, although we had done them some damage, they
+nevertheless attained their purpose, not only of preventing the
+relief of Maluco, but of destroying the Portuguese squadron--and that
+without the necessity of boarding any galleon, for which there was
+no such need; because, before they could reach the galleys, these
+were abandoned.
+
+As soon as the enemy were discovered, many said that it would be
+advisable to mount some pieces on the island, with some gabions, in
+order to attack the enemy, and defend the galleons, which would have
+been an admirable relief. But it did not have the desired effect,
+for only one piece was mounted, and that late; and no one cared to
+guard it, until Antonio Pinto de Fonseca, inspector of forts and one
+who insisted urgently that the pieces be mounted, found a homicide,
+who with other criminals, guarded the piece. He did considerable
+injury to the enemy, for he fired from a short distance and with
+safety. Had there been six guns, they would have sunk the enemy;
+but that was not the first or the last act of carelessness.
+
+On the twelfth of the month, the galleons were converted into ashes,
+and the Maluco relief expedition was destroyed. After the battle and
+disaster many quarrels arose among the nobles by land and sea, over
+the question who was to blame. Each one blamed the other, attributing
+the loss to many excesses that they mentioned. The truth is that such
+excesses existed, and they and our sins were the cause of so great
+a chastisement.
+
+On February 25, Don Juan de Silva, governor and captain-general of
+the Filipinas, reached the strait with ten galleons, four galleys,
+and one patache. The Dutch were informed of his coming, for having
+captured Juan Gallegos, a pilot who came from Macao in a patache, he
+told them the plans of the governor. Thereupon the enemy took refuge a
+week beforehand. They had been awaiting two vessels that were coming
+from China with all the wealth of Yndia; and the Portuguese considered
+it a foregone conclusion that these would fall into the hands of the
+enemy. They had resolved to land on the island of Bintan or Pulo
+Timon and burn the galleons, so that the enemy should not benefit
+therefrom. For that purpose they sent Captain Fernando Acosta to
+Malaca. But at the news of the governor's coming, the enemy abandoned
+their station and left a free passage to the ships, which arrived one
+day after the governor. It is reported that the two vessels had ten
+days of contrary southeast winds which prevented them from reaching the
+strait sooner, where their danger was. But God our Lord did better,
+and He deprived the enemy of the prize, which would have enriched
+them enormously, and allowed them to make war on Europe.
+
+For that good result and benefit given to all Yndia by Don Juan de
+Silva, the Portuguese were extremely thankful, and accordingly received
+him in Malaca under a pall and with great acclamation. On March 26
+all confessed that God had delivered them from the Dutch by his means;
+and they hoped that he would drive the enemy from these seas later. But
+death, which comes when God pleases, finished all their hopes; for it
+brought him to his bed, and from that to a grave on April 19, 1616,
+of a fever that carried him off in eleven days. During the course of
+his sickness, the city made a procession from the _asse_ or cathedral
+to [the church of] La Misericordia, [77] praying our Lord for his
+health. At his death, they bewailed him with extreme sorrow.
+
+Before dying he saw that his end was near, and accordingly prepared
+himself by acts of faith and penitence, receiving the sacraments. He
+ordered his body to be embalmed, and taken on the royal galley to
+Manila, and thence to Jerez de los Caballeros, [78] where he founded
+a convent of discalced Carmelite nuns. In the meanwhile the body
+should be deposited in the residence or houses of the Society of
+Jesus. Accordingly, in the residence of Malaca they celebrated the
+church services for him. At the end of nine days, the body was taken to
+the galleys anchored in the strait of Sincapura. There it was received
+with a salute on May 2. On the fourth, sail was set toward Manila.
+
+The fleet was composed of ten galleons, four galleys, one patache, and
+three frigates. It carried three hundred pieces of artillery, eight
+companies of Spanish soldiers, five hundred Japanese, two hundred
+volunteers, sixty artillerymen, and two hundred sailors. [Without
+signature. [79]]
+
+_Letter from Father Juan de Ribera, [80] rector of the residence of
+the Society of Jesus at Manila, in which he gives account of his
+voyage to and from India, and of the unfortunate fate of the four
+galleons that he took thence._
+
+We set sail at Cabite November twenty-one, the day of the Virgin. In
+a fortnight we entered the strait of Sincapura, having followed
+the new route, which is called that of China. It is a very wide
+channel, some forty or fifty brazas deep. We anchored at Malaca on
+Tuesday, December nine, by our account, but on Wednesday by that of
+Malaca. We left there on Christmas eve, with favorable weather. In
+the neighborhood of Punta de Gale [or Galle], which is located in
+Ceylan, we experienced a heavy storm. When that had subsided, the
+currents carried us to the islands of Mal-Divar [_i.e._, Maldives],
+a voyage from which few emerge in safety. We lost our reckoning,
+and were in great need of wood and water. But by God's help, after
+having approached one of those islands, our necessity was relieved
+by some Malabar pirates for money. We were sailing among that great
+forest of islands when we became becalmed, the peril most feared by
+pilots. When we were all grieving over that, the chief of the Lascars,
+a Moro by nation, and religion, arose. Taking a dish in his hand,
+he begged us all for an alms for our Lady of Guadalupe of the city
+of Cochin, [81] assuring us that she would give us wind. He pledged
+himself to give double the alms collected, even if she did not give
+the wind. Much surprised in so great confidence in a Moro, and all
+of us being encouraged, he collected in a short time eighteen pesos,
+and after folding them in a cloth, he tied them to the mizzen-masthead
+begging the Virgin to fulfil her promise. The fact was that from that
+day the wind to navigate (little or much) never failed us, until we
+reached Cochin. That was on January twenty-three, and on entering the
+bar there, we met a fleet of Malabar pirates who were sufficiently
+powerful to oppose us. But God so disposed that we came upon them
+when they were tired out, as we afterward learned, by a battle that
+they had waged for the space of two days with another pirate, also a
+Malabar--who, conquered by them at last, scuttled his ship and went
+down with all on board, in order not to fall into their hands. For
+that reason they did not attack us so quickly, and we had time to
+enter Cochin.
+
+The fathers provincial received us on the beach--the present father
+Francisco, [82] and the past Alberto Laercio [83]--accompanied by
+the most grave fathers with music and other kindnesses. We stayed
+two months in Cochin, where we received singular kindness and
+entertainment from all. They took me to Caranganor, five leguas from
+there, along very pleasant rivers, in a boat like a house, belonging to
+the archbishop of Sierra, Father Don Francisco Ros [84] of our Society,
+a native of the city of Girona in the principality of Cataluna, whose
+hand I desired to kiss. We found him at Peru. He seemed a saint to
+me. When I remarked to him, a propos of the retirement and poverty
+in which I found him, at the first salutation, "_Qui Episcopatum
+desiderat, bonum opus desiderat_," he replied, "Our Chaldean answers,
+_Bonam servitulem querit_." [85] He is learned in that language,
+in which his priests pray and celebrate the mass with peculiar
+ceremonies. We found him living so apostolic a life that he did not
+have room to entertain the eight of our Society who were there--among
+whom was the rector of Cochin, Father Gaspar Fernandez [86]--nor did
+he have any food to give us. Consequently we returned to the boat,
+which was more comfortable than the house. We went to Caranganor, a
+Portuguese fortress, and a residence of ours, just opposite Samorin. I
+saw some doors and windows that had been broken with volleys, and
+they told me that a father who was praying in the window had been
+killed. The father rector of the residence there had a carved image
+of the child Jesus asleep in a little gilded bed, which had been
+sent him by a pagan Malabar pirate, who stole it from a Portuguese,
+believing it to be gold. But when he had carried it to his house,
+he found that it was only gilded wood, and gave it to his children
+for a toy. The sleeping Child, however, did not allow his owner to
+sleep, for according to his account, He kept him awake every night,
+and placing Himself in front of him, said to him, "Take me to the
+land of the Christians." He communicated the matter to his wife,
+and by her counsel sent Him to the father rector of Caranganor. We
+went to Vaypicota, a residence of our Society, which formerly had a
+greater number of our members. That field of Christendom has become
+lessened through the little favor [shown to the Christians by] the
+pagan king to whom it is subject. It is a wonder to me that within
+a stone's throw of our church is a Moro mosque, a pagan temple, and
+a Jewish synagogue, without one harming another, although they annoy
+us greatly by their shouting, when they invoke the devil.
+
+From Cochin we went to Goa on April three of this year, one thousand
+six hundred and fifteen, in a galley of the fleet. We coasted along
+the shore and visited the fortresses of Malabar. We spent Holy Week
+in Mangalor. We lodged in the convent of St. Francis, and helped
+confess the soldiers. We spent forty days in the voyage, until we
+reached Goa, where Father Francisco Vergara, rector of the college,
+and all the others received us with great charity. Four of them
+took me to visit the viceroy, who showed us great courtesy. After I
+had been talking with him for almost an hour, the chief chancellor
+entered, who is at the same time auditor for the reports in causes,
+and is a knight of the habit. Having given him a seat of honor, such
+as we were occupying, the viceroy said to him: "I am surprised, sir,
+that all the fathers of the Society are all so much alike; for the
+father rector of Manila, whom we have here, is just like the fathers
+here, even in speech." He determined immediately what could be done in
+accordance with the present state of India, in respect to the aid that
+I was come to request--namely, to give four well-equipped galleons,
+with as many as four hundred soldiers and ninety pieces of artillery
+among them all. As commander of this fleet, he assigned Francisco de
+Miranda Enriquez, a gentleman who has had good fortune in war; and,
+as admiral, Alfonso Vaez Coutino.
+
+We left Goa on the twelfth of May. We were one hundred and two days
+on the voyage for the lack of good weather, and on account of the
+poor route chosen by the pilot, who took us to the land of Achan; and
+as its inhabitants are hostile to the Portuguese, the latter did not
+dare land there. The men were dying with thirst, and had it not been
+for some showers, and the final resolution to get water on a desert
+island, we would have suffered even death. We had many _samatras_,
+or hurricanes, on the coast of that great land, which broke topmasts,
+tore sails, and broke moorings, causing us to lose anchors and other
+necessary articles.
+
+On July thirty, on the eve of our Father St. Ignatius, in the district
+of Pulu Parcelar, our capitana galleon fought two Dutch vessels,
+without the other galleons being able to render aid, as they were to
+leeward. Our galleon made two vain attempts to grapple--one because
+of too much wind, and the other for lack of wind--for the one was
+a samatra or hurricane, and the other so great a calm, that neither
+we nor the Dutch could manage our ships. But inasmuch as we remained
+within cannon-shot of one another, we fought until night deepened,
+and they fled battered to pieces; for our balls had gone clear through
+them, while theirs made scarcely any impression on us. Accordingly
+we only lost two men in the fight.
+
+On the eve of the Assumption [87] we ran upon a shoal three brazas
+under water, where the galleon remained all night, tossing up and down
+frightfully. In the morning a boat came from one of our other ships
+in response to the numerous pieces that we discharged, and helped us
+get off the shoal; but we were in so bad condition that from then on
+the boat made thirty palmos of water every twenty-four hours.
+
+We finally reached Malaca August twenty-two. Although it was thought
+that the monsoon or favorable wind was already ended, we attempted
+to make the voyage to Manila. We passed the strait of Sincapura,
+and on the fifth of September, because of the little progress that
+we made, called a council, in which we all resolved to winter at
+Malaca. However, on the next day, the commander attempted to continue
+the voyage to Manila, until the soldiers and sailors mutinied and
+forced him to put in at Malaca, on the nineteenth of the same month.
+
+The fleet was very ill received by the inhabitants there, because
+of the harm that soldiers generally do. But our going there was soon
+seen to have been a providence of God; for within one month the king
+of Achen came to attack that city with a fleet of one hundred and
+fifty sail and forty thousand men, and had not he found our galleys
+there would surely have captured it. And further, according to rumors
+(and as was shown in the result), he had agreed with the Dutch to join
+them, since they came only twenty days apart, as I shall immediately
+relate. In my opinion the same thing that had happened to the prophet
+Abacuc [_i.e._, Habakkuk] happened to me. For he having prepared
+the food for his reapers, the angel bore him by the hair to Babylon,
+to relieve the necessity of Daniel, who had been locked in the den
+of lions. I took that aid from Goa for Manila, and the Lord took us
+to Malaca, and conveyed us as if by the hair, since we put in with
+great repugnance; and at last all that reinforcement was consumed in
+helping Malaca.
+
+A squadron of galleys came ahead to reconnoiter. Finding our galleons
+anchored, and taking note of the soldiers in them and in the city,
+it went ahead to the strait to await (as was heard) the Dutch. Our
+men feared lest they should attack the trading ships which generally
+come at that time from China. Accordingly it was resolved that four
+galleons, six galliots, and other oared craft should sail out to drive
+the enemy from the coast. They engaged on the fifteenth of November,
+and fought all that day, and the one following. The enemy's force
+was large. They burned one galliot and forced the men to desert the
+others and enter the galleons, which now were in need of men. The enemy
+attacked our flagship and surrounded it with twelve large galleys. It
+caught fire many times, but our men always extinguished the fire
+and defended themselves valiantly. They attacked the galleon of Don
+Juan de Silveyra, which was a fine vessel, and a fort of twenty-two
+cannons. It caught fire and burned so furiously that the flames could
+not be extinguished; and it was accordingly burned to ashes. The said
+Don Juan de Silveyra and Antonio Rodriguez Gamboa--his brother-in-law,
+and son of Juan Cayado de Gamboa, commandant of that fortress of
+Malaca--leaped overboard. They and thirty or forty other Portuguese
+were captured by the people of Achen and taken to their king, who
+treated them courteously and gave them liberty. Those gentlemen
+declared to me, in writing, in Malaca that the fleet of the people
+of Achen consisted of three hundred and fifty craft, among which were
+sixty large galleys, each with three pieces of artillery at the bow,
+while that of the midship gangway had the caliber of sixty libras;
+that the royal galley carried one thousand six hundred men, with one
+hundred and twenty falcons and half-falcons; and that they lost ten
+large galleys in the fight, besides twenty other lesser craft. They
+also stated that after returning to his country the king punished
+certain of his captains because they had not burned all the galleys;
+and that having given liberty to the captives he sent them to Malaca,
+with che message that he desired peace with his brother, the king of
+Castilla and Portugal.
+
+Our good fortune resulted in his not having effected a meeting with the
+Dutch, who arrived the next month, on the seventh of December, with
+seven ships and one patache. Our three galleons had been stationed
+in a cove between the small island of Malaca and a sandbank--a
+place that seemed impregnable, as it was defended on the sea side
+by the sandbank and shoals, and on the land side by the artillery
+of its ramparts. But the enemy, having thoroughly reconnoitered the
+sandbank and shoals, discovered a channel where they could enter,
+and thereupon entered on the morning of the next day, flying their
+red rear-admiral's banners. The flagship remained outside, although
+within cannon-shot. Then began a cruel bombardardment that lasted
+three days. Our galleons could not play all their artillery, for they
+were anchored, and the currents were dragging them toward the Dutch,
+who were free, and maneuvered at will. Our artillery was heavier than
+theirs, consequently the few pieces that we fired did them great
+damage. The building of a protection for the cannon was discussed,
+and the planting of some pieces on the island, in order to defend
+the galleons. That would doubtless have been of great importance
+for they would have fired from a covered battery and at very close
+range, as was seen by the effect produced by only one piece that
+was mounted there. It was fired by a man who had been condemned to
+death, and who was awaiting justice for having pillaged two Chinese
+vessels. He was promised pardon if he would take charge of that piece,
+as he did, to the damage of the enemy. But as he was alone and the
+enemy were bringing to bear all the artillery of their ships, they
+finally prevailed. On the first day, Juan Pinto, captain of a galley,
+being killed, and his uncle, a valiant soldier, having broken his leg,
+his men were disheartened, and deserted the galleon; but they did not
+take the precaution to burn it, so that the enemy could not profit,
+as they did, by its artillery, food, and other things that it was
+carrying; afterward the enemy set it on fire.
+
+At dawn of the next day, December ten, the heretics began to attack
+the almiranta. At the first volleys the admiral and five other men
+were killed. The men were so disheartened by that event that they
+began to jump overboard, and it was impossible for certain commanders
+and brave soldiers, who were trying to defend the galleon, to prevent
+them. But, as the enemy perceived them deserting the vessel, they
+sent their lanchac and entered it; they first lowered the flag of
+Christ from the masthead and placed it on their ship below that of
+Count Mauricio. The vessel was already burning from the fire set by
+our men, and accordingly the enemy deserted it quickly.
+
+Our flagship kept up the fight longer, but at last men were lacking;
+for, as the land was near, they tried to reach it in boats or by
+swimming. The commander Francisco de Miranda Enriquez was left
+with very few men; and they even, seeing that it was impossible to
+defend themselves, were forced to land, after having set fire to the
+galleon. It was a very fine and strong boat. It earned thirty-six
+cannon, and had so much ammunition that when the fire reached the
+powder magazine, the vessel blew up with so great a din, that it made
+the entire city and the island of Malaca shake, and the vessel was
+seen no more. This was different from the almiranta, which, when its
+powder had been spent, was two days in burning. The dead and wounded on
+our side number about one hundred. The enemy lost one of its vessels,
+but was at last victorious. Then they went to the strait to await the
+ships expected from China. In the city was little harmony, those of
+the fleet and those of the city accusing one another of the fault [of
+the defeat]. I reverenced the judgments of God, and considered that,
+although there was some excess on both sides, the chief cause of so
+great a loss was our sins. _Quia peccavimus tibi Domini_, etc. [88]
+
+The largest fleet ever seen in these islands or perchance in the
+Indias was prepared that year of 1615 in the port of Cabite. [89]
+It seems a miraculous circumstance that so large a number of ships
+could be gathered together in a land so recently conquered and peopled
+with Spaniards, and the most remote and distant in all the Spanish
+monarchy. It was the peculiar offspring of the magnanimous courage,
+valor, and energy (never sufficiently praised) of Governor Don Juan
+de Silva. It consisted of ten galleons, four galleys, one patache,
+and other smaller craft: the flagship of the galleons, called "La
+Salvadora," of two thousand tons burden; the almiranta, by name
+"San Marcos," of one thousand seven hundred; "San Juan Bautista,"
+and the "Espiritu Santo," of one thousand three hundred; "San Miguel"
+and "San Felipe," of eight hundred; "Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe,"
+and "Santiago," one hundred less; "San Andres," five hundred; and
+"San Lorenco" (the smallest one), four hundred. The galleys were all
+under the advocacy and name of the Virgin Mary, our Lady. Those craft
+were armed and equipped with five thousand men, two thousand, or a
+few less, being Spaniards; three hundred pieces of artillery--the
+flagship alone carrying forty-six (the smallest of eighteen, while
+the majority of them were twenty-two libras' caliber, and some were
+thirty), and all were bronze, and it carried nine hundred men;
+the almiranta seven hundred men, and thirty-two pieces; and the
+other vessels in proportion. Of powder, they carried four thousand
+five hundred arrobas; of biscuits, five thousand; of clean rice,
+three thousand fanegas; and so on, in all the other war-supplies,
+ammunition, and food. All this was at the king's account, not to
+mention the private persons who embarked.
+
+Among the other precautions that the governor took in order to
+accomplish a successful result was one, namely, to ask the provincials
+of the orders and their religious to aid--the one with their prayers
+and continual sacrifices in their convents; and the other by religious
+who were priests, to act as chaplains of the vessels. Six fell to
+the share of the Society, two of whom embarked in the flagship,
+in which were the chief Japanese of a company of that nation which
+had been raised to serve as volunteers on that expedition, through
+the vigilance of Father Garcia Garces, [90] a Castilian, one of the
+exiles, whom the governor esteemed highly. Accordingly, the latter
+ordered that the father should embark on the flagship, and with
+him another religious of the Japanese nation, a person respected
+because of his worth. In the galleon "San Juan Bautista" was Father
+Pedro Gomez, rector of Maluco. He had gone to India, and returned
+with the news of the four Portuguese galleons which were coming to
+unite with our ten. As his associate went Father Manuel Ribeyro of
+the province of Cochin and its subject. In the ship "San Felipe" was
+Father Miguel Ignacio, at present rector of the residence of Zebu,
+who, without urging the obligation of his office or the ill-health
+that he was enjoying _[la poca salud, que gozaua]_, offered himself
+so fervently to the superiors for that perilous mission, that they
+had to yield to him. The commander of that ship has declared in his
+many letters the talent of the said father as a preacher, and his
+opinion of his sanctity; and how great was the esteem of the soldiers
+and sailors for the abundant fruit that he had gathered in Cabite by
+his apostolic preaching. His associate was Father Melchor de Vera,
+[91] who had been in the expedition and victory of the year 10. Of
+the other religious orders there were also some prominent members,
+divided among the other boats.
+
+That noble fleet could not set sail until the last day of that year of
+1615. It had been collected with the intention of going straightway
+in search of the enemy in their own forts and the chief stronghold
+of Malayo. But as the galleons from India did not arrive, which they
+had heard were wintering in Malaca; and knowing that at that time
+some ships were generally awaiting in its strait the trading-ships
+from China which pass that way, and that some good fortune could be
+secured from them: the governor considered it advisable to lay his
+course toward Malaca--whence he supposed that after the destruction
+of the enemy that he would cause there, and after having joined the
+Portuguese galleons, he would go straight to Malayo. It was a well
+founded idea, but founded on an uncertain end as are all human ideas
+and considerations. For besides that there were then no galleons in
+Malaca, because they had been burned in the manner above related,
+if the governor had not left these coasts, or at least had he sailed
+directly to those of Maluco, and even without leaving the bay of
+Manila, he would have had in a short time a victory equal to the
+past, and would have destroyed the help that came, because of his
+preparations, from Olanda by way of the coasts of Piru and Nueva-Espana
+to these islands. For it happened that at the same time that Don Juan
+de Silva was going out by way of Miriveles with his fleet, one of the
+four governors of the state of Olanda was entering by way of Capulco
+[i.e., Capul] with four large ships--his flagship being one called "Sol
+de Olando" [i.e., "The sun of Holland"]--and two pataches. Those ships
+were coming straight to anchor at the same entrance of Mariveles, by
+which the fleet that we had fitted out had sailed one month previously.
+
+That unlooked-for event caused great confusion in this city of Manila
+and the port of Cabite. Licentiate Andres de Alcaraz and the gentlemen
+of the royal Audiencia were governing. They put aside their togas and
+girded on their swords. They divided the most dangerous and important
+posts. One of them was charged with the fortification of Cabite, and
+the repair of three galleys and other boats that had been going to
+rack and ruin there; another with the casting of new pieces from the
+little metal remaining in the royal magazines, and he, because by its
+scarcity the sudden need for artillery could not be supplied, tried
+to use the waste left from former castings, by digging and sifting the
+earth around the ancient foundry. That was so excellent a scheme that
+three thousand arrobas of metal were collected in a few days. It is
+a cause for wonderment, and could not have been accomplished except
+by Spanish activity, stimulated by necessity and the energy of the
+Chinese, sharpened by the reward of three reals given them for each
+arroba. More than one thousand five hundred persons worked at the
+sifting, and at the casting of new pieces. As a result the necessary
+cannon for the defense of Cabite and Manila were manufactured in a
+short time.
+
+To that and other temporal precautions and efforts, were added
+at the same time the spiritual--acts of prayer and supplications,
+the most holy host being exposed in the cathedral, the convents,
+and the parochial churches, with the effect and devotion that
+exigency and need are wont to stimulate. The image of our Lady of
+Guidance was carried in solemn and devout procession from her church
+(which is located in the suburbs of this city) to the cathedral,
+where it was visited continually by the inhabitants, who could not
+tear themselves from it. In our residence the most holy host was also
+exposed to all the town; with the solemnity of service and sermon on
+the day that belonged to it; while on all other days it was especially
+exposed by Ours at the hour of prayer and devotion. Each priest was
+ordered to say a novena of masses, and those who were not priests
+a novena of rosaries, penitences, and other devotions. Similar and
+even advantageous action was taken in the other convents, churches,
+and communities of the city and surrounding villages.
+
+The Lord, whose providence is always most notable in the greatest
+exigencies, was pleased to hear the united voice of this community,
+and induced our enemy, after they had lain at anchor for a fortnight
+in the bay in sight of Manila, to hoist their sails; and without doing
+more than seize one champan and send two letters by a prisoner--one
+to the commander of their nation [i.e., van Caerden] who was a
+prisoner here, and the other to the royal Audiencia, asking for his
+ransom. But that could have no effect, for the miserable man had
+died a short time before in his perfidy, exchanging his temporal
+for the eternal prison. [After sending these letters] the enemy
+returned to Terrenate, ridding this city of its great anxiety. On
+that occasion the religious served not only with spiritual weapons,
+but also with what temporal arms they could use and those that they
+knew how to manage. Among others was one of our brethren, whom the
+royal Audiencia charged with the management of the artillery of the
+port of Cabite, because of his skill in the art and of his bravery,
+which the occasion required. Another religious, also ours, by his
+good management prevented the soldiers of Cabite from burning that
+settlement, for they had already commenced at one of the houses,
+where were collected the goods of the Portuguese commander, who had
+come from Espana the year before as commander of certain caravels with
+reenforcements from the kingdoms of Espana. They considered it less
+wrong for us to burn them ourselves than to let the enemy make use
+of them. But that religious with his arguments and good management
+hindered it, and inspired them all to extinguish the fire. That was
+a cause of rejoicing afterward, when they saw the enemy go away and
+leave us, without forcing us to so costly a precaution.
+
+While the above was passing in Manila, our fleet reached Malaca,
+and entered the strait February twenty-five. The enemy had left
+it one week previous, fleeing with all sails set, because of the
+secret advice that they had received that our fleet was going in
+search of them. The day following the arrival of our galleons,
+the two Chinese trading-ships entered the same strait, bearing all
+the wealth of India It was a most fortunate event and was worthily
+celebrated by the public acclamations of the inhabitants of Malaca,
+who called Governor Don Juan de Silva their redeemer. They received
+him in their city under the pall, with demonstrations of joy and
+honors as if he were a viceroy, for as such did they regard him;
+and they assured themselves that with his valor and powerful fleet,
+they were to deliver India from the inopportune war and the continuous
+pillaging of the Dutch. But (O human misery!) fortune changed within a
+few days, and all those hopes were frustrated; it brought the governor
+to his bed with a mortal burning fever, which killed him in eleven
+days. During the course of those eleven days the city made a public
+procession from the cathedral church to the Misericordia, praying
+God for his health. On the day of his death--namely, April nineteen,
+1616--there were general mourning and tears from men, women, and even
+children, as if each one of them had lost a father.
+
+Recognizing the approach of death, he received the holy sacraments,
+and performed many acts of faith and penitence, protesting that he was
+dying in the service of his king, and, as he hoped, in that of God,
+for his intent had been none but the conservation and increase of the
+Catholic faith and the destruction of heresy in those districts. And
+he said that if the natives had been harassed any, those molestations
+had not been intended and were unavoidable, for war brings them. He
+ordered his body to be embalmed and carried to this city of Manila
+in the flagship galley. From here he ordered his body to be carried
+to Xerez de los Cavalleros, where he ordered a convent of discalced
+Carmelites to be founded; and that his remains should be deposited
+in the residences of the Society. Thus was it done in Malaca, and
+afterward here in Manila, where all that fleet arrived in the first
+part of June, on the eve of Corpus Christi, in the year of 1616. The
+mission and ministry of Ours and of the other religious who took
+part in the campaign had lasted for four months, in which they had a
+very abundant harvest of souls, discomforts and hardships; for they
+had been two months below the equator itself, where they suffered
+incomparable heat and drank poor water, which was the cause of the
+men catching the plague. And hence there was considerable to do,
+and in which to employ their fervor, particularly during Lent and
+Holy Week, which they spent at sea. [92]
+
+
+
+
+
+BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA
+
+
+Many documents in this volume are obtained from MSS. in the Archivo
+general de Indias, Sevilla; their pressmarks are indicated as follows:
+
+1. _Petition of the Recollects._--"Simancas--Eclesiastico; Audiencia de
+Filipinas; cartas y expedientes de personas eclesiasticas de Filipinas;
+anos 1609 a 1644; est. 68, caj. 1, leg. 43."
+
+2. _Dominicans, in re Audiencia._--The same as No. 1.
+
+3. _Letter from Juan de Silva._--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia de
+Filipinas; cartas y expedientes del presidente y oidores de dicha
+Audiencia vistos en el Consejo; anos 1607 a 1626; est. 67, caj. 6,
+leg. 20."
+
+4. _Letters from Felipe III to Silva._--"Audiencia de Filipinas;
+registros de oficio; reales ordenes dirigidas a las autoridades
+del distrito de la Audiencia; anos 1597 a 1634; est. 105, caj. 2,
+leg. 1."--except that of November 12, 1611, noted below.
+
+5. _Hospital at Nueva Caceres._--"Simancas--Eclesiastico; Audiencia de
+Filipinas; cartas y expedientes de los obispos sufraganeos de Manila;
+anos de 1594 a 1698; est. 68, caj. 1, leg. 34."
+
+6. _Letters to Dominican Provincial._--The same as No. 4.
+
+7. _Status of missions._--The same as No. 3.
+
+8. _Letter from Soria._--The same as No. 5.
+
+9. _Recommendations regarding archbishopric of
+Manila._--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia de Filipinas; consultas
+originales correspondientes a dicha Audiencia; anos 1586 a 1636;
+est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 1."
+
+The following is obtained from the Archivo Historico Nacional, Madrid:
+
+10. _Letter from Felipe III to Silva_, November 12, 1611.--"Cedulario
+Indico, tom. 38, fol. 143, no. 108."
+
+The following are found in _Recopilacion de leyes de Indias_ (Madrid,
+1841):
+
+11. _Laws regarding commerce._--In lib. ix, tit. xlv.
+
+12. _Decree regulating services._--In lib. vi, tit. 12, ley 40.
+
+The following are taken from the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library):
+
+13. _Relation of 1609-10._--In vol. i, pp. 273-340.
+
+14. _Letters from Ledesma and Rivera._--In vol. i, pp. 403-429.
+
+The remaining documents are obtained from the following sources:
+
+15. _Jesuit missions, 1608-09._--From _Annuae litterae_ (Dilingae, 1610),
+pp. 507-532.
+
+16. _Foundation of the college of Santo Tomas._--From _Algunos
+documentos relativos a la Universidad de Manila_ (Madrid, 1892),
+pp. 5-20.
+
+17. _Trade of the Philippines._--From _Doc. ined. Amer. y Oceania_,
+vi, pp. 298-314.
+
+18. _Account of the battle of Playa Honda_ (in "Expedition against
+Dutch, 1615").--From Colin's _Labor evangelica_ (Madrid, 1663),
+pp. 802-810.
+
+
+
+CHRONOLOGICAL LIST OF THE GOVERNORS OF THE PHILIPPINES 1565-1899 AND
+THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE ISLANDS AT DIFFERENT PERIODS
+
+
+
+List of Philippine Governors
+
+
+_Miguel Lopez de Legazpi_--Native of Zubarraja (Zumarraga), Guipuzcoa,
+born in early part of sixteenth century; goes to Mexico in 1545, where
+he becomes clerk of the cabildo; appointed in 1561 to lead expedition
+to discover western islands; lands at Cebu April 27, 1565; begins fort
+and takes possession of Cebu and neighboring islands for Spain, May 8,
+1565; takes possession of Manila, May 19, 1571; erects city of Manila,
+June 3, 1571, and appoints regidors, etc., June 24, 1571; death, August
+20, 1572; term as governor February 13 (date of first anchorage near
+Cebu)-August 20, 1572; also adelantado or governor of the Ladrones.
+
+_Guido de Labezares_--Biscayan; accompanies Villalobos expedition
+of 1542; appointed royal treasurer of Legazpi's expedition, 1564;
+appointed by Mexico Audiencia by sealed instructions to succeed
+Legazpi in case of the latter's death; succeeds to governorship,
+August 20 (?), 1572; orders Salcedo to subdue Ilocos and found town
+of Fernandina (now Bigan), and orders subjection of Camarines, 1573;
+defends Manila against pirate Limahon, 1574; apportions encomiendas;
+term as governor (_ad interim_), August 20 (?), 1572-August 25,
+1575; given appointment for life as master-of-camp, by Felipe II, and
+encomiendas of which he has been deprived by Sande, restored to him.
+
+_Doctor Francisco de Sande_--Native of Caceres; serves as attorney,
+criminal judge, and auditor in Mexico; succeeds Labezares, August 25,
+1575; founds city of Nueva Caceres; arrival of first Franciscans, 1577;
+expedition to Borneo, 1578; term as governor, August 25, 1575-April,
+1580; becomes auditor in Mexico Audiencia.
+
+_Gonzalo Ronquillo de Penalosa_--Native of Arevalo; alguazil-mayor in
+Mexico; contracts with king to colonize islands, for which to receive
+governorship for life; arrives at Manila, April, 1580; arrival of
+bishop and first Jesuits, 1581; founds Arevalo, 1581 or 1582; founds
+Nueva Caceres, 1582; expedition to Maluco, 1582; imposes import and
+export duties, 1582; conflict between the bishop and Augustinians,
+1582; sends Gabriel Rivera to Spain; death, March 10, 1583; term as
+governor, April, 1580-March 10, 1583.
+
+_Diego Ronquillo_--Nephew of preceding; appointed governor _ad interim_
+by royal decree, succeeding to government, March 10, 1583; first great
+Manila fire, March 19, 1583; term as governor March 10, 1583-May, 1584.
+
+_Doctor Santiago de Vera_--Native of Alcala de Henares; alcalde of
+Mexico; arrives at Manila, May 16, 1584; establishes first Audiencia
+of Manila, 1584; sends Diego Ronquillo prisoner to Spain, 1585; sends
+expedition to Maluco, 1585; Father Sanchez leaves for Spain, June 28,
+1586; arrival of Dominicans for their first mission, 1587; constructs
+first stone fort, 1587; Candish captures "Santa Ana," November 4,
+1587; insurrection in the Bisayas, 1588; term as governor, May 16,
+1584-May, 1590; appointed auditor in Mexico Audiencia.
+
+_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_--Native of Galicia, and knight of Order of
+Santiago; corregidor of Murcia and Cartagena, 1589; appointed governor
+of Philippines, 1589; sails for Mexico, December 8, 1589; sails from
+Acapulco, March 1, 1590; arrives at Manila, May (June 1, according to
+his own letter, q.v., Vol. VIII, p. 268), 1590; suppresses Audiencia,
+1590; establishes regular camp, and fortifies and walls Manila;
+quarrels with bishop; contracts with Estevan Rodriguez de Figueroa
+to conquer Mindanao, May 12, 1591; correspondence with Japan, 1592;
+Bishop Salazar goes to Spain, 1592; embassy from Camboja, 1593; sails
+on Maluco expedition, October 19, 1593; murdered by Chinese rowers,
+October 25, 1593; term as governor, May (or June 1), 1590-October
+25, 1593.
+
+_Licentiate Pedro de Rojas_--Auditor of Manila Audiencia, 1584;
+lieutenant-assessor, 1590; governor (_ad interim_), October-December
+(forty days) 1593; war affairs of islands in charge of Diego Ronquillo;
+appointed alcalde of Mexico, 1593.
+
+_Luis Perez Dasmarinas_--Son of Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, and knight of
+Order of Alcantara; receives governorship _ad interim_, by virtue of
+appointment of father, December (Zuniga says 3), 1593; foundation in
+Manila of Confraternity of La Misericordia, 1594; arrival in Manila of
+Chinese mandarins, 1594; embassy from Siam, 1595; Figueroa's expedition
+to Mindanao, 1595; Morga arrives at Manila as lieutenant-governor,
+June 11, 1595; expedition to Camboja under Gallinato, 1596; term as
+governor, December 3, 1593-July 14, 1596 (San Antonio says the last
+of June). Some historians and chronologists say that Dr. Antonio de
+Morga acted as governor _ad interim_ from his entrance into Manila,
+June 11, 1595, until Tello's arrival July 14, 1596, but he merely
+fulfilled the duties of his office of lieutenant-governor. In his
+letters after his arrival, and in his book, he distinctly states that
+Luis Perez Dasmarinas was governor. Tello says in a letter of July 17,
+1596 (see _Vol_. IX, pp. 274-277), "In respect to the person of Don
+Luys Perez Dasmarinas, whom I found acting as governor." Consequently
+Morga is given no place in this list.
+
+_Francisco de Tello de Guzman_--Native of Sevilla, and knight of Order
+of Santiago; treasurer of India House of Trade; appointed governor
+and president of Audiencia, which he is ordered to reestablish,
+by royal decree, November 26, 1595; enters Manila, July 14, 1596;
+martyrdom of Franciscans in Japan, February 5, 1597; arrival of
+first archbishop, May 1598; Audiencia reestablished, May 8, 1598;
+arrivals of first suffragan bishops, 1598-1600; Moro invasions,
+1599-1600; Morga's fight with Oliver van Noordt, December 14, 1600;
+Jesuit seminary of San Jose founded, 1601; term as governor, July 14,
+1596-May, 1602; death in Manila, April 1603.
+
+_Pedro Bravo de Acuna_--Knight of the Order of St. John, and comendador
+of Salamanca; appointed governor of Cartagena in West Indies, 1593;
+appointed governor of the Philippines as early as January 16, 1600
+(see _Vol_. XI, p. 312); instructions issued for, February 16, 1602;
+arrives at Manila, May, 1602; second fire in Manila, April 30, 1603;
+first Chinese insurrection, 1603; expedition to Maluco, January
+15-May 31, 1606; Audiencia rules during his absence; first Japanese
+insurrection, 1606; death, June 24, 1606.
+
+_Vacant_--The Audiencia takes charge of political affairs, and Auditor
+_Cristobal Tellez de Almansa_ of military affairs, June 24, 1606;
+arrival of first Recollect mission, 1606; secoad insurrection of
+Japanese, 1607; Audiencia governs, June 24, 1606-June 15, 1608.
+
+_Rodrigo de Vivero_--Native of Laredo; page to queen in Spain,
+and official in Nueva Espana; appointed governor (_ad interim_)
+by royal decree, July 7, 1607; arrives at Manila, June 15, 1608;
+issues instructions to alcaldes-mayor; term as governor, June 15,
+1608-April (Easter), 1609; appointed count of Valle, and governor
+and captain-general, and president of Audiencia of Panama.
+
+_Juan de Silva_--Native of Trujillo, and knight of the Order of
+Santiago; arrives in Manila April (Easter), 1609; brings reenforcements
+of five companies; victory over Wittert, April 25 (San Antonio says
+24), 1610; arrival of fourth archbishop, Diego Vazquez de Mercado,
+June 4, 1610; fruitless expedition against Dutch, 1611; expedition
+in conjunction with Portuguese against Dutch, February 4, 1616-April
+19, 1616; death, April 19, 1616; Audiencia governs during absence;
+term as governor, April, 1609-April 19, 1616.
+
+_Vacant_--The Audiencia takes charge of political affairs, and Auditor
+Licentiate _Andres Alcaraz_ of military affairs, as substitute for
+Jeronimo (uncle of Juan) de Silva, who is appointed governor (_ad
+interim_) in case of Juan de Silva's death, by royal decree of March
+20 (Delgado) or 28 (San Antonio), 1616 (Alcaraz having been left in
+charge by Juan de Silva on his departure to Malaca); return of fleet,
+June 1, 1616; Spielberg bombards Iloilo, September 29, 1616, and
+is defeated next day; his defeat at Playa Honda by Juan Ronquillo,
+April 14, 1617; Jeronimo de Silva arrives from Maluco and takes
+charge of military affairs, September 30, 1617; Audiencia governs
+(after Juan de Silva's death), April 19, 1616-June 8 (Delgado), 1618.
+
+_Alonso Fajardo y Tenza_--Native of Murcia, knight of the Order of
+Alcantara, and seigneur of Espinardo; arrives at Cavite, July 2, 1618,
+and takes charge of government on the day following (but June 8 is
+the erroneous date given by Buzeta and Bravo); foundation of convent
+of Santa Clara, August-November 1, 1621; kills wife for adultery,
+1621; checks insurrection in the Visayas, 1623; death from melancholy,
+July 11 (Delgado) or before July 23, 1624; term as governor, July 3,
+1618-July, 1624.
+
+_Vacant_--The Audiencia takes charge of political affairs, and
+_Jeronimo de Silva_ of military affairs at death of Fajardo; Silva
+imprisoned by Audiencia for failure to pursue Dutch whom he puts to
+flight near Playa Honda, 1624; Audiencia governs, July, 1624-June,
+1625.
+
+_Fernando de Silva_--Native of Ciudad-Rodrigo, knight of the Order
+of Santiago, and former ambassador to Persia; appointed governor
+(_ad interim_) by viceroy of Mexico; arrives at Manila, June, 1625;
+term as governor, June 1625-June 29, 1626.
+
+_Juan Nino de Tabora_--Native of Galicia, comendador of Puerto Llano,
+and knight of Order of Calatrava; master-of-camp in Flanders; arrives
+at Manila, June 29 (Retana, _Estadismo_, says wrongly July 29), 1626;
+despatches expedition against Moros, 1627-1630; builds Manila bridge
+and strengthens fortifications; death, July 22, 1632; term as governor,
+June 29, 1626-July 22, 1632.
+
+_Vacant_--The Audienca takes charge of political affairs, and _Lorenzo
+de Olaza_ (or Olaso) of military affairs, being appointed by viceroy
+of Mexico; Audiencia governs July 22, 1632-about the middle of 1633.
+
+_Juan Cerezo de Salamanca_--Appointed governor (_ad interim_) by
+viceroy of Mexico; expeditions against Moros, 1634-1635; term as
+governor, about middle of 1633-June 25, 1635.
+
+_Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera_--Native of Berbenda (Berguenda) in
+the mountains of Burgos (some say of Vitoria, in province Alava),
+knight of the Order of Alcantara, and ex-governor of Panama; arrives
+in Manila, June 25, 1635; term notable for troubles with archbishop
+and ecclesiastics; expeditions against Moros, 1637-1638; Chinese
+insurrection, November, 1639-March, 1640; Formosa captured by Dutch,
+August 24, 1642; gives first ordinances for good government in the
+Philippines, 1642; term as governor, June 25, 1635-August 11, 1644;
+arrested and held prisoner for five years by successor; released by
+order of king and appointed (1659) governor of Canaries; death at
+Tenerife, August 12, 1660.
+
+_Diego Fajardo_--Knight of the Order of Santiago; takes office,
+August 11, 1644; dominated by secretary Eustacio de Venegas, until
+September 15, 1651; naval battles with, and victories over, Dutch,
+March, July, and August, 1646; fortifies city; term as governor,
+August 11, 1644-July 25, 1653.
+
+_Sabiniano Manrique de Lara_--Native of Malaga, knight of the Order
+of Calatrava, and ex-castellan of Acapulco; arrives at Cavite,
+July 22, 1653; takes possession of government, July 25 (Retana,
+_Estadismo_, says July 28), 1653; earthquake in Manila, August 20,
+1658; insurrections among natives 1660-1661; Chinese insurrection,
+1662; term marked by partial cessation in ecclesiastical troubles
+and outbreaks of Moros; term as governor, July 25, 1653-September 8,
+1663; returns to Malaga after residencia and becomes priest.
+
+_Diego de Salcedo_--Native of Brussels, an army officer; appointed
+governor by royal provision, December 2, 1661; arrives at Manila,
+overland from Cagayan, September 8, 1663; troubles with archbishop and
+ecclesiastics lead to his arrest by the Holy Office of the Inquisition,
+September 28, 1668; term as governor, September 8, 1663-September 28,
+1668; sent to Mexico for trial in 1669, but dies at sea; Inquisition
+of Mexico exonerates.
+
+_Juan Manuel de la Pena Bonifaz_--Junior auditor of Manila Audiencia;
+succeeds as governor (_ad interim_) by trickery, September 28(?),
+1668; term as governor September 28(?), 1668-September 24, 1669;
+takes refuge in Recollect convent. [93]
+
+_Manuel de Leon_--Native of Paredes de Nava, and military officer;
+appointed by royal provision June 24, 1668; arrives in Manila,
+September 24, 1669; conflict with archbishop, 1673; death, April 11,
+1677; term as governor, September 24, 1669-April 11, 1677.
+
+_Vacant_--The Audiencia takes charge of political affairs, and Auditors
+_Francisco Coloma_ and _Francisco Sotomayor y Mansilla_, successively,
+of military affairs; death of former, September 25, 1677; term of
+latter, September 25, 1677-September 21, 1678 (Delgado says September
+22, 1679); Audiencia governs, April 11, 1677-September 21, 1678.
+
+_Juan de Vargas Hurtado_--Native of Toledo, knight of the Order of
+Santiago, and military officer; appointed by royal provision, June 18,
+1677; arrives at Manila, September 21, 1678 (Retana, _Estadismo_,
+says that he took charge of the government September 29); rebuilds
+college of Santa Potenciana; trouble with Archbishop Felipe Pardo; term
+as governor, September 28, 1678-August 24, 1684; is excommunicated;
+residencia lasts four years; dies at sea on way to Mexico, 1690.
+
+_Gabriel de Curuzealegui y Arriola_--Knight of the Order of Santiago,
+naval officer, member of council of war, and twenty-fourth regidor of
+Sevilla; arrives at Manila, August, 24, 1684; reinstates archbishop,
+and exiles auditors; death, April 17 (Delgado and San Antonio) or 27
+(Zuniga), 1689; term as governor, August 24, 1684-April 17 or 27, 1689.
+
+_Vacant_--The Audiencia takes charge of political affairs and Auditor
+_Alonso de Avila Fuertes_, knight of the Order of Alcantara; Audiencia
+governs, April 17 or 27, 1689-July 19 (Delgado, and Buzeta and Bravo)
+or 25 (Zuniga and Montero y Vidal), 1690.
+
+_Fausto Cruzat y Gongora_--Native of Navarra of a distinguished
+Pamplona family, and knight of the Order of Santiago; appointed
+by royal provision, January 15 (Delgado) or 31 (San Antonio),
+1686; arrives at Manila, July 19 or 25, 1690; issues ordinances
+of good government, October 1, 1696; rebuilds governor's palace;
+term characterized by ecclesiastical troubles; term as governor,
+July 19 or 25, 1690-December 8, 1701.
+
+_Domingo Zabalburu de Echevarri_--Knight of the Order of Santiago,
+and military officer; appointed governor, September 18, 1694; arrives
+at Manila, December 8 (San Antonio says September), 1701; attends to
+public works; receives papal legate to China, Carlos Tomas Maillard
+Tournon, without credentials (which leads to his dismissal by the
+king), September, 1704; term as governor, December 8, 1701-August 25,
+1709; returns to Spain, 1710.
+
+_Martin de Urzua y Arismendi_--Count of Lizarraga, and knight of the
+Order of Santiago; appointed by royal provision, August 19, 1704;
+arrives at Manila, August 25, 1709; diminishes number of Chinese at
+Manila; schism between Recollects, and other ecclesiastical troubles;
+death, February 4, 1715; term as governor, August 25, 1709-February
+4, 1715.
+
+_Vacant_--The Audiencia takes charge of political affairs, and Auditor
+Doctor _Jose Torralba_ of military affairs; carries on public works;
+Audiencia governs, February 4, 1715-August 9, 1717; Torralba arrested
+by next governor for deficit and misuse of funds; dies in Philippines
+in poverty, with sentence by Council of Indies of exile from Madrid
+and Manila.
+
+_Fernando Manuel de Bustillo Bustamente y Rueda_--Usually called the
+"Mariscal," because he was the first mariscal-de-campo to govern the
+islands; ex-alcalde-mayor of Trascala, in Nueva Espana; appointed
+governor by royal provision, September 6, 1708; arrives at Manila,
+August 9, 1717; severe in judgments; reestablishes garrison at
+Zamboanga; his troubles with the ecclesiastics lead to arrest of
+archbishop, and to his assassination by a mob (said by some to have
+been instigated by Jesuits), October 11, 1719; term as governor,
+August 9, 1717-October 11, 1719.
+
+_Fray Francisco de la Cuesta_--Of the Order of San Geronimo; native
+of Colmenar de Oreja; elected archbishop of Manila, August 12, 1712;
+arrested by Bustillo Bustamente; becomes governor (_ad interim_),
+on refusal of auditors to serve, October 11, 1719; term as governor,
+October 11, 1719-August 6, 1721; transferred to bishopric of Mechocan,
+Mexico, entering, April 18, 1724; death, May 30 (Retana) or 31
+(Buzeta and Bravo), 1724.
+
+_Toribio Jose Cosio y Campo_--Marquis of Torre Campo, knight of the
+Order of Calatrava, and ex-governor of Guatemala; appointed governor
+by royal provision, June 30, 1720; ordered by royal instructions to
+investigate death of Bustamente, October 6, 1720; arrives at Manila,
+August 6, 1721; does not investigate Bustamente's death, although
+ordered again (1724) to do so by the king, acting on the advice of
+the Franciscan Totanes and the Jesuits; troubles with Moros continue
+throughout his rule; term as governor, August 6, 1721-August 14, 1729.
+
+_Fernando Valdes y Tamon_--Colonel and brigadier, and knight of the
+Order of Santiago; appointed by royal provision, October 25, 1727;
+arrives at Manila, August 14, 1729; unsuccessfully attempts conquest
+of Palaos 1730--1733; reforms army and engages in other public works;
+receives royal decree of April 8 1734, deciding suit favorably
+to islands with merchants of Cadiz and Sevilla over Chinese trade
+between American colonies and islands; term as governor, August 14,
+1729,-July, 1739; returns to Spain and appointed mariscal-de-campo.
+
+_Gaspar de la Torre_--Native of Flanders, brigadier of royal armies
+and gentleman of the king's bedchamber; arrives at Manila, July,
+1739; expedition of Admiral George Anson occurs during his rule;
+harsh in government; death, September 21 (Buzeta and Bravo say 29),
+1745; term as governor, July 1739-September 21, 1745.
+
+_Fray Juan Arrechederra_--Native of Caracas, Dominican, bishop-elect
+of Nueva Segovia; becomes governor (_ad interim_), September 21, 1745;
+quells insurrection in Batangas; fortifies Manila and Cavite against
+English; term as governor, September 21, 1745-July 20 (Buzeta and
+Bravo, and Mas say June), 1750; death, November 12, 1751 (Delgado;
+Retana, _Estadismo_, says wrongly 1755).
+
+_Jose Francisco de Obando y Solis_--Native of Caceres in
+Estremadura, marquis of Obando, member of his Majesty's council, and
+mariscal-de-campo of royal armies; in Lima when receives appointment;
+arrives at Manila, July 20, 1750; troubles with Audiencia and
+archbishop; troubles with Moros; term as governor, July 20, 1750-July,
+1754; annoying residencia; death at sea, while on his way from Manila
+to Acapulco, 1755.
+
+_Pedro Manuel de Arandia Santisteban_--Native of Ceuta, of Biscayan
+descent, knight of the Order of Calatrava, gentleman of bedchamber of
+the king of the Two Sicilies, captain of the royal Spanish guards,
+and mariscal-de-campo of the royal armies; arrives at Manila, July
+(Retana, _Estadismo_, says June), 1754; reforms army and thereby
+incurs enmities; troubles with Moros continue; expels infidel Chinese
+and builds alcaiceria of San Fernando; troubles with Audiencia and
+archbishop; death, May 31, 1759; term as governor, July, 1754-May
+31, 1759.
+
+_Miguel Lino de Ezpeleta_--Native of Manila, and bishop of Cebu;
+becomes governor (_ad interim_), against consent of part of Audiencia,
+June (Mas says July), 1759; archbishop claims governorship on his
+arrival at Manila, but opposed successfully by Ezpeleta; revokes
+ordinances of good government made by Arandia; brings suit against
+Santiago Orendain, favorite of Arandia; royal decree gives governorship
+to archbishop, July, 1761; term as governor, June, 1759-July, 1761.
+
+_Manuel Rojo_--Native of Tala, Nueva Espana, and archbishop of Manila;
+takes possession of church, July 22, 1759; becomes governor (_ad
+interim_), July 1761; quashes case against Orendain; bombardment,
+taking, and sack of Manila by English, and cowardice and imprisonment
+of archbishop, October, 1762; term as governor July, 1761-October,
+1762, although maintained as governor by English until death; death
+as prisoner, January 30, 1764.
+
+_Simon de Anda y Salazar_--Native of Subijana, born October 28,
+1701; auditor; appointed by Audiencia lieutenant of the governor and
+captain-general; leaves Manila, October 4, 1762; establishes capital
+in Bacolor, Pampanga, and has himself proclaimed governor; British
+maintain archbishop as governor until his death, who cedes islands to
+them; insurrections of natives and Chinese, 1762-1764; negotiations
+with English, 1763-1764; term as governor (_ad interim_), October,
+1762-March 17, 1764; receives keys to city from British, April, 1764.
+
+_Francisco Javier de la Torre_--Military officer; becomes governor
+(_ad interim_), March 17, 1764; British evacuate Manila, April, 1764;
+tries to restore order; term as governor, March 17, 1764-July 6, 1765.
+
+_Jose Raon_--Native of Navarra, and mariscal-de-campo; arrives in
+Manila, July 6, 1765; Le Gentil arrives at Manila, October, 1766;
+Archbishop Santa Justa y Rufina takes his seat July 12, 1767; his
+conflicts with regular clergy; Raon revises ordinances of Arandia;
+expulsion of Chinese, 1769; expulsion of Jesuits and Raon's collusion
+with them; term as governor, July 6, 1765-July, 1770; death, during
+residencia at Manila.
+
+_Simon de Anda y Salazar_--Well received at court on return after 1764,
+and made councilor of Castilla; directs letter to king complaining of
+certain disorders in the Philippines, enumerating among them a number
+against the friars, April 12, 1768; arrives at Manila as governor,
+July, 1770; proceeds against predecessor and others; rouses opposition
+of regulars; reforms army and engages in other public works; troubles
+with Moros continue; opposes king's order of November 9, 1774, to
+secularize curacies held by regulars, and the order repealed, December
+11, 1776; rule characterized by his energy, foresight, honesty, and
+conflicts with the regulars; death, October 30, 1776, at seventy-six
+years of age; term as governor, July, 1770-October 30, 1776.
+
+_Pedro Sarrio_ (Soriano: Buzeta and Bravo)--Official in Manila; becomes
+governor (_ad interim_), October 30, 1776 (Mas says July); continues
+operations against Moros; royal order to Indians to cultivate flax
+and hemp, January 12, 1777; term as governor, October 30-July 1778.
+
+_Jose Basco y Vargas_--Born of an illustrious Granada family, and
+naval officer; arrives at Manila, July, 1778; Chinese allowed to
+return to Manila, 1778; opposed by Audiencia, some of whom, with
+certain military officers, he arrests for conspiracy, October, 1779;
+increases army and strengthens fortifications; tobacco monopoly
+established February 9, 1780-March 1, 1782; _Sociedad Economica de
+Amigos del Pais_ ("Economic Association of Friends of the Country")
+established, 1781; insurrection in Ituy and Paniqui, 1785; royal
+approval of powder monopoly, November 4, 1786; various innovations
+occur during his term; encourages agriculture and other industries;
+asks to be relieved because of opposition from Audiencia; at king's
+permission sails for Spain, in the latter part of November, 1787;
+term as governor, July, 1778-November, 1787; appointed rear-admiral,
+governor of Cartagena, and count of the Conquest of the Batanes Islands
+(which he had conquered)
+
+_Pedro de Sarrio_--Appointed governor _(ad interim)_ for the second
+time, November 22, 1787, on departure of Basco; insurrection in Ilocos
+because of tobacco monopoly, 1787; death of archbishop Santa Justa y
+Rufina, December 15, 1787; term as governor, November 22, 1787-July
+1, 1788.
+
+_Felix Berenguer de Marquina_--Naval officer; arrives at Manila July 1
+(Buzeta and Bravo, and Retana say May), 1787; opposed by Audiencia;
+Manila becomes an open port for all but European products, by royal
+decree of August 15, 1789; proposes plans for government reforms in
+the Philippines; term as governor, July 1, 1788-September 1, 1793.
+
+_Rafael Maria de Aguilar y Ponce de Leon_-- Knight of the Order
+of Alcantara, military officer, and gentleman of the bedchamber;
+arrives at Cavite, August 28, 1793; enters government, September
+1, 1793; strengthens fortifications, levies native troops, and
+inculcates various reforms; conflicts with Moros continue, and
+shipyard established (1794) at Binondo to build boats for Moro war;
+receives title of mariscal-de-campo; energetic and tireless; hands over
+government to king's deputy or _segundo cabo_, August 7, 1806; term
+as governor, September 1, 1793-August 7, 1806; death, August 8, 1806.
+
+_Mariano Fernandez de Folgueras_--Native of Galicia; becomes governor
+(_ad interim_), August 7, 1806; insurrection in Ilocos, 1807; English
+commercial house given permission to establish itself in the islands,
+1809; term as governor, August 7, 1806-March 4, 1810.
+
+_Manuel Gonzalez de Aguilar_--Knight of the Order of Santiago, and
+military officer; arrives at Manila, March 4, 1810; in accordance with
+royal decrees of January 29 and February 14, 1810, permitting deputies
+from the colonies to be chosen for the Spanish Cortes, Philippine
+deputies are present in that of September 24, 1810; proposes cessation
+of Acapulco ship, 1810; insurrection (anti-friar and to establish new
+religion) in Ilocos, 1811; first newspaper established in Philippines,
+August 8, 1811; Spanish constitution of 1812 publicly received in
+Manila, April 17, 1813; Aguilar's term marked by various commercial
+movements; term as governor, March 4, 1810-September 4, 1813.
+
+_Jose Gardoqui Jaraveitia_--Naval officer; arrives at Manila,
+September 4, 1813; cessation of Acapulco ship; term marked by various
+governmental changes in consequence of decrees issued by Fernando
+VII, by certain commercial changes, and troubles with Moros; death,
+December 9, 1816; term as governor, September 4, 1813-December 9, 1816.
+
+_Mariano Fernandez De Folgueras_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_)
+for the second time, December 10, 1816; province of Ilocos Norte
+created, February 2, 1818; orders reestablishment of _Real Sociedad
+Economica de Filipinas_ ("Royal Economic Association of Filipinas"),
+December 17, 1819; massacre of foreigners by natives, October
+9-10, 1820; establishment of three short-lived newspapers in 1821;
+term marked by closer connection with Spain; term as governor,
+December 10, 1816-October 30, 1822; assassinated in insurrection of
+Spanish-Americans and Filipinos, 1823.
+
+_Juan Antonio Martinez_--Native of Madrid, and mariscal-de-campo;
+arrives at Manila, October 30, 1822; accompanied by many new officials
+from Spain; insurrection of Filipinos and Spanish-Americans in
+consequence; newspaper founded by El Sociedad de Amigos del Pais, 1724;
+reactionary movements of Spain affect Philippines; term as governor,
+October 30, 1822-October 14, 1825; death, at sea while on way to Spain.
+
+_Marinao Ricafort Palacin y Ararca_--Native of Murcia,
+mariscal-de-campo, and perpetual ambassador of the city of Paz, Peru;
+arrives at Manila, October 14, 1825; forbids foreigners to sell goods
+at retail, February 4, 1828; makes laws in many different directions;
+gives instructions for government of Mariana Islands, December 17,
+1828; foundation of Dominican college in Ocana, Spain, as a feeder for
+China and the Philippines, May 2, 1830 (approved, August 15, 1831);
+returns to Spain, December 23, 1830; term as governor, October 14,
+1825-December 23, 1830.
+
+_Pascual Enrile y Alcedo_--Native of Cadiz, military officer and
+segundo cabo of, the Philippines; becomes governor, December 23,
+1830; expedition to Igorrotes, 1831-1832; lottery established, July
+3, 1833; royal tribunal of commerce created in Manila, January 1,
+1834; _Guia de Forasteros_ (Guide book for strangers) first printed,
+1834; Compania de Filipinas dissolved by royal order of September 6,
+1834; royal order of November 3, 1834, substitutes segundo cabo in
+office of governor, in case of latter's absence, sickness, or death;
+many useful laws passed and islands prosper during this term; term
+as governor, December 23, 1830-March 1, 1835.
+
+_Gabriel de Torres_--Native of Valladolid province, and segundo cabo
+of the Philippines; becomes governor, March 1, 1835; death, April 23,
+1835; term as governor, March 1, 1835-April 23, 1835.
+
+_Juan Cramer_ (Montero y Vidal) Juaquin de Crame (Mas, and Buzeta and
+Bravo)--Native of Cataluna; becomes governor (_ad interim_) as office
+of segundo cabo vacant, April 23, 1835; term as governor, April 23,
+1835-September 9, 1835.
+
+_Pedro Antonio Salazar Castillo y Varona_--Native of Ibrillos
+(Rioja), and military officer; comes to Manila with appointment as
+segundo cabo; becomes governor (_ad interim_), September 9, 1835;
+royal council of Spain and the Indies abolished by royal decree,
+September 28, 1836; by the promulgation in Madrid (June 18, 1837) of
+the political constitution of the Spanish monarchy, the Philippines
+lose their representation in the Cortes; term as governor, September 9,
+1835-August 27, 1837.
+
+_Andres Garcia Camba_--Knight of the Order of Santiago, and
+mariscal-de-campo; captured with royal army at battle of Ayacucho,
+Peru, December 9, 1824; residence in Manila April, 1825-March, 1835;
+receives royal approbation to appointment as commander-in-chief
+of military forces at Manila, May 22, 1826; appointed director of
+_La Sociedad Economica de Amigos del Pais_; elected to represent
+the Philippines in Spanish Cortes, 1834; appointed secretary of war
+(_ad interim_), August 15, 1836; elected to Cortes to represent Lugo
+(but did not sit), October 2, 1836; arrives at Manila, August 24, 1837;
+takes charge of government, August 27, 1837; given name of "El Deseado"
+("the desired"); is opposed politically and by the ecclesiastics;
+term as governor, August 27, 1837-December 29, 1838; after return to
+Spain, elected senator for Valencia; minister of the marine, commerce,
+and government of the colonies, May 21, 1841-May 25, 1842.
+
+_Luis Lardizabal_--Arrives at Manila, December 26, 1838; enters
+upon government, December 29 (Montero y Vidal) or 30 (Mas), 1838;
+first issue of weekly paper, _Precios corrientes de Manila_ ("Prices
+current in Manila") in Spanish and English, July 6, 1839; province
+of Nueva Vizcaya created, 1839; project for monument to Magalhaes on
+the islet of Mactan submitted to supreme government, 1840; solicits
+recall; term as governor, December 29, 1838-February, 1841; death at
+sea on return voyage to Spain.
+
+_Marcelino de Oraa Lecumberri_--Native of Navarra, and
+lieutenant-general; arrives at Manila, February, 1841; insurrections
+among Tagals, the second of native soldiers, 1841 and 1843; newspaper
+_Seminario filipino_ first published, 1843; term as governor, February,
+1841-June 17, 1843.
+
+_Francisco de Paula Alcala de la Torre_--Native of Extremadura, and
+lieutenant-general; becomes governor, June 17 (Buzeta and Bravo say
+12), 1843; Isabel II declared of age and received as queen of Spain,
+December 1, 1843; Alcala makes laws regulating commerce, the army, and
+welfare of the islands; term as governor, June 17, 1843-July 16, 1844.
+
+_Narciso Claveria y Zaldua_--Native of Gerona (but of Biscayan
+origin), and lieutenant-general; becomes governor, July 16, 1844;
+calendar in Philippines corrected, 1844; makes reforms in office
+of alcalde-mayor, 1844; founds casino called "Sociedad de recreo"
+("Recreation Association"), October 31, 1844; his proposal to establish
+military library approved, February 15, 1846; first steam war-vessels
+in the Philippines bought (in London), 1848; conquest of island of
+Balanguingui, 1848, for which he receives the titles of count of Manila
+and viscount of Claveria, and the cross of San Fernando, besides other
+rewards; regular clergy forbidden to alienate property, January 15,
+1849; surnames given to natives, November 11, 1849; his term marked
+by intense activity, and the number of papers founded, among them
+being the first daily of Manila, _La Esperanza_ (December 1, 1846),
+and _Diario de Manila_ (1848); asks retirement and returns to Spain,
+December 26, 1849; term as governor, July 16, 1844-December 26, 1849.
+
+_Antonio Maria Blanco_--Segundo cabo; becomes governor (_ad interim_),
+December 26, 1849; monthly lottery established in Manila, January 29,
+1850; creates province of Union, March 2, 1850; term as governor,
+December 26, 1849-June 29, 1850.
+
+_Antonio de Urbistondo y Eguia_--Native of San Sebastian, and marquis
+of Solana; formerly a Carlist; becomes governor June 29, 1850; leper
+hospital founded in Cebu, 1850; bank Espanol-filipino established,
+August 1, 1851, and begins operations, 1852; expedition to, and
+conquest of, Jolo, 1851; term characterized by many administrative
+laws; solicits retirement; term as governor, July 29, 1850-December
+20, 1853; appointed minister of war by royal decree, October 12, 1856.
+
+_Ramon Montero y Blandino_--Segundo cabo of the Philippines; becomes
+governor (_ad interim_), December 20, 1853; term as governor, December
+20, 1853-February 2, 1854.
+
+_Manuel Pavia y Lay_--Marquis de Novaliches, lieutenant-general, head
+of department of infantry; appointed without previous consultation,
+September, 1853; arrives at Manila, February 2, 1854; reequips army;
+mutiny of portion of native troops suppressed; monthly mail between
+Manila and Hongkong established; leaves Manila, October 28, after
+thanking religious orders (October 27) for cooeperation; term as
+governor, February 2-October 28, 1854.
+
+_Ramon Montero y Blandino_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_) for the
+second time, October 28, 1854; term as governor, October 28-November
+20, 1854.
+
+_Manuel Crespo y Cebrian_--Native of Extremadura, and formerly
+segundo cabo of the Philippines; becomes governor, November 20, 1854;
+expedition against Igorrotes, December, 1855-February, 1856; resigns
+December 5, 1856; term as governor, November 20, 1854-December 5, 1856.
+
+_Ramon Montero y Blandino_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_), for
+the third time, December 5, 1856; term as governor, December 5,
+1856-March 9, 1857.
+
+_Fernando Norzagaray y Escudero_--Native of San Sebastian, and
+lieutenant-general; enters upon office, March 9, 1857; authorizes
+establishments of houses of exchange, June 18, 1857; sends expedition
+to Cochinchina to aid French, 1858; reforms in local administration
+ordered, August 30, 1858; infantry reorganized by order of September
+23, 1859; first Jesuit mission after reinstatement of order, reaches
+Philippines in middle of 1859; several papers founded during his term;
+encourages agriculture; solicits recall because of ill-health; term
+as governor, March 9, 1857-January 12, 1860.
+
+_Ramon Maria Solano y Llanderal_--Native of Valencia,
+mariscal-de-campo, and segundo cabo of Philippines; becomes governor
+(_ad interim_), January 12, 1860; pawnshop authorized in Manila,
+January 18; issues decree for civil government of province of Manila,
+January 31; functions of bank Espanol-filipino extended, February 16;
+Jagor travels through the Bisayas; term as governor January 12-August
+29, 1860; death from fever (with rumor in Manila of poisoning),
+August 30.
+
+_Juan Herrera Davila_--Sub-inspector of artillery; becomes governor
+(_ad interim_), August 29, 1860; civil administration of provinces
+of the colonies organized, and Audiencia in Manila reformed, July 9,
+1860; printing of _Coleccion de autos acordados_ authorized, January
+10, 1861; regularly appointed governor, general of marine Mac-Crohon,
+dies in Red Sea while on way to Philippines; term as governor, August
+29, 1860-February 2, 1861.
+
+_Jose Lemery e Ibarrola Ney y Gonzalez_--Senator of the kingdom;
+becomes governor, February 2, 1861; politico-military governments
+installed in Bisayas and Mindanao, April 1, 1861; Jesuits given
+Mindanao as mission field, and opposed by Recollects; operations
+against Moros; delivers command to segundo cabo, July 7, 1862; term
+as governor, February 2, 1861-July 7, 1862.
+
+_Salvador Valdes_--Segundo cabo; becomes governor (_ad interim_),
+July 7, 1862; term as governor, July 7-9, 1862.
+
+_Rafael de Echague y Berminghan_--Native of San Sebastian,
+lieutenant-general, and governor at Puerto Rico; arrives at Manila,
+July 9, 1862; various insurrections, 1863; earthquake, June 3, 1863;
+creation of ministry of colonies, 1863; normal school established,
+January 23, 1865; term marked by various calamities; term as governor,
+July 9, 1862-March 24, 1865.
+
+_Joaquin del Solar e Ibanez_--Segundo cabo of the Philippines; becomes
+governor (_ad interim_), March 24, 1865; reforms in various branches
+of government, 1865; term as governor, March 24, 1865-April 25, 1865.
+
+_Juan de Lara e Irigoyen_--Native of Navarra, lieutenant-general, and
+ex-minister of war; assumes office, April 25, 1865; Antonio Canovas del
+Castillo appointed minister of the colonies, July 3, 1865; erection of
+bishopric of Jaro, by bull of Pius IX, 1865; establishment of Jesuit
+institution Ateneo Municipal at Manila, 1865; recalled for corruption
+of government; term as governor, April 25, 1865-July 13, 1866.
+
+_Jose Laureano de Sanz y Posse_--Mariscal-de-campo, and segundo cabo
+elect because of former incumbent of that office having left islands
+with Lara; term as governor (_ad interim_), July 13-September 21, 1866.
+
+_Antonio Osorio_--Naval officer; becomes governor (_ad interim_),
+September 21, 1866; term as governor, September 21-September 27, 1866.
+
+_Joaquin del Solar_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_), for the second
+time, September 27, 1866; term as governor, September 27-October
+26, 1866.
+
+_Jose de la Gandara y Navarro_--Lieutenant-general; becomes governor,
+October 26, 1866; uniform monetary system adopted; reforms primary
+education, 1867-1868; resigns office; term as governor, October 26,
+1866-June 7, 1869.
+
+_Manuel Maldonado_--Segundo cabo of islands; becomes governor (_ad
+interim_), June 7, 1869; term as governor, June 7-June 23, 1869.
+
+_Carlos Maria de la Torre y Nava Cerrada_--Native of Cuenca, and
+lieutenant-general; becomes governor, June 23, 1869; constitution of
+1869 sworn to, September 21, 1869; projects monument to Anda y Salazar;
+question of removing the monopoly on tobacco; _guardia civil_ created;
+radical in government; term as governor, June 23, 1869-April 4, 1871.
+
+_Rafael de Izquierdo y Gutierrez_--Native of Santander, and
+lieutenant-general; becomes governor, April 4, 1871; insurrections
+in Cavite and Zamboanga, 1872; reforms in army; opening of steamship
+line and telegraph lines; governor resigns because of ill-health;
+term as governor, April 4, 1871-January 8, 1873.
+
+_Manuel Mac-Crohon_--Naval officer, becomes governor (_ad interim_),
+as office of segundo cabo vacant, January 8, 1873; term as governor,
+January 8-24 (?), 1873.
+
+_Juan Alaminos y de Vivar_--Becomes governor, January 24 (?), 1873;
+conflict with archbishop and other ecclesiastics; steamship line
+established between Manila and Spain; various ports opened for
+commerce; term as governor, January 24 (?), 1873-March 17, 1874.
+
+_Manuel Blanco Valderrama_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_), March 17,
+1874; repulse of Joloans; hands over government to regularly appointed
+governor, June 18, 1874.
+
+_Jose Malcampo y Monje_--Marques de San Rafael and rear-admiral;
+becomes governor, June 18, 1874; conquest of Jolo, 1876; given title
+of count of Mindanao, December 19, 1876; mutiny of artillerymen;
+term as governor, June 18, 1874-February 28, 1877; given titles of
+count of Jolo and viscount of Mindanao, July 20, 1877.
+
+_Domingo Moriones y Murillo_--Marquis of Oroquieta, and
+lieutenant-general; becomes governor, February 28, 1877; takes drastic
+measures against mutinous artillery regiment, 1877; prevents sale of
+tobacco monopoly, 1877; constructs Manila water-works, 1878; term as
+governor, February 28, 1877-March 18 or 20, 1880.
+
+_Rafael Rodriguez Arias_--Naval officer; becomes governor (_ad
+interim_), March 18 or 20, 1880; term as governor, March 18-April
+15, 1880.
+
+_Fernando Primo de Rivera_--Marquis of Estella; becomes governor, April
+15, 1880; cable opened between Luzon and Spain, 1880; royal decree
+orders repeal of tobacco monopoly, 1881; term marked by corruption
+in public offices; term as governor, April 15, 1880-March 10, 1883.
+
+_Emilio Molins_--Segundo cabo of Philippines; governor (_ad interim_),
+March to April 7, 1883.
+
+_Joaquin Jovellar_--General; becomes governor, April 7, 1883; decrease
+of annual period of personal services from forty to fifteen days, and
+creation of provincial tax, 1883; plan for railroads in Luzon approved,
+1883; visits southern islands, 1884; tribute abolished and tax of
+_cedula personal_ substituted, 1884; Jesuit observatory at Manila
+declared official, 1884; term as governor, April 7, 1883-April 1, 1885.
+
+_Emilio Molins_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_), for second time,
+and rules three days, April 1-4, 1885.
+
+_Emilio Terrero y Perinat_--Lieutenant-general; becomes governor,
+April 4, 1885; leads expedition in person against Moros, 1885; dispute
+between Spain and Germany as to ownership of Carolinas, 1885; term
+as governor, April 4, 1885-1888.
+
+_Antonio Molto_--Segundo cabo, term as governor (_ad interim_), 1888.
+
+_Federico Lobaton_--Naval officer; term as governor (_ad interim_),
+only one day in 1888.
+
+March 1, 1888, a petition signed by eight hundred and ten natives and
+mestizos demands immediate expulsion of the friars of the religious
+orders and of the archbishop, the secularization of benefices, and
+the confiscation of the estates of Augustinians and Dominicans.
+
+_Valeriano Weyler_--Native of Majorca, marquis of Tenerife, and son
+of a German doctor; becomes governor, 1888; said to have purchased
+office from minister's wife; school of agriculture established
+in Manila, 1889; practical school of arts and trades established,
+1890; telephone system established in Philippines, 1890; Dominican
+secondary school established in Dagupan, 1891; said to have received
+money from religious orders for armed support against their tenants;
+term as governor 1888-1891; later minister of war at Madrid.
+
+_Eulogio Despujol_--Native of Cataluna, and count of Caspe; becomes
+governor, 1891; Liga filipina (Philippine League) founded in Manila by
+Rizal, 1892; introduces many reforms; popular with natives; arouses
+wrath of religious orders, who are said to have paid $100,000 for
+his dismissal; term as governor, 1891-1893.
+
+_Federico Ochando_--Governor (_ad interim_), 1893.
+
+_Ramon Blanco_--Becomes governor, 1893; electric light established in
+Manila, 1895; formation of Katipunan society; outbreak of insurrection,
+August 30 1896; Blanco opposed by ecclesiastics; term as governor,
+1893-December 9 (date of royal decree removing him), 1896.
+
+_Camilo Polavieja_--General; becomes governor, December 13, 1896
+(Algue); Rizal executed, December 30, 1896; Tagal republic proclaimed,
+October, 1896; insurrection spreads; operations against insurgents
+by General Lachambre, 1897; Polavieja issues amnesty proclamation,
+January 11, 1897; efficient service of loyal Filipino troops; term
+as governor, December 13, 1896-April 15, 1897.
+
+_Jose de Lachambre_--General; governor (_ad interim_), April 15-23,
+1897.
+
+_Fernando Primo de Rivera_--Becomes governor for the second time,
+April 23, 1897; insurgents scattered, and more than thirty thousand
+natives said to have been killed in one province; pact of Biaknabato
+signed, December 14, 1897; re-occurrence of insurrections in Luzon,
+1898; term as governor, April 23, 1897-April 11, 1898.
+
+_Basilio Augustin_--Becomes governor, April 11, 1898; Dewey's victory,
+May 1, 1898.
+
+_Fermin Jaudens_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_), 1898; peace
+preliminaries, surrender of Manila, and entrance of Americans (August
+13) into Manila.
+
+_Francisco Rizzo_--General; becomes governor (_ad interim_), 1898.
+
+_Diego de los Rios_--Becomes governor, with capital at Iloilo, 1898;
+treaty of Paris signed, December 10, 1898; term as governor, after
+August 13, 1898-December 10, 1898; leaves Manila, January 1, 1899. [94]
+
+
+
+Law Regarding Vacancies in the Government
+
+[_Recopilacion de leyes_, lib. ii, tit. xv, ley lviii, contains the
+following law on vacancies in the government. It is dated Madrid,
+April 2, 1664.]
+
+Inasmuch as representation has been made to us of the inconveniences
+resulting from the viceroys of Nueva Espana anticipating appointments
+among persons who reside in the Filipinas Islands, so that, in case
+of the absence of the president and governor and captain-general of
+the islands, those persons may enter upon and exercise those charges
+until the arrival of the person who is to govern--_ad interim_
+or by royal appointment, according as we may decide: therefore we
+order and command that, in case of the absence of the governor and
+captain-general of those islands, by death or any other accident,
+our royal Audiencia resident in the city of Manila shall govern them
+in political affairs, and the senior auditor in military. The latter,
+in any cases of war arising for the defense and conservation of the
+said islands, and in any preparations or other precautions that it
+shall be advisable to make for this purpose, shall take the advice of
+the military leaders there, and shall communicate with them for the
+better direction of matters. We order the viceroy of Nueva-Espana to
+use no longer the authority that he has had hitherto by virtue of our
+decree of September thirteen, one thousand six hundred and eight, and
+the other decrees given to him, to have persons appointed by means of
+the ways hitherto practiced. Those we now revoke by this our law, and
+annul, but he shall still be empowered to send the person who shall
+exercise the said duties _ad interim_. And as it is advisable that
+the Audiencia of Manila regulate in conformity to this the execution
+of the contents of this our law, we order the said Audiencia that,
+in case of the death of the president, it shall maintain that state
+in all peace, quiet and good government, administering justice to all
+parties. The senior auditor who shall exercise the president's duties
+during his absence, shall exercise very especial care and vigilance
+in all that pertains to military matters, and shall try to keep the
+presidios well manned, and supplied with the defenses necessary for
+their conservation, and the soldiers well disciplined for any occasion
+that may arise.
+
+
+Some Things Worth Knowing About the Governors of the Filipinas Islands
+
+[Juan Jose Delgado, in his _Historia_ (chapter xvii, pp. 212-215),
+makes the following remarks about the governors.]
+
+In no kingdom or province of the Spanish crown do the viceroys or
+governors enjoy greater privileges, superiority, and grandeur than in
+Filipinas. That is advisable because of the long distance from the
+court, and their proximity to so many kingdoms and nations, some of
+them civilized but others barbaric. Consequently those assigned to
+this government should be well tested and picked men; for, because
+of the difficulty of appeal, as so many seas and lands have to be
+passed, where shipwrecks are continually suffered, there are great
+setbacks. Therefore it is very difficult and at times impossible
+to remedy quickly the disadvantages which may arise (and which have
+been experienced) from an absolute and selfish governor--who has no
+one to oppose him in his cupidity, cruelty, headlong disposition,
+or other vices to which the disordered condition of these so
+distant lands inclines one. Father Alonso Sanchez of the Society
+of Jesus, ambassador of this community at the two courts [_i.e._,
+Spain and Rome], presented to his Majesty Don Felipe II a standard
+or description of the qualities which should adorn the person who
+should be appointed governor of Filipinas. That most judicious monarch
+thought it so difficult to find a man of so many and such gifts, that
+he bargained with the father, and arranged that the latter himself
+should seek and select the man. Those same gifts and qualities must
+be found in those appointed as governors, especially in these times,
+[95] when it seems as-if cupidity, ambition, pride, and haughtiness
+have fortified themselves in these lands. For it often happens that
+the governor is so facile, that he allows himself to be governed
+by one whom he should not [allow to do so]. Consequently it is very
+advisable that he should have great courage, in addition to goodness
+and disinterestedness, so that he may act and judge in his government
+without subjecting himself to any private person--whether he need such
+for his temporal advancement, or, through friendship or relationship,
+incurs that disadvantage by undue intimacy.
+
+Thus it happened to Governor Don Diego Fajardo during his term, as
+is read in various provincial histories; but the experience that he
+continued to gain daily opened his eyes to the recognition of his
+error. Seeing certain disadvantages arising from his protection of
+certain individuals, he dismissed them from his favor to the prison
+in the redoubt of Santiago, and confiscated their property, without
+respect to, or fear of, the influence that they had acquired in the
+community because of their wealth and support. A governor, whom I knew
+and with whom I was familiar, was told in Mexico that he would come
+to kiss the hand of a certain citizen distinguished for his wealth
+and rank. But he, being a man of great courage and spirit, who knew
+how to hold every one in his own position, without permitting him
+to rise to greater, immediately upon his arrival in these islands
+ordered that man in the king's name to perform a certain necessary
+and useful service. As he, trusting in his favor among the citizens,
+did not obey the order, the governor condemned him to be beheaded. For
+that purpose he tore him from the church in which he had sought refuge,
+and would have executed the sentence, had not the ecclesiastical estate
+interposed all its influence by pointing out several disadvantages,
+upon which his punishment was lessened and the penalty commuted. Thus
+did he hold each one to his post, and all praised his rectitude,
+disinterestedness, and magnanimity; and he left his government with
+great honor and reputation.
+
+These islands need disinterested military governors, not merchants;
+and men of resolution and character, not students, who are more fit to
+govern monasteries than communities of heroes. They should be men who
+can make themselves feared and respected by the enemies who surround
+us on all sides, and who can go in person to punish their opponents
+(as did the former ones, with so great glory to God and credit to the
+Spanish arms), so that in that way the islands may be conserved in
+peace and be respected and feared by the Moro and Indian chiefs--and
+those who are called kings or sultans of Jolo and Mindanao, who go
+with feet and legs bare, and have to go to sea to cast their fishing
+nets in order to live, are that and nothing more. But if a governor
+comes to these islands with the intention of escaping his natural
+poverty by humoring the rich and powerful, and even obeying them,
+the wrongs accruing to the community are incredible, as well as those
+to Christianity, and to the country--which is at times on the point
+of being lost because of this reason--and especially since appeal is
+so distant, as was seen and experienced in the year of 1719. [96]
+
+The governors of these islands are almost absolute, and like private
+masters of them. They exercise supreme authority by reason of their
+charge, for receiving and sending embassies to the neighboring kings
+and tyrants, for sending them gifts and presents in the name of their
+king, and for accepting those which those kings and tyrants send
+them. They can make and preserve peace, declare and make war, and take
+vengeance on all who insult us, without awaiting any resolution from
+court for it. Therefore many kings have rendered vassalage and paid
+tribute to the governors, have recognized them as their superiors,
+have respected and feared their arms, have solicited their friendship,
+and tried to procure friendly relations and commerce with them; and
+those who have broken their word have been punished. The legitimate
+king of Borney, who had been dispossessed of his kingdom, because his
+brother, who had no right to it, had usurped it, begged help from
+Doctor Don Francisco de Sande, governor of these islands. Governor
+Sande went with his fleet, fought with and drove away the tyrant,
+and put the legitimate king in possession [of his throne]; the
+latter rendered obedience to the governor, appointed in the place of
+the king of Espana, and subjected himself to this crown as vassal
+and tributary. The same happened during the term of Gomez Perez
+Dasmarinas, to whom the king of Siao came to render homage. Governor
+Don Pedro de Acuna went to Ternate with a fleet, fought, conquered,
+and took the king of that island [97] prisoner to Manila, as a pledge
+that the Ternatans would not again admit the Dutch and English--who,
+with their consent, were beginning to engage heavily in that commerce,
+and were seizing the country. Although Don Juan Nino de Tabora had a
+royal decree ordering that that king be restored to his kingdom, he
+did not execute it, as that seemed unadvisable to him. Consequently
+the king died in Manila. One of his sons was also a prisoner of war,
+and the governor appointed a cachil to govern in his stead. That king,
+the king of Tidore, and others in the same islands of Ternate rendered
+homage to Don Pedro de Acuna, and became friends of the Spaniards. The
+said governor received them under the canopy in the name of the king
+of Espana, and took them under his protection and care. In the year of
+1618, the same governor [_i.e._, Alonso Fajardo y Tenza] made peace
+and treaties with the king of Macasar, who also placed himself under
+Espana's protection, so that the governor might protect him in his
+needs and necessities.
+
+The country formerly had very peaceable relations with the emperor
+of Japon, and also a very rich and useful commerce; and his Majesty
+ordered by a royal decree of June 4, 1609, that it be preserved,
+although at the expense of gifts and presents of considerable price and
+value. That friendship lasted until the year 1634, when the Japanese
+were found lacking in it because of the Dutch--who, always following
+in our footsteps, introduced their commerce into that empire.
+
+Friendship and commerce have been maintained from the beginning of
+the conquest with Great China, and are still preserved. The emperor
+of China ordered a port to be assigned so that the people of Luzon
+could establish a city and factory under the same conditions as
+the Portuguese in Macao. His Majesty also ordered, by a decree of
+April 9, 1586, Doctor Francisco de Sande to sustain the friendship,
+and prohibited him from making war; for, as some authors say, Sande
+had the intention of conquering that empire. [98] That does not seem
+to me so certain, for that empire had so many millions of men, with
+innumerable cities, forts, and walls, and fleets that guard the ports
+with great vigilance. Moreover at that time the soldiers in these
+islands did not number five hundred, and were scarcely sufficient to
+guard them; and it was very difficult to transport them from Nueva
+Espana and other kingdoms. Although it might be that that idea was
+simply speculative, the council prohibited it, and ordered them
+thenceforth to observe what was prescribed.
+
+The king of Siam captured two ships of these islands in his ports
+in 1629. Don Juan Nino de Tabora, who was governor at that time,
+immediately despatched two warships to punish so great violence,
+and they made many prizes and inflicted many injuries along those
+coasts. After that he sent ambassadors to the king to ask satisfaction
+for what the latter had done, and the restoration of the Spanish
+ships. Although the king who had had the ships seized was dead, his
+son was forced to return them, and did so. The Mindanaos and Joloans,
+chastised because of the fleets that they were sending to plunder these
+islands, have been subdued and have made peace several times. But,
+whenever it appears good to them, they break the peace, make war on us,
+and sack and burn the towns of the Christians, capturing many thousands
+of them; this is done not only by the Mindanaos, but by their vassals,
+the Camucones and Tirones. Consequently, one can and ought to make war
+on them very justifiably, until they are destroyed and annihilated,
+if necessary--as was done before, and is being done in this year of
+1751. [99] During this and previous years the king of Jolo lived in
+Manila, was baptized, and made a subject of the Spanish crown. He
+solicited aid against one of his brothers named Bantilan, by saying
+that the latter had revolted with the kingdom. However it is hoped
+that the truth of the whole thing will be discovered in time. [100]
+It was resolved by a royal provision of May 29, 1720, that all the
+prisoners made among those nations during the war should be declared
+slaves forever.
+
+Besides the above, the governors of these islands have absolute
+authority privately to provide and attend to all that pertains to
+the royal estate, government, war, and consultations in difficult
+affairs of the auditors of this royal Audiencia; to try in the first
+instance the criminal causes of the soldiers; and to appoint alcaldes,
+corregidora, deputies, and chief justices of all the islands for the
+exercise of government, justice, and war, together with the chief
+scrivener appointed by his Majesty for government and war matters. The
+governor also enjoys the privilege of a permanent body-guard of twelve
+halberdiers, with a captain of the guard, who always accompany him,
+besides many other preeminences conceded by royal decrees to the
+presidency of the royal Audiencia and Cnancilleria. He is, finally,
+captain-general of all the archipelago. For these his employments,
+his Majesty assigns him annually a salary of eight thousand pesos
+de minas--or thirteen thousand one hundred and thirty-five pesos,
+three granos of common gold--besides the many profits and gains
+assigned to him by domestic and foreign fees and privileges, which
+amount annually to great sums of money.
+
+
+Administration of Government and the Captaincy-General
+
+
+[The following is taken from Sinibaldo de Mas, [101] _Informe
+sobre el estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1842_ (Madrid, 1843), tomo
+ii. Portions of it are apparently embodied in translation and abstract
+in Bowring's _Visit to the Philippine Isles_ (London, 1859), p. 87-93.]
+
+The government of the Filipinas Islands, together with the group of
+the Marianas, is in charge of a military chief, who, to the title
+of governor, joins those of president of the Audiencia, and royal
+vice-patron; subdelegate judge of the revenue, and of post-offices,
+posts, and express [_correos, postas y estafeta_]; and director of
+the troops, captain-general, and commander-in-chief of the navy. His
+authority, then, embraces all the powers derived from these titles,
+both for administration and for the security and defense of the
+territory.
+
+To discharge these duties he has three secretaryships--one of
+government, another of the captaincy-general, and the third of the
+navy--one military auditor, one adviser in government matters, one
+fiscal, and one scrivener. One may appeal from his gubernatorial
+measures to the royal Audiencia, which often alters or annuls those
+measures by means of sentence. But there is a law that provides that
+in case that the governor-general undertakes to have his order put
+into effect, it must be observed until the superior decision, so that
+no uneasiness and confusion may result from it in the country. The
+collection of taxes and the disbursement of money is in charge of
+a superintendent of the treasury [_hacienda_], under the immediate
+orders of the government at Madrid. In sudden or doubtful cases, the
+resolutions of the superior council [_junta_] of the treasury--composed
+of the superintendent, the accountant-in-chief of accounts [_contador
+mayor de cuentas_], the accountant of the army and treasury, the
+newest auditor of the Audiencia, and the fiscal of the treasury--decide
+the matter.
+
+The islands are divided by provinces, in each of which there is
+a subordinate chief who is styled governor or alcalde-mayor. These
+exercise jurisdiction in the first instance, in matters of government
+and litigation. They are military captains, and have in charge the
+collection of the royal revenues, under a responsibility guaranteed by
+bonds to the satisfaction of the accountant-general of the army and
+royal treasury. The province of Cavite is an exception to this rule,
+for the collection of the tribute there is now made by an assistant
+of the chief justice. Therefore he who rules in a province exercises
+all the attributes of political chief, and as such is subject to
+the governor-general; those of judge of first instance, and as such
+is dependent on the Audiencia; those of subdelegate of treasury
+(although he does not have the disposal of the monopolized incomes),
+and as such has to render accounts, bonds, and obedience to the
+chiefs of the treasury; and finally, if he is of military rank,
+he is commandant-of-arms, and subaltern of the captain-general;
+and even though he be not of military rank he obtains the rank of
+military commander [_capitan a guerra_] by virtue of his rank of
+alcalde-mayor. He has charge of the company assigned to his province,
+and, in the absence of his Majesty's troops, he commands the troops
+that he equips upon extraordinary occasions.
+
+Each province is subdivided into a greater or less number of
+towns. Each town has a gobernadorcillo [i.e., little or petty
+governor], with assistants and alguacils of justice, whose number is
+fixed. They discharge various functions, among them the administration
+of justice in regard to fields and palm-trees, and that of police. In
+some towns where there are a sufficient number of Sangley mestizos
+(who are the descendants of the Chinese), they form, when they
+obtain permission from the government, a separate community, with a
+gobernadorcillo and other members of the magistracy taken from their
+own midst. In the towns which are the capitals of the province there
+is often a gobernadorcillo for mestizos and one for natives. This
+latter always takes command of the province in case of the sickness
+or absence of the alcalde-mayor. The gobernadorcillos have in their
+towns all the municipal responsibility proper to the authority which
+is conferred upon them by their appointment. They are especially bound
+to aid their parish priests in everything pertaining to worship and
+the observance of religious laws. They try civil causes up to the
+value of two taels of gold, or forty-four pesos. They take action in
+criminal cases by collecting the preliminary evidence, which they
+submit to the provincial chiefs. They are under obligation to see
+to the collections of the royal revenue, and further to give notice
+of the ordinances for good government. They are permitted to collect
+certain dues that are specified in their own credentials. Each town
+has also other citizens known under the name of cabezas [_i.e._, heads]
+de barangay. Each cabeza is obliged to look after forty-five or fifty
+tributes which comprise as many families, and that is the signification
+of barangay. The cabezas must reside with them in the district or
+street assigned; must attend in person to the good order and harmony
+of their individuals; must apportion among them all the services
+that are due from them collectively; must settle their disputes; and
+must collect the tribute under a fixed bond, in order to effect its
+delivery afterward in entirety to the gobernadorcillo, or directly
+to the provincial chief, as happens in that of Tondo. The cabezas are
+ex-officio attorneys for their barangays in all matters that concern
+them collectively, and electors of the gobernadorcillos and other
+officials of justice. For that interesting function, only the twelve
+oldest men of each town or the substitutes whom the ordinance assigns,
+have a vote. In some provinces the cabezas appoint only the three who
+have to compose the _terna_ [i.e., three nominees for any office] for
+the gobernadorcillo. These, with the outgoing gobernadorcillo, proceed
+to the election of the deputies, alguacils, and their committees. The
+cabecerias [_i.e._, headships], much more ancient in origin than
+the reductions [_i.e._, native villages of converts], were doubtless
+hereditary. At present they are hereditary and elective. When they
+fall vacant, whether for want of an heir or through the resignation of
+the regularly appointed incumbent, the substitute is appointed--by the
+superintendent, in the provinces near the capital; and in those distant
+from it by the respective subdelegate chief, but at the proposal of
+the gobernadorcillo and other cabezas. This same plan is followed
+in the creation of any cabeceria in proportion to the increase in
+population, and as the number of tributarios in each town demands
+it. The cabezas, their wives, and first-born sons (who are their
+assistants in the collection of the royal revenues), enjoy exemption
+from the payment of tribute. The cabezas in some provinces serve in the
+cabecerias for three years; and, if they do not prove defaulters, they
+are recognized as chiefs in the towns, with the titles of ex-cabeza
+and don. Such system offers the serious disadvantage of multiplying
+the privileged class of chiefs, which, being exempted from personal
+services, increases the tax for the common people or the _polistas_
+[102] in proportion to the increase of the privileged class.
+
+The offices of gobernadorcillo, deputies, and alguacils of justice
+are elective, and last one year, with superior approbation. It is
+stipulated that the elections take place exactly at the beginning
+of each year, in the royal houses or halls of justice in the towns,
+and not elsewhere. The electors are the outgoing gobernadorcillo and
+the twelve senior cabezas de barangay. For gobernadorcillo three
+individuals have to be nominated by a plurality of votes, and the
+respective place of each one in the terna must be expressed. It is to
+be noted that the nominee must be able to speak, read, and write the
+Spanish language. If he cannot do that, the election of the one who
+lacks this express condition will be considered null and void, where
+such election has been made. For the other officials of justice, those
+needed by the town are elected by the same convention. The balloting
+must be secret, and is authorized by the notary and presided over by
+the provincial chief. The parish priest may be present, if he wishes,
+to express what opinions he may consider fitting, but for no other
+purpose. In sealed envelopes the election returns are sent to the
+superior governments of the provinces of Tondo, Bulacan, Pampanga,
+Bataan, Zambales, Nueva Ecija, Laguna, Batangas, and Cavite, so that
+after choosing one of those proposed as gobernadorcillo, the respective
+government orders the credentials corresponding to each class to be
+despatched. In the other provinces, because of their distance from
+the capital, the chief of each one appoints the nominee in the first
+place, and making use of the blank credentials entrusted to him by
+the superior government, writes therein the names of those interested,
+and places them in possession [of their offices].
+
+The cabezas of barangay can be elected, if they preserve their
+cabecerias and the collection of tributes, by the rule in the royal
+decree of October 17, 1785.
+
+The Chinese community may elect from among its Christian individuals,
+and in a meeting presided over by the alcalde-mayor of Tondo,
+one man as gobernadorcillo, one as chief deputy, and a third as
+alguacil-mayor. The government grants those elected the proper
+credentials, by virtue of which they exercise jurisdiction. The
+officials of justice in this community are called _bilangos_, and are
+appointed by the new gobernadorcillo. The electors are also thirteen
+in number, and are composed of the outgoing gobernadorcillo, the
+ex-captains, and the petty chiefs [_cabecillas_] of the tribute and
+of champans, both past and present. When any number is lacking, it is
+made up from the petty heads of the trades. At present the collection
+of tribute or the poll-tax from the Chinese is in direct charge of
+the alcalde-mayor in the province of Tondo, with a supervisor chosen
+from among the officials of administration of the royal treasury. In
+the other provinces it is attended to in person by the chief of each
+province. This levy of taxes is managed by a register, where the
+Chinese are enrolled and classified, and that register determines
+the quota of each, who contributes according to his class.
+
+The gobernadorcillos and officials of justice deserve the greatest
+consideration from the government. The provincial chiefs are under
+obligation to show them the honor corresponding to their respective
+duties. They are allowed to sit in the houses of the latter, and in
+any other place, and are not suffered to remain standing. Neither
+is it permitted to the parish priests to treat these officials with
+less consideration.
+
+
+
+Political and Administrative Organization
+
+
+[Montero y Vidal's _Archipielago Filipino_(Madrid, 1866), pp. 162-168,
+contains the following chapter.]
+
+The municipal organization of Filipinas differs widely from that
+of Espana.
+
+Some native functionaries, improperly called gobernadorcillos, [103]
+exercise command in the towns; they correspond to the alcaldes and
+municipal judges, of the Peninsula, and perform at once functions
+of judges and even of notaries, with defined powers. As assistants
+they elect several lieutenants and alguacils, proportionate in
+number to the inhabitants. Those assistants, together with three
+ex-gobernadorcillos to whom are referred the duties of judges of
+cattle, fields, and police, constitute a sort of town council. Manila
+is the only place that has that corporation [_i.e., ayuntamiento_]
+with an organization identical with those of the same class in Espana.
+
+Even when the gobernadorcillos are recompensed with a certain
+percentage for the collection of contributions, and they collect
+some other dues, the total sum that they finally receive is so small
+that their office is considered honorary. In spite of this, the
+duty is an onerous one, and they are subject to annoyances, fines,
+and imprisonment, if the gubernative, judicial, and administrative
+authorities, etc., are rigorous. The Indians covet it with a desire
+that is astonishing, and avail themselves of all possible means in
+order to obtain it. The secret of the motive that impels them lies in
+their fondness for prominence, and in the fact that nearly all of them
+succeed in becoming rich, or in attaining independent means, after
+the two years of their office. For the _polistas_, or individuals
+who are obliged to labor on the public works of the state, build
+their houses for them free of cost, bringing the materials from the
+forest or the points where they are found; there are the _fallas_,
+or the amount of the aliquot sum that is to make good the deficiency
+in public works [i.e., in the services on public works rendered by
+the natives], in the collection of which there is opportunity for
+the gobernadorcillo to figure, by supporting all or the majority of
+those who should perform that work, and himself using that money;
+the innumerable bribes and illegal exactions that they impose, and
+the taxes that they collect through numberless separate judgments:
+[all these] make the office sufficiently lucrative, although in
+that country, scarcely any importance is attached to many of these
+irregularities (even by those who are injured by them), which custom
+has almost sanctioned as law.
+
+The election of corporate members is carried on under the presidency
+of the provincial chief by twelve of the most prominent men
+in the town--half of them drawn by lots cast by those who were
+gobernadorcillos and cabezas de barangay, and the other six from
+the cabezas in actual office; while he who is gobernadorcillo at the
+time of election votes also. The individual who obtains most votes
+is proposed to the general government as being first on the list; he
+who follows him in the number of votes, in the second; and the actual
+_pedaneo_ [i.e. a subordinate officer, here the gobernadorcillo],
+in the third. From that list of three [_terna_], the governor-general
+appoints one, after seeing the report of the president of the election.
+
+The cabezas de barangay are chiefs of fifty families, those from
+whom are collected the contributions that form part of the revenues
+of the treasury and government. This institution, antedating the
+conquest, is most useful, the more, for the same reasons, since
+the gobernadorcillos come to be to their members of barangays or
+those they rule, the same that those pedaneos [i.e.], the cabezas]
+are to the generality of the inhabitants. The actual cabezas or the
+ex-cabezas, with the gobernadorcillo and the ex-captains (as those
+who have exercised that office are designated), form the _principalia_
+[i.e., chieftain class, or nobility].
+
+Their usual dress is a black jacket, European trousers, mushroom
+hat, and colored slippers; many even wear varnished [i.e., patent
+leather] shoes. The shirt is short, and worn outside the trousers. The
+gobernadorcillo carries a tasseled cane [_baston_], the lieutenants
+wands [_varas_]. On occasions of great ceremony, they dress formally
+in frock coat, high-crowned hat--objects of value that are inherited
+from father to son.
+
+On the day on which the gobernadorcillo takes his office, his town
+has a great festival [_fiestajan_]. All eat, drink, smoke, and amuse
+themselves at the expense of the _municipe_ [i.e., the citizen who
+is elected gobernadorcillo], and the rejoicing is universal. In
+the tribunal (city hall) he occupies a large lofty seat, which is
+adorned with the arms of Espana and with fanciful designs, if his
+social footing shows a respectable antiquity.
+
+On holy days the officials go to the church in a body. The
+principalia and the _cuadrilleros_ form in two lines in front of the
+gobernadorcillo and the music precedes them. In the church the latter
+occupies a seat in precedence of those of the chiefs, who have benches
+of honor. After the mass, they usually go to the convent to pay their
+respects to the parish priest; and they return to the tribunal in the
+same order, the musicians playing a loud double quick march. [104]
+There they hold a meeting, at which the gobernadorcillo presides, in
+which he, in concert with the cabezas, determines the public services
+for the week.
+
+The tributarios of many towns go, after mass, to hear orally the orders
+that the cabezas communicate to them. In order to summon any of them
+when necessity requires, they have adopted certain taps of the drum;
+and on hearing it they go to the tribunal.
+
+If the gobernadorcillo is energetic or has a bad temper, the cabezas
+fear and respect him highly; but if he is irresolute they abuse
+him. When he goes out on the street, an alguacil with a long wand
+precedes him.
+
+Since the majority of these pedaneos do not talk Spanish, they are
+authorized to appoint _directorcillos_ [i.e., petty directors],
+who receive very slender pay. The directorcillo--who has generally
+studied for several years in the university or the colleges of Manila
+without concluding his course--writes the judicial measures, and
+the answers to the orders of the provincial authorities; serves as
+interpreter to the pedaneo, when the latter has to talk to Europeans;
+and exercises entire influence in all matters. By virtue of that he
+sometimes commits abuses that the gobernadorcillo finds it necessary
+to tolerate, in order not to lose his services; for there are towns
+where one cannot possibly find another inhabitant to take his place,
+because of their ignorance of Castilian. All that redounds to the hurt
+of the honest administration of the towns, and even the prestige of
+the government, since the said directorcillos are wont to ascribe to
+the superior orders their own exactions and annoyances.
+
+Each town of Filipinas contains a number of cuadrilleros, proportional
+to its citizenship. They are under obligation to serve for three years,
+and only enjoy exemption from the payment of tribute and _polos_. [105]
+The cuadrilleros are armed with old guns and spears, perform police
+duty, and guard the tribunal, prison, and the royal or government
+house. They also go in pursuit of criminals.
+
+Some provinces (for instance, the majority of those in Luzon) are
+ruled by legal alcaldes-mayor who are lawyers, who exercise the
+civil government, and are at the same time judges of first instance,
+sub-delegates of the treasury and of local departments, administrators
+of the posts, military commandants, and presiding officers of the
+meetings for auctions and for primary instruction. They were also
+formerly collectors of tobacco, in the provinces where that plant is
+cultivated. [106]
+
+Other provinces, such as those of Visayas and Mindanao, are ruled
+by politico-military governors, belonging to the army and fleet,
+who also unite duties identical to those of the alcaldes-mayor--with
+the difference that in these provinces there are judges for the
+administration of justice; while in the provinces of Luzon the
+governors conduct the court of justice, with a lawyer as advisory
+assistant [_asessor_], who is the judge of the next province. In
+those provinces where no department of the public treasury exists,
+they are also directors of economic matters.
+
+A governor and captain-general exercises the supreme authority in
+Filipinas. In his charge is the direction of all civil and military
+matters, and even the direction of ecclesiastical matters in so far
+as they touch the royal patronage. Until 1861, when the council of
+administration was created, he also had charge of the presidency of
+the royal Audiencia and Chancilleria there.
+
+The authority, then, of the governor-general is complete, and such
+a number of attributes conferred on one functionary (incompetent,
+as a general rule, for everything outside of military matters),
+is certainly prejudicial to the right exercise of his duty.
+
+Until the year 1822, private gentlemen, magistrates, military men,
+sailors, and ecclesiastics, without any distinction, were appointed
+to fill so lofty a post; and they have borne the title and exercised
+the functions of captain-general to suit their own convenience.
+
+During the vacancies, political authority resided in the royal
+assembly--the Audiencia in full [107] and the military authority in an
+auditor (magistrate), with the title of captain-general _ad interim_.
+
+From the said year of 1822, the government has always devolved upon
+an official, a general; in case of his death, the segundo cabo,
+a general, is substituted for him; and in case of the death of the
+latter, the commandant-general of the naval station.
+
+The captain-general is, as we have indicated, supreme chief of all
+departments, and the sum total of his pay amounts to forty thousand
+pesos annually.
+
+A command of so great importance, superior to the viceroyalties of
+our former American colonies, ought not to be given exclusively to one
+specified class; and the election of governor should be free, although
+with the limitation that only ex-ministers and high dignitaries of
+the army or of any other institution, who merit through their lofty
+talents, known competence, and proved morality, that Espana should
+entrust to them its representation and the exercise of its sovereignty
+in so precious a portion of its domains, should be eligible to it. Thus
+jointly do the prestige of the Spanish name the complications of
+political life in modern society, and the progress and welfare of
+eight millions of Spanish Indians--worthy under all concepts on which
+governments now fix their attention more than they have hitherto done,
+in a matter of so transcendent importance--demand this with urgency.
+
+It is also advisable to change the vicious, anomalous, and unsuitable
+organization of the provinces of Filipinas, assimilating them, so far
+as possible, to those of Espana. The separation of the gubernatorial
+and judicial duties, the suppression of politico-military commands,
+and the appointment of civil governors, under excellent conditions
+and unremovable for six years, are urgent; all these are measures
+that will positively redound to the benefit of the country.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+[1] The earliest compilation of laws regarding the Spanish colonies of
+Nueva Espana was made, by royal command, by Vasco de Puga (an auditor
+of the Audiencia of Mexico), and printed in 1563. Francisco de Toledo,
+viceroy of Peru from 1569 to 1581, prepared a code of ordinances for
+that country (see Markham's _Hist. Peru_, pp. 149, 156-159, 538). In
+1570, Felipe II ordered that a revised compilation of the laws and
+ordinances for the government of all the Indias be made. After many
+efforts and delays, this was accomplished in 1628, but the work was
+not printed until 1681. It is the fifth edition (_i.e._, reprint)
+of this compilation from which we obtain the laws presented in this
+document; it was printed in Madrid in 1841.
+
+[2] See _Vol_. VIII, p. 253.
+
+[3] "The present state of affairs in that which relates to this titulo
+is that set forth by the decree of March 10, 1785, establishing the
+Company of Filipinas. In regard to this law and those following in
+this titulo, the reader should remember that a royal order of July 20,
+1793, permitted the Company of Filipinas to trade directly between
+those islands and the ports of South America in one or two voyages,
+to the amount of five hundred thousand pesos apiece, on condition of
+paying the foreign duty and the 9 1/2 per cent on the silver taken
+back. This permit, which was limited during the war with France,
+was, by a new royal order of September 24, 1796, made general for
+all succeeding wars, if carried on with maritime powers." The above
+note is translated from the _Recopilacion_, where it follows law
+1. Space permitting, the decree of March 10, 1785, mentioned above,
+will be given in this series.
+
+[4] This law and all those treating of the prohibition of commerce
+between Peru and Mejico, Tierra-Firme, etc., were completely superseded
+by a royal decree dated El Pardo, January 20, 1774. That decree was
+ordered to be kept and observed by the superior government of Lima,
+August 1, of the same year; and separate copies were ordered to be
+drawn, so that all might know that his Majesty had repealed and revoked
+the general prohibition of reciprocal commerce by the South Sea between
+the four kingdoms of Peru, Nueva Espana, Nueva Reino de Granada, and
+Guatemala." We transfer this note from law ix, of this titulo of the
+_Recopilacion_, an editorial note to law lxviii referring to law ix.
+
+[5] Such a citation as this shows the hand of the editors or compilers
+of the _Recopilacion_. Law lxvii bears as its earlier date March 3,
+1617, and refers to the sending of contraband Chinese goods to the
+House of Trade of the Indias in Sevilla.
+
+[6] The governors of the Filipinas grant permission to those who go
+to those islands under condemnation of crime to return. Inasmuch as
+on that account many convicts hide away from the judges who exiled
+them, we order the governors, under no circumstances, to permit
+them to return to Nueva Espana or to go to Peru during the period of
+their exile. And should they be condemned to the galleys or to other
+services, they shall fulfil the condemnation,--[Felipe III--Aranjuez,
+April 29, 1605. Felipe IV--Madrid, January 27, 1631. In _Recopilacion
+de leyes_, lib. vii, tit. viii, ley xxi.]
+
+[7] The _Recopilacion_ is not clear as to the date of this law and the
+one immediately following. Law lix bears both dates (as also does law
+lx), and is designated as clause 11. Laws lxix and lxx bear no date
+(probably through error of the compiler or printer), but are designated
+as clauses 16 and 17, and clause 18, of a decree by Felipe III. Hence
+the above dates with queries have been assigned to these laws.
+
+[8] Luis Geronimo de Cabrera, fourth Conde de Chinchon, became viceroy
+of Peru in 1628, holding that office until 1639. During his term
+there was made known the efficacy of a medicine--previously in use
+among the Indians--the so-called "Jesuit's bark," or "Peruvian bark,"
+obtained from a tree found only in Peru and adjoining countries, named
+_Chinchona_ by Linnaeus, in honor of the viceroy's wife (who, having
+been cured by this medicine, introduced its use into Spain). From
+this bark is obtained the drug known at quinine.
+
+[9] Whenever any ships sail from the port of Acapulco and other
+ports of Nueva Espana to make the voyage to Peru on the opportunities
+permitted, it is our will and we order our officials of those ports
+to visit and inspect those ships with complete faithfulness and
+the advisable rigor. They shall endeavor to ascertain whether such
+ships are carrying any Chinese silks or merchandise, or any from the
+Filipinas Islands. They shall seize such, and declare those found
+as smuggled goods. They shall divide them, and apply them as is
+contained in the laws of this titulo. [Felipe IV--Madrid, April 9,
+1641. In _Recopilacion de leyes_, lib. viii, tit. xvii, ley xv.]
+
+[10] See note to law lxviii, p. 33.
+
+[11] See _Vol_. XIV, note 12, p. 99.
+
+[12] Latin, _Bacchanalia_. In Latin countries, the three days before
+Ash Wednesday are given up to boisterous outdoor merriment, which
+frequently degenerates into coarse and licentious revelry. Hence,
+the expression "Bacchanalia" Carnival. In order to counteract these
+abuses, the Jesuits at Macerata in Italy, introduced, in 1556,
+some special devotions during the three days. The Exposition of the
+Blessed Sacrament was held in the church, this custom was adopted by
+St. Charles Borromeo, in Milan; and it gradually extended to other
+places, and was developed subsequently into "The Devotion of the
+Forty Hours," which is not confined to the Carnival season. This is
+the explanation of the term "Bacchanalia," in connection with that
+church ceremony--_Rev. E.I. Devitt, S.J._
+
+[13] Evidently referring to the capture of van Caerden's fleet by
+Heredia (see note 26, _post_).
+
+[14] Flagellation in the Philippines was a custom probably taken
+from the early Spanish friars, but it has been so discouraged of late
+years by the church that it is performed only in the smaller villages
+of the interior and in the outlying _barrios_ of the larger towns,
+more or less secretly, away from the sight of white men. Especially
+is it prevalent during Holy Week. Although the Philippine flagellants
+are called "_penitentes_" the flagellation is not done in penance,
+but as the result of a vow or promise made to the diety in return
+for the occurrence of some wished-for event, and the "_penitentes_"
+are frequently from the most knavish class. The fulfillment of the
+vow is a terrible ordeal, and begins back of the small chapel called
+"_visita_" that exists in every village. The "_penitente_" wears only
+a pair of loose thin white cotton trousers, and is beaten on the back
+by another native first with hands and then with a piece of wood with
+little metal points in it until the blood flows freely. Thus he walks
+from _visita_ to _visita_, with covered face, beating himself with
+a cord, into the end of which is braided a bunch of sticks about the
+size of lead pencils. He prostrates himself in the dust and is beaten
+on the back and soles of his feet with a flail. At every stream he
+plunges into it, and grovels before every _visita_. From all the houses
+as he passes comes the chant of the Passion. (Lieut. Charles Norton
+Barney, who was an eye-witness of the flagellation--"Circumcision and
+flagellation among the Filipinos," in the _Journal_ of the Association
+of Military Surgeons, September, 1903.)
+
+[15] See _Vol_. IX, note 13. Roberto Bellarmino, born in 1542, entered
+the Jesuit order in 1560, becoming one of its most famous theological
+writers. He was long connected with the college at Rome, and later
+was successively provincial of Naples, a cardinal of the Roman church
+(from 1599), and archbishop of Capua (1602-05); he died at Rome,
+September 17, 1621, Perhaps the most widely known of his works is the
+_Doctrina christiana_ (Rome, 1598); it passed through many editions,
+abridgments, and translations, having been rendered into more than
+fifty languages. See account of these in Sommervogel's _Bibliotheque
+de la Compagnie de Jesus_, art. "Bellarmino." "He was the first Jesuit
+who had ever taken part in the election of a pope"--Cretineau-Joly's
+_Hist. Comp. de Jesus_ (Paris, 1859), iii, p. 106. This refers to
+the election of Paul V (1605).
+
+[16] In the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library) i, pp. 341-381,
+is a copy of a letter (dated June 11, 1611) from Father Armano to
+his provincial, Gregorio Lopez, detailing the achievements of Silva's
+expedition to the Moluccas in 1611--on which occasion Silva restored
+to his throne Zayri, king of Ternate, who had been kept as a prisoner
+at Manila for five years. Rizal says in his edition of Morga, p. 247,
+note 1, that this king did not return to his island. He was probably
+taken back to Manila shortly after this restoration.
+
+[17] Pedro Solier was born about 1578; he entered the Augustinian order
+in 1593 at Salamanca, where he remained five years, and then joined the
+Philippine mission. In 1603 he went to Spain on business of his order,
+returning to the islands in 1606. Elected provincial of his order in
+1608, he held that office for two years; and in 1610, "on account of
+the deposal of Father Lorenzo de Leon, journeyed to Spain to make a
+report of that unpleasant incident" (Perez's _Catalogo_, p. 57).
+
+[18] Baltasar Fort was a native of Moto in Valencia, though some
+say of Horcajo in the diocese of Tortosa. He studied Latin grammar
+at Villa de San Mateo. At Valencia he studied philosophy. He took
+his vows at the Dominican convent of San Esteban at Salamanca,
+May 2, 1586. After serving as prior and as master of novitiates in
+Aragonese convents, he went to Manila in 1602. Mart of his ministry
+there was passed in the province of Pangasinam. He served as prior of
+the Manila convent, and then as provincial, after which he was sent
+to Japan as vicar-provincial, whence he was exiled in 1614. He was
+definitor several times and once rector of the college of Santo Tomas,
+after which he was again prior of the Manila convent. He died in that
+convent without the last sacraments, October 18, 1640, being over
+seventy years of age.--See _Resena biografica_, part i, pp. 311, 312.
+
+[19] Francisco Minayo was a native of Arevalo. After arriving at the
+Philippines in 1598, he labored extensively in Cagayan, where his
+ministry had good results. He was accused of the sin against nature,
+but after arrest and trial was released. Later he was prior of the
+Manila convent, and after his three years' term returned to Cagayan,
+where he died at Lallo-c, August 25, 1613. See _Resena biografica_,
+part i, pp. 302-303.
+
+[20] The following law was passed at Lerma July 23, 1605; and at
+Madrid December 19, 1618, and is found in _Recopilacion de leyes_,
+lib. iii, tit. x, ley xiv: "The governor and captain-general of the
+Filipinas Islands shall take care to reward the soldiers who shall
+have served us there, and their sons, with the posts and profits
+that shall fall to his appointment, in accordance with the ordinance,
+and with full justification, so that they may have some remuneration,
+observing in everything the laws issued upon this matter."
+
+[21] Father Gregorio Lopez was a native of the town of Alcocer, in
+the bishopric of Cuenca. He studied theology at Alcala de Henares,
+but took the Jesuit habit in Mexico. He filled in Mexico the chairs
+of the arts and of theology, and was master of the novitiates. After
+sixteen years' residence in Mexico he went to the Philippines,
+where he became a teacher of Christian doctrine, and rector of the
+seminary at Manila. He was later vice-provincial and then provincial
+of his order for eight years, being the first provincial. He died at
+the age of fifty-three, on July 21, 1614. He spent fourteen years in
+the Philippines.
+
+[22] La Concepcion says (_Hist. de Philipinas_, iv, p. 284) that the
+Dutch unexpectedly encountered at Panay a Spanish force, on its way
+to the Moluccas, who compelled the invaders to retreat.
+
+[23] Francois de Wittert. See _Vol_. XV, pp. 323-328.
+
+[24] "The bells of the churches were cast into heavy cannon" (La
+Concepcion, _Hist. de Philipinas_, iv, p. 286).
+
+[25] _Vino de Mandarin_; literally, "mandarin wine."
+
+[26] Paul van Caerden (Pablo Blanchardo), who had made several voyages
+to the East Indies, was captured by Sargento-mayor Pedro de Heredia
+after a fierce fight near Terrenate, the seat of the new Dutch posts
+in the Malucos. Juan de Esquivel, Spanish governor of the Malucos,
+allowed him to pay a ransom of fifty thousand pesos; but was severely
+rebuked by the Manila Audiencia then in power, for doing so without
+first advising them. Esquivel took the censure so much to heart
+that he fell into a melancholy, and died soon after. His successor,
+Sargento-mayor Azcueta Menchaca, anxious to please the Audiencia,
+pursued van Caerden and captured him a second time, although the Dutch
+tried to burn their ship to escape such an ignominy. He was sent to
+Manila, and his ransom promised on certain conditions. Twenty-two
+Spanish prisoners at Ternate were given; but, the other conditions
+not being met, the Dutch officer was kept prisoner at the expense of
+the royal treasury until his death, in Manila. See La Concepcion's
+_Hist. de Philipinas_, iv, pp. 112-114.
+
+[27] La Concepcion and Montero y Vidal make this name Faxardo (or
+Fajardo) instead of Pardos; and the latter gives the following name
+as Luis Moreno Donoso.
+
+[28] The original is _malos dias_, literally, "a bad
+'good-morning.'" It is used as the term _buenos dias_, or "good
+morning."
+
+[29] The Trinitarian order was founded at Rome in 1198 by St. John
+of Matha, a native of Provence, and Felix of Valois, an aged French
+hermit, in order to redeem Christian captives from the infidels. The
+order received sanction from Innocent III. Their rule was that of
+St. Augustine, with particular statutes; and their diet was one of
+great austerity. The habit in France was a soutane and scapular of
+white serge, with a red and blue cross on the right breast. The first
+monastery was established at Cerfroy, France, and continued to be
+the mother-house, until the French Revolution. At one time the order
+had two hundred and fifty houses, and by the seventeenth century
+had rescued 30,720 Christian captives. At the dissolution they had
+eleven houses in England, five in Scotland, and one in Ireland. The
+religious were often called Red or Maturin friars in England, from
+the color of the cross on their habit and because of their famous
+house at Paris near the chapel of St. Maturin.
+
+A reformation made by Father Juan Baptista was approved by the Holy
+See in 1599, and resulted in the erection of the congregation of
+discalced Trinitarians in Spain. Their houses, as well as those of
+the unreformed portion of the order, were suppressed in Spain in the
+reign of Isabella II.
+
+See Addis and Arnold's _Catholic Dictionary_, p. 810.
+
+[30] The Ventura del Arco copy reads _concera_, which may be a
+mistranscription for _cascara_, hull.
+
+[31] Pedro Montejo took his vows at the Toledo Augustinian
+convent. After his arrival at Manila he was master of novitiates and
+superior of the Manila convent of San Pablo until 1607. In that year
+he was assigned to the Japan missions at his own request. He probably
+did not go to that empire, however, for shortly afterward he was in
+Manila again on business for the province, where he embarked. He was
+captured by the Dutch and killed, as stated in the text, by a ball
+from the Spanish fleet. See Perez's _Catalogo_.
+
+[32] For quite another estimate of these youthful commanders, see
+_ante_, p. 97.
+
+[33] This was Fray Juan Pinto de Fonseca.
+
+[34] This difference in time when sailing east and west, was commented
+on by many early writers. Acosta (_History of the Indies_, Hakluyt
+Society's publications, London, 1880) says "seeing the two Crownes of
+Portugall and Castille, have met by the East and West, ioyning their
+discoveries together, which in truth is a matter to be observed, that
+the one is come to China and Iappan by the East, and the other to the
+Philippines, which are neighbours, and almost ioyning vnto China, by
+the West; for from the Ilands of Lusson, which is the chiefe of the
+Philippines, in the which is the city of Manilla, vnto Macao, which
+is in the Ile of Canton, are but foure score or a hundred leagues,
+and yet we finde it strange, that notwithstanding this small distance
+from the one to the other, yet according to their accoumpt, there is
+a daies difference betwixt them.... Those of Macao and of China have
+one day advanced before the Philippines. It happened to father Alonso
+Sanches, ... that parting from the Philippines, he arrived at Macao
+the second daie of Maie, according to their computation, and going
+to say the masse of S. Athanasius, he found they did celebrate the
+feast of the invention of the holy Crosse, for that they did then
+reckon the third of Maie." Acosta then gives the reason for this
+difference. See _Vol_. I of this series, p. 22, note 2.
+
+[35] A species of pelican (_Pelicanus sula_).
+
+[36] The modern province of Bungo is located on the eastern side of
+the island of Kyushu, on the Bungo Channel.
+
+[37] It is prohibited by us that the Audiencia of Filipinas should
+grant licenses [for anyone] to go to the provinces of Peru. We order
+that all the audiencias of Nueva Espana keep and observe this law, and
+that those of Peru do the same in regard to Nueva Espana." Ordinance
+27, Toledo, May 25, 1596. (_Recopilacion de leyes_, lib. ix, tit. xxvi,
+ley lxi.)
+
+"The governor of Filipinas shall not concede leave to any soldier
+or any other person who shall have gone there at the cost of our
+royal treasury, to leave or go out of those islands unless there be
+very urgent causes; and in this he shall proceed with great caution
+and moderation." Madrid, March 29, 1597. (_Recopilacion de leyes_,
+lib. ix, tit. xxvi, ley lxii.)
+
+"It is advisable that the citizens of the Filipinas Islands shall
+not leave them, and especially those who are rich and influential. In
+consideration of this, we order the governors to proceed with great
+moderation in giving passports to come to these kingdoms or those
+of Nueva Espana, for thus it is important for the preservation of
+the people of those islands. And in consideration of the fact that
+the passengers and religious who come are numerous, and consume the
+food provided for the crews of the vessels, we order the governors
+that they avoid as far as possible the giving of passport to the said
+passengers and religious, in order to avoid the inconveniences that
+result and which ought to be considered." Segovia, July 25, 1609;
+and San Lorenzo, August 19, 1609. (_Recopilacion de leyes_, lib. ix,
+tit. xxvi, ley lxiii.)
+
+[38] On the death of Pedro de Acuna, Rodrigo de Vivero was appointed
+governor ad interim of the Philippines, by viceroy Luis de Velasco
+of Mexico. He landed at Manila, June 15, 1608, and governed until
+April of the following year. He was a native of Laredo (Santander),
+and was experienced in the political life of the Indies. He introduced
+important reforms and laws among the alcaldes-mayor and corregidors. He
+was given the title of Conde dela Valle, and made governor and
+captain-general of Panama. See La Concepcion's _Hist. de Philipinas_,
+vi, pp. 114-116.
+
+[39] The following description of Japan it taken from _Recuril des
+Voyages_ (Amsterdam, 1725), ii, p. 84: "These islands look toward
+New Spain on the east; Tartary on the north, besides other countries
+unknown; China on the west, and unknown lands on the south; with
+a large sea between them. They comprise 66 petty kingdoms, and are
+divided into three chief parts. The most considerable, and the one
+always named first, is Japan, which contains 53 seigniories, or petty
+kingdoms, the most powerful of which are Meaco and Amagunce. The
+king of Meaco has under him 24 or 26 kingdoms, and he of Amagunce 12
+or 13. The second of these three parts is called Ximo, and contains
+9 kingdoms, chief of which are Bungo and Figeu. The third part is
+called Xicoum, and contains 4 kingdoms or seigniories." J.J. Rein
+(_Japan_, London, 1884), gives four divisions in modern Japan,
+namely, Japan proper, the Riukiu Islands, Chigima or the Kuriles,
+and Ogasawara-shima or Munito, commonly called Bonin Islands.
+
+[40] A kind of silk grograin.
+
+[41] Gabriel de la Cruz (in the Moluccas as early as 1605),
+together with Lorenzo Masonio (Laurent Masoni) wrote a relation
+entitled _Relacion de la toma de las islas de Ambueno y Tidore que
+consigueiron los Holandes en este ano de 1605_, which is published
+by Colin in his _Labor Evangelica_, lib. iv, chap. ii. Masoni was
+born at Campolleto (Naples), February 27, 1556. He entered the Jesuit
+order when already a priest, in 1582. In 1586 he went to the Indies,
+where he died at Amboina, July 19, 1631. He wrote also a letter from
+that island, which is published in _Lettera annuae di Giappone_ (Roma,
+1605), pp. 113-121; also in _Hist. Univers. des Indes orientales_,
+by Antoine Magin (Sommervogel).
+
+[42] The author of the present relation precedes the portion here
+presented, which appears to be complete, by a notice of the death of
+Father Antonio Pereira. This notice appears to have been abridged
+by Ventura del Arco, who copied the document from the archives. La
+Concepcion states (vol. iv of his history) that after Acuna had
+recovered the Malucos, all but two of the Jesuit priests there were
+ordered to Malaca. This included Pereira, who was stationed on the
+island of Siao. The authorities at Malaca contended that the care
+of these religious devolved upon the Philippines, hence they were
+ordered to go there. Pereira left Malaca in July, 1608, for Manila
+in a Portuguese vessel, but they were wrecked after twenty days'
+voyage. The Portuguese and Father Pereira started for Borneo next
+morning in the small boat, leaving 130 slaves who were in the vessel
+to their fate. After four days the boat reached a desert island, with
+its occupants famished. Father Pereira, having a knowledge of the
+region, procured water from one of the hollow canes growing on the
+island. There they were captured by Moro or Malay pirates and sold
+by them to the Borneans. They were sent to Manila in a small boat
+by the sultan; but, in a storm, Father Pereira died. He was a son of
+Gonzalo Pereira, who had also lived at Siao. Father Pereira had aided
+Chirino in various labors in Cebu, whence he later returned to Siao.
+
+[43] This phrase, the usual epithet of the general of the Jesuit order,
+would indicate that Lopez was addressing that official--who was then
+Claudio Aquaviva; he died on January 31, 1615.
+
+[44] A vessel built like a pink--that is, with a very narrow stern--and
+sloop-rigged.
+
+[45] By metaphor, the instrument is here used for the person; the
+reference is to the advocacy of the Virgin as obtained through
+the rosary, the instrument of the chief devotion to Mary. As
+such, many churches and other institutions are dedicated to the
+rosary.--_Rev. Patrick B. Knox_ (Madison, Wisconsin).
+
+[46] Thomas Aquinas, born in 1227, belonged to a noble family,
+descended from the kings of Aragon and Sicily. Entering
+the ecclesiastical life, he soon became noted as a scholar and
+divine. He was professor of divinity in several universities, and
+author of numerous theological works. He died on March 7, 1274, and
+was canonized in 1323. Various epithets have been bestowed upon him:
+"the Angelic Doctor," "the Universal Doctor," "the Dumb Ox" (alluding
+to his taciturnity), "The Angel of the School," and "the Eagle of
+Theologians." "It was in defense of Thomas Aquinas that Henry VIII [of
+England] composed the book which procured him from the pope the title
+of Defender of the Faith" (Blake's _Biographical Dictionary_, p. 66).
+
+[47] Argensola says mistakenly that this father was killed by the
+Chinese in the insurrection of 1603.
+
+For sketch of his life see _Vol_. XIII, note 43.
+
+[48] Domingo de Nieva was a native of one of the three towns of
+Villoria in Castilla, and professed in the Dominican convent of San
+Pablo at Valladolid. On going to the Philippines he was sent first
+to the mission of Bataan, where his labors were uninterrupted and
+severe. He became fluent in the Tagil language, after Which he was
+assigned to the Chinese mission near Manila; and he composed and
+published several devotional treatises in both those languages. He
+was elected prior of Manila, but before his three years in that office
+were finished, he was sent as procurator to Madrid. He died at sea, at
+the end of 1606 or the beginning of 1607, after having spent nineteen
+years in the Philippines. See _Resena biografica_, part i, pp. 108-110.
+
+[49] That is "by my priestly word."
+
+[50] The see of Cebu was made vacant by the death of Bishop Agurto
+(September 14, 1608), and that of Nueva Caceres (in 1607) by the death
+of its second bishop, Baltasar Corarrubias, O.S.A. The reference in
+our text is to the appointment of new bishops for these sees--for Cebu,
+Pedro Matias, O.S.F.; and for Nueva Caceres, Pedro de Arce, O.S.A. But,
+as Matias did not understand the Visayan language, these appointments
+were finally exchanged; Matias was transferred to Nueva Caceres, which
+he administered for two years and until his death, and Arce to Cebu.
+
+[51] Because of the difficulty that has been represented to us in going
+or sending from very distant provinces, separated by the sea, to give
+their accounts, we have determined and resolved that the accounts of
+Chile and Filipinas shall be examined as hitherto, in accordance with
+the ordinances of the Audiencias--notwithstanding what is ordained
+by others--given to the accountants. The accounts shall have to be
+brought and given in the tribunal of accounts. We order that those
+thus examined in Chile be sent to the tribunal of accounts in Lima,
+and those of the Filipinas to that of Mejico. Our royal officials
+of those treasuries shall also send at the beginning of each year
+the lists and muster-rolls of the soldiers to the said tribunals,
+signed also by the governor and captain-general. The accountants
+of the above-mentioned tribunals shall send a report of the said
+accounts, with its lists, to our council of the Indias." Felipe III,
+San Lorenzo, August 17, 1609, ordinance 24. (_Recopilacion de leyes_,
+lib. viii, tit. i, ley lxxix). A decree dated San Lorenzo, October 19,
+1719, ordered this law to be observed, and ordered also inspection
+of the treasuries every week. See note in _Recopilacion de leyes_
+to the above ordinance.
+
+[52] Marcos de Lisboa was born of a noble family in Lisboa,
+Portugal. At an early age he was sent to India to engage in its
+commerce. Establishing himself at Malacca, he took the vows in 1582,
+in the Franciscan convent established there in the preceding year
+by Juan Bautista Pisaro. In 1586 he went to the Philippines, where
+he projected and later helped to found (1594) the Confraternity of
+La Misericordia at Manila. He later spent a number of years in the
+province of Camarines, where he labored extensively. He was elected
+three times as definitor (1602, 1608, and 1616), and once (January 16,
+1609), as vicar-provincial. In 1618 he went to Mexico, whence (July 16,
+1622), he went to Madrid, and then to Rome to take part in the general
+chapter of his order. At the conclusion of the chapter he retired to
+the convent of San Gil at Madrid, where he died in the beginning of
+1628. Lisboa left a number of written works, among them four in the
+Bicol language, which he was the first to write. See Huerta's _Estado_,
+pp. 447, 448.
+
+[53] The Marquis de Montesclaros (third marques of the title, see
+_Vol_. XIII, p. 228) was born posthumously probably at Sevilla;
+and was a knight of the Order of Santiago, and gentleman of the
+bedchamber. Throughout his offices as viceroy of Nueva Espana and
+of Peru, he showed ability and determination, and his policy was
+approved. See Moreri's _Dictionnaire_, vi, p. 268; and Bancroft's
+_History of Mexico_, iii, pp. 5, 6.
+
+[54] The consulate (see _Vol_. XIII, p. 57) of Sevilla was formed
+in accordance with a law dated August 23, 1543; it authorized the
+exporting merchants of that city to meet annually for the election of
+prior and consuls to administer, regulate, and guard the commercial
+interests of those merchants. See the laws enacted regarding this
+institution, in _Recopilacion de leyes_, lib. ix, tit. vi.
+
+[55] The Atlantic Ocean; the new trade-route opened by the Portuguese
+a century before led to the Atlantic via the Cape of Good Hope.
+
+[56] Spanish, _tan en las mantillas_, _i.e._, the long outer garments
+in which an infant is dressed.
+
+[57] Referring to the Cerro Gordo ("rich hill") of Potosi; see
+_Vol_. XIV, p. 306.
+
+[58] Perhaps the region known as Miztecapan, which has fertile valleys.
+
+[59] A truce of eight months, to begin with May, 1607, was arranged
+between Spain and the United Provinces, in which for the first
+time Spain gave up its claims to control the latter. This paved
+the way to the long truce of twelve years signed at the meeting of
+the States-General at Bergen-op-Zoom, in April, 1609, in which the
+independence of the United Provinces was recognized (see _Vol_. XI,
+p. 166, note 27). But that independence was completely recognized
+and assured only by the treaty of Westphalia or Muenster (in October,
+1648), which also opened to the Dutch the ports of the Eastern and
+Western Indias.
+
+[60] Thus in the text, according to the editor of _Docs. ineditos_;
+apparently an error for Manila.
+
+[61] That is, if the Philippine trade to Nueva Espana were suppressed
+the commodities from Spain which are now shipped to Manila via
+Acapulco, and are mainly articles of luxury, would not find any
+greater sale in the Orient than before.
+
+[62] In 1525 Esteban Gomez--who had been one of Magalhaes's pilots
+(_Vol_. 1, pp. 263, 319) was sent by Charles V "to find a route to
+Cathay" north of Florida. He had but one caravel with which to make
+this voyage, but he went to the Bacalaos (New-foundland coast),
+and thence as far south as Florida. His discoveries were noted on
+the map of the cosmographer Diego Ribero (1529). Gomez's voyage is
+described by Peter Martyr.
+
+[63] Referring to the treaty of Zaragoza (_Vol_. II, pp. 222-240).
+
+[64] Montesclaros has forgotten the capture of the "Santa Ana" by
+Candish. See _Vol_. VI, p. 311, and _Vol_. XV, appendix A.
+
+[65] The fictitious strait of Anian (for which name see Bancroft's
+_History of Northwest Coast_, i, pp. 53-56), was the supposed
+western terminus of the northwest passage, whose eastern terminus
+Cortereal was thought to have found in Hudson Strait. A kingdom
+marked Anian is shown On Ortelius's map (_Theatrum orbis terrarum_,
+Antwerp, 1574), with the strait just north of it, above 60 deg.. Both the
+kingdom and district are shown on a number of old maps. Du Val's map
+(Paris, 1684) of North America, which shows California as an island,
+portrays the strait of Anian directly north of it, between 45 deg. and
+50 deg. of latitude. Vaugondy's map (that of 1750 corrected), Paris,
+1783, shows the strait between 50 deg. and 55 deg.. Comparing the latter with
+Russel's general map of North America, 1794, the Anian strait appears
+to coincide with the strait between Queen Charlotte's Island and the
+mainland, the modern Hecate Strait. Vizcaino had orders to look for
+this strait on his voyage, and explore it.
+
+[66] Puertobelo, now called Porto Bello, is situated on the isthmus
+of Panama, almost directly north of Panama--in the old department of
+Panama of the United States of Colombia; but now (as the other places
+herein named) in the independent state of Panama--and but little west
+of Aspinwall, the Atlantic terminus of the Panama Canal. Chagre is
+the modern Chagres, and lies on the Atlantic side of the isthmus
+southwest of Porto Bello; there empties the Chagres River, which
+can be ascended to Cruces, which is twenty miles north of Panama,
+the Pacific terminus of the canal, capital of the old department of
+Panama, and of the present state of Panama.
+
+[67] Diego de Soria entered the Dominican order at Ocana. He came to
+the Philippines in the first mission of that order (1587), end held
+various dignities and official positions in the province; he also
+did missionary work in Cagayan and other regions of Luzon. About
+1597 he went to Spain and Rome on business of his order; and later
+was appointed bishop of Nueva Segovia, taking possession of that
+see in 1604. He died in 1613, at Fernandina (now Vigan). See _Resena
+biografica_, i, pp. 69-77.
+
+[68] The reduction of silver ore by amalgamation with mercury was
+discovered (although mercury had been used long before for obtaining
+gold) by a Spanish miner in Mexico, Bartholome de Medina, in 1557. From
+that time, enormous quantities of mercury have been continually
+required for the mining operations in the silver-producing districts
+of Spanish America. Efforts were occasionally made by the Mexican
+viceroys to procure it in China; but "the Chinese mercury obtained
+from Canton and Manilla was impure, and contained a great deal of
+lead; and its price [1782] amounted to 80 piastres the quintal." See
+Humboldt's account, descriptive and historical, of this use of mercury,
+in his _New Spain_ (Black's trans.), iii, pp. 250-288.
+
+In this connection, see the interesting statement by Santiago de Vera
+(_Vol_. VI, p. 68) that as early as 1585 the Japanese (who then had but
+little communication with the Spaniards) were using Chinese quicksilver
+in the silver mines of Japan. Some of the Chinese mercury had been
+brought to Manila in 1573 (_Vol_. III, p. 245), and Sande mentions
+(_Vol_. IV. p. 54) the mines of silver and quicksilver in China.
+
+[69] This document is simply an abridgment or summary made by Ventura
+del Arco from the letter of Ledesma.
+
+[70] Cf. this statement with the royal decree of May 26, 1609, which
+is presented in this volume, p. 79, _ante_.
+
+[71] Valerio de Ledesma was born at Alaejos. March 23, 1556, and
+became a novitiate in the Jesuit order in 1571-1572. He was sent
+to the Philippines, where he served as rector of Cebu, associate of
+the provincial, rector of Manila, provincial, rector and master of
+novitiates at San Pedro Macati, and again rector at Manila, where he
+died, May 15, 1639. See Sommervogel, Barrantes (_Guerros piraticas_),
+and Pardo de Tavera (_Biblioteca Filipina_, Washington, 1903) as
+to his authorship. See also Murillo Velarde's _Historia_ (Manila,
+1749), book ii, ch. vii, pp. 260-266, for a notice regarding him. In
+the Ventura del Arco MSS., at the end of this summary of Ledesma's
+letter appears a tracing of his autograph signature.
+
+[72] According to Sommervogel, Juan de Ribera was born at Puebla
+de los Angeles in 1565, and entered upon his novitiate at Rome in
+1582. He was sent to the Philippines in 1595, and taught theology
+and was rector at Manila, where he died June 5, 1622. Besides the
+present letter, Father Ribera was the author of the _Lettera annua_
+from the Philippines for 1602-1603, which was printed at Venice and
+Paris, in Italian and French respectively, in 1605.
+
+[73] In regard to the correction of Manila time, see _Vol_. I, p. 22,
+note 2.
+
+[74] That is, "the Great Mogul," meaning "the ruler of Mogor," a name
+applied to Hindostan. The monarch here referred to is Jahangir (or
+Jehanghir), the tenth of the Mogul emperors, who in 1605 succeeded to
+the throne by the death of his father, Akbar the Great. See account
+of his power and wealth, by Pyrard de Laval (publications of Hakluyt
+Society, London, 1888-90) ii, pp. 250-253; also _The Hawkins' Voyages_
+and _Embassy of Sir Thomas Roe_ (published by the same society in 1878
+and 1899, respectively). Roe and William Hawkins successively resided
+at Jahangir's court between 1610 and 1620. An interesting sketch of
+Jahangir's life is given by Valentyn in his _Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien_
+(Dordrecht and Amsterdam, MDCCXXIV), part iv, sec. ii, pp. 218-230;
+it is part of a series of the sketches, "Lives of the Great Moguls."
+
+[75] According to Montero y Vidal (_Hist. Filipinas_, i, p. 161)
+this expedition was under the orders of Alonso Vaez Coutino.
+
+[76] A small piece of ordnance; or, a long musket or matchlock.
+
+[77] The plan of Malaca in Bellin's _Atlas maritime_ (Paris, 1764),
+iii, 46, indicates this church, stating that it was then a magazine
+within the fort. Other public buildings are located--the Chinese
+pagoda and bazar, the Mahometan mosque, etc. See Valentyn's account,
+descriptive and historical, of "Malakka," in his _Oud en Nieuw
+Oost-Indien_, part v, book vi, pp. 308-360; it contains a large
+engraving, a view of the city of Malaca.
+
+[78] A small city in the province of Badajoz, Spain.
+
+[79] Cf. La Concepcion's account (_Hist. de Philipinas_,
+iv. pp. 330-366) of the ravages committed by the Dutch; the despatch
+of a fleet from India at Silva's request (made through the Jesuits
+Gomez and Ribera), and its conflicts with Malays and Dutch at Malacca;
+Silva's preparations for the joint expedition; his journey to Malacca,
+and death there; and the return of his fleet to Manila, and failure of
+all this costly enterprise. La Concepcion mentions Ribera's account
+(p. 344), and says (p. 337); "We have a complete diary, written by
+the rector of Manila [Ribera], from the twenty-first of November,
+when they hoisted sail at Cavite"--that is, when he went on the
+embassy to India in 1614. Apparently his account, as here presented,
+has been synopsized and abridged by Ventura del Arco, who has also
+borrowed somewhat from Ledesma's letter (_post_).
+
+[80] This part of the document is the version of Ribera's letter
+which appears in Colin's _Labor evangelica_, pp. 802-806. It is here
+presented as containing some matter not in the other copy, and as
+showing the methods of the respective editors.
+
+[81] _i.e._, Kocchi. As in all foreign words ending with a vowel,
+the Portuguese have nasalised the "i." In 1505 it was written
+"Coxi." See A.C. Burnell's note in _Voyage of Linschoten_ (Hakluyt
+Society's publications, London, 1885), i, p. 68. This city lies some
+thirty miles north of Cape Comorin.
+
+[82] Pedro de Francisco, S.J., was born at Mala, in the Zaragoza
+diocese, in 1607. He was admitted to the Society in 1626, and went to
+the Indias, where he taught grammar, and for seven years theology. He
+labored at Cochin, and became rector of the Macao seminary, whence
+he was driven by the Dutch. He was at Macassar in 1652, but his
+name does not appear in the catalogue for 1655. See Sommervogel's
+_Bibliographie_.
+
+[83] Alberto Laercio or Laerzio, S.J., was born at Orte in 1557,
+admitted to the Society in 1576, and set out for the Indies, where
+he made his profession at Goa, July 9, 1590. For twelve years he was
+master of the novitiates, rector of Salsette, and associate-visitor,
+for three years vice-provincial, and for six years provincial. He
+died at Cochin in 1630. See Sommervogel's _Bibliographie_.
+
+[84] Francisco Roz, S.J., was born at Gerona in 1557, became a
+novitiate in 1575, and went to the Indies in 1584, where he labored
+in the Malabar mission. In 1601 he was appointed bishop of Angamala,
+and in 1605, archbishop of Cranganore. He died at Parur, February 16,
+1624. He wrote a number of treatises and letters. See Sommervogel's
+_Bibliographie_.
+
+[85] The two Latin phrases read in English, respectively: "He who
+desires an episcopate, desires a good work;" and "He gets a hard and
+fast slavery."
+
+[86] Sommervogel mentions only that this Jesuit was a Portuguese
+missionary at Goa in 1608, in which year (December 18) he wrote a
+letter from Goa.
+
+[87] The Assumption of the Virgin is August 15.
+
+[88] That is, "Because we have sinned against thee, O Lord," etc.
+
+[89] This is a letter by Valerio de Ledesma, S.J., according to Colin
+(from whose _Labor evangelica_, pp. 806-810, we obtain it). Compare
+with the first version of Ribera's letter, _ante_, in which the
+account of Silva's death is similar to that by Ledesma. Colin has
+evidently edited both letters more or less, and it is difficult to
+ascertain what the exact original text was.
+
+[90] Garcia Garces, S.J., was born in 1560 at Molina, in the diocese
+of Segovia, and entered the Society October 23, 1574. Going to
+the Indias in 1588, he labored for several years in the missions
+of Japan. He was rector at Nagasaki, whence he was exiled with his
+companions. He went to Manila and later to Macao, where he died in
+1628. See Sommervogel's _Bibliographie_.
+
+[91] Melchor de Vera, S.J., was born at Madrid in 1585, and after
+being received into the Society in 1604, went to the Philippines
+in 1606, where he labored in the missions of the Bisayas and in
+Mindanao. He served as rector of Carigara, and superior at Bapitan
+and Zamboanga. His death occurred at the residence at Cebu, April
+13, 1646. He was a good civil and military architect, and planned
+and directed the building of the fortifications at Zam boanga, and
+constructed the church of his residence at Cebu. See Sommervogel's
+_Bibliographie_ and Murillo Velarde's _Historia_, book ii, chap. xxi.
+
+[92] An account of this expedition is given in the first chapter of
+Murillo Velarde's _Historia_ (Manila, 1749), evidently taken in part
+from the present account.
+
+[93] Inasmuch as Bonifaz, although junior auditor, obtained the office
+by trickery he was a true governor _ad interim_, and the Audiencia
+did not have charge of political affairs.
+
+[94] The following authorities were used in compiling the above list
+of governors: Morga, _Sucesos de las Islas Filipinos_ (Mexico, 1609);
+Argensola, _Conquistas de las Malucas_ (Madrid, 1609); Colin, _Labor
+evangelica_ (Madrid, 1663)--who mentions as authorities the authors
+Morga, Grijalva, and Chirino; San Antonio, _Chronicas_, parte primera
+(Manila, 1738); Murillo Velarde, _Historia_, (Manila, 1749); Delgado,
+_Historia general_ (Manila, 1892); La Concepcion, _Historia general_
+(Sampaloc, 1788-1792); Zuniga, _Historia de las islas Filipinos_
+(Sampaloc, 1803), and _Estadismo_ (Retana's ed., Madrid, 1893);
+Mas, _Informe de las Islas Filipinos_ (Madrid, 1843); Buzeta and
+Bravo, _Diccionario_ (Madrid, 1851); Montero y Vidal, _Historia
+general_ (Madrid, 1887), and _Historia de la pirateria_ (Madrid,
+1888); Combes, _Historia de Mindanao y Jolo_ (Retana's ed., Madrid,
+1897); _Catologo de la exposition general de las Islas Filipinos_
+(Madrid, 1887); Algue, _Archipielago Filipino_ (Washington, 1900);
+Sawyer, _Inhabitants of the Philippines_ (New York, 1900); Calkins,
+"Filipino Insurrection of 1896" in _Harper's Monthly_, vol. xcix,
+pp. 469-483; and various documents already published in this series.
+
+[95] Delgado's work was written during 1751-54.
+
+[96] Referring to the dissensions and conflicts between the secular
+and ecclesiastical authorities which culminated in the assassination
+(October 11, 1719) of Governor Bustamente.
+
+[97] See account of this expedition in Argensola's _Conquistas_
+(_Vol_. XVI of this series), book x. The king seized by Acuna was Said
+Berkatt, the twenty-sixth king of Ternate; he came to the throne in
+1584 and reigned until made a captive by Acuna--who treated him well,
+but later governors made Said the subject of shameful neglect and
+even cruelty. He died at Manila in February or March, 1627. After
+Said was carried away from Ternate, his son Modafar became king;
+the ruler of Tidore at that time was Cachil (or Prince) Mole. See
+Valentyn's history of the Moluccas, in his _Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien_,
+in the annals of Said's reign and life are recorded in pp. 208-255
+therein (a separate pagination, after the introductory sketch of the
+Netherlands dominion). On pp. 3, 4 are listed the islands subject
+to Temate; they include Mindanao, the Talaut or Tulour group, Ceram,
+Amboina, Solor, the Moluccas proper, and many others.
+
+[98] In regard to this, see Sande's own letters and reports in
+_Vol_. IV of this series.
+
+[99] See account of the expeditions made in that year against the
+Moro pirates, under the governor, Francisco de Ovando, in Montero y
+Vidal's _Hist. de pirateria,_ pp. 290-299.
+
+[100] Ali-Mudin, sultan of Jolo, claimed that he was dethroned by his
+brother Bantilan, in 1748; and, with the Jesuit missionaries who had
+just before arrived in Jolo, Ali-Mudin went to Manila. In 1750 he was
+baptized in the Catholic faith, and was named Fernando I. A Spanish
+expedition was sent to reinstate him on his throne; but it was found
+that Ali-Mudin was an apostate and a traitor, and the Spanish governor
+of Zamboanga seized him and all his family and retinue, sending them
+to Manila, where they were held as prisoners. All except Ali-Mudin and
+his heir Israel were sent home in 1755; but these remained captives
+until 1763, when the English conquerors conveyed them back to Jolo,
+and Ali-Mudin abdicated his throne in favor of Israel.
+
+See Montero y Vidal's _Hist. de pirateria_, pp. 279-299, 307-309,
+317-320, 322, 338.
+
+[101] This writer was minister-plenipotentiary from Spain to Pekin;
+and during that term of office made a voyage to Manila, of which this
+book is a result.
+
+[102] _i.e._, those who pay the tax called _polo_--a personal service
+of forty days in the year; see Montero y Vidal's note, _post_.
+
+[103] The services of these municipal officers, which--barring certain
+abuses, to which their small remuneration and excessive official
+obligations force them--are of undeniable worth in the Philippines,
+and their functions, which carry importance and respectability,
+demand much rather that there be substituted for the ridiculous
+name of gobernadorcillo, by which they are officially designated,
+another name more serious and more in harmony with their praiseworthy
+ministry. This is now being done among themselves in the more
+enlightened villages, where they are called _capitan_ ["captain"]
+instead of gobernadorcillo.--_Montero y Vidal_.
+
+Cf. Bourne's account of these officials, _Vol_. I, of this series,
+pp. 55, 56.
+
+[104] The Spanish is _paso doble_, a term used also as the name of
+a dance, the equivalent of the "two-step."
+
+[105] This tribute is the contribution that the Indians and mestizos
+pay in order to aid in the maintenance of the burdens of the state. The
+_polos_ means the obligation to work a certain number of days in
+neighborhood works.--_Montero y Vidal_.
+
+[106] The tobacco monopoly was arranged by Governor Basco y Vargas in
+pursuance of a royal order of February 9, 1780. Although opposed by
+certain classes, especially the friars, the monopoly was organized
+by March 1, 1782, and approved by royal order May 15, 1784. Under
+the monopoly, however, quantities of tobacco always escaped the
+vigilance of the government, and could be bought at much cheaper
+rates than the government tobacco. The monopoly was repealed in the
+province of Union October 25, 1852; and in all the archipelago, by
+a royal order in 1881. The order was applied in the islands in 1882,
+and the suppression of the monopoly was completed in 1884.
+
+Tobacco was introduced into the islands by missionaries in the
+last quarter of the sixteenth century. The best brands come from the
+provinces of Isabela and Cagayan. Its cultivation and export has been,
+and is, of great importance, immense quantities both of cigars and
+leaf tobacco being shipped chiefly to China, Japan, the East Indies,
+the United Kingdom, Spain, and Australasia. About thirty thousand
+people were employed in making cigars and cigarettes in the province
+of Manila, most of them women. See Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 295,
+296, iii, p. 165; Bowring, pp. 309, 310; Sawyer, pp. 131-133, 158;
+_Report_ of Philippine Commission (1901), iii, pp. 267-269; and
+_U. S. Philippine Gazetteer_, pp. 75, 76.
+
+[107] The royal assembly was the council whom the governor-general
+had to assist him in his decisions, and they shared with him, to a
+certain point, the authority. They counterbalanced his powers, and,
+during the vacancy, took his place in the command.--_Montero y Vidal_.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898:
+Volume XVII, 1609-1616, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 15530.txt or 15530.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/5/3/15530/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the PG Distributed Proofreaders Team
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.